CA2409950A1 - Pharmaceutical compositions comprising desglymidodrine as an active drug substance - Google Patents
Pharmaceutical compositions comprising desglymidodrine as an active drug substance Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CA2409950A1 CA2409950A1 CA002409950A CA2409950A CA2409950A1 CA 2409950 A1 CA2409950 A1 CA 2409950A1 CA 002409950 A CA002409950 A CA 002409950A CA 2409950 A CA2409950 A CA 2409950A CA 2409950 A1 CA2409950 A1 CA 2409950A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- composition
- hours
- desglymidodrine
- composition according
- release
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- VFRCNXKYZVQYLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N deglymidodrine Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(OC)C(C(O)CN)=C1 VFRCNXKYZVQYLX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 title claims abstract description 405
- 229940088679 drug related substance Drugs 0.000 title claims abstract description 60
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 55
- 239000008186 active pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 52
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 572
- 229960001094 midodrine Drugs 0.000 claims abstract description 141
- PTKSEFOSCHHMPD-SNVBAGLBSA-N 2-amino-n-[(2s)-2-(2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-2-hydroxyethyl]acetamide Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(OC)C([C@H](O)CNC(=O)CN)=C1 PTKSEFOSCHHMPD-SNVBAGLBSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 140
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 58
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 30
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 27
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 17
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 14
- 206010040070 Septic Shock Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 10
- 230000036303 septic shock Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 10
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 8
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 claims description 107
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 claims description 105
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 claims description 72
- 230000036470 plasma concentration Effects 0.000 claims description 60
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 claims description 31
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 30
- 239000008185 minitablet Substances 0.000 claims description 29
- -1 e.g. Chemical class 0.000 claims description 27
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 claims description 27
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 claims description 26
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 claims description 23
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 claims description 22
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 claims description 22
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 claims description 21
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 claims description 18
- 208000001089 Multiple system atrophy Diseases 0.000 claims description 17
- 206010031127 Orthostatic hypotension Diseases 0.000 claims description 14
- 210000001072 colon Anatomy 0.000 claims description 14
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 claims description 12
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 235000015165 citric acid Nutrition 0.000 claims description 10
- 238000011978 dissolution method Methods 0.000 claims description 10
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims description 8
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- 229960004217 benzyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 claims description 7
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000006190 sub-lingual tablet Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 206010046543 Urinary incontinence Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000000017 hydrogel Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000000896 monocarboxylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N salicylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 229940093915 gynecological organic acid Drugs 0.000 claims description 5
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 claims description 5
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 206010066218 Stress Urinary Incontinence Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 claims description 4
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactic acid Chemical compound CC(O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O XNGIFLGASWRNHJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 206010042772 syncope Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- CTPDSKVQLSDPLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(oxolan-2-ylmethoxy)ethanol Chemical compound OCCOCC1CCCO1 CTPDSKVQLSDPLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- ASNHGEVAWNWCRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(hydroxymethyl)oxolane-2,3,4-triol Chemical compound OCC1(O)COC(O)C1O ASNHGEVAWNWCRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical class OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 235000010233 benzoic acid Nutrition 0.000 claims description 3
- 235000015218 chewing gum Nutrition 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000000865 liniment Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N papa-hydroxy-benzoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 229960004889 salicylic acid Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen bromide Chemical compound Br CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910002651 NO3 Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrate Chemical compound [O-][N+]([O-])=O NHNBFGGVMKEFGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- IOVCWXUNBOPUCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M Nitrite anion Chemical compound [O-]N=O IOVCWXUNBOPUCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 2
- 229920000604 Polyethylene Glycol 200 Polymers 0.000 claims description 2
- 229920002556 Polyethylene Glycol 300 Polymers 0.000 claims description 2
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric acid Natural products [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000000227 bioadhesive Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 229940112822 chewing gum Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000007938 effervescent tablet Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000001530 fumaric acid Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000004310 lactic acid Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 235000014655 lactic acid Nutrition 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 claims description 2
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000011975 tartaric acid Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- DLFVBJFMPXGRIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetamide Chemical compound CC(N)=O DLFVBJFMPXGRIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 8
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Malonic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- 239000008184 oral solid dosage form Substances 0.000 claims 2
- ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorous acid Chemical class OP(O)=O ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propionic acid Chemical compound CCC(O)=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfurous acid Chemical class OS(O)=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbonic acid Chemical compound OC(O)=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 229940040145 liniment Drugs 0.000 claims 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 239000011976 maleic acid Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 claims 1
- 239000011236 particulate material Substances 0.000 claims 1
- FHHJDRFHHWUPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N peroxysulfuric acid Chemical class OOS(O)(=O)=O FHHJDRFHHWUPDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 239000011505 plaster Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 235000019260 propionic acid Nutrition 0.000 claims 1
- 230000000153 supplemental effect Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 abstract description 31
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 abstract description 15
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 abstract description 15
- 239000002207 metabolite Substances 0.000 abstract description 12
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 abstract description 4
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 abstract description 4
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 abstract description 4
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 abstract description 4
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 abstract description 2
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 85
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 78
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 65
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 56
- 239000008213 purified water Substances 0.000 description 53
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 47
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 42
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 40
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 40
- 238000007906 compression Methods 0.000 description 37
- 230000006835 compression Effects 0.000 description 37
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 36
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 36
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 33
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 33
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 32
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 29
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 28
- ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl cellulose Chemical compound CCOCC1OC(OC)C(OCC)C(OCC)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC)C(CO)O1 ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 27
- 230000009102 absorption Effects 0.000 description 26
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 26
- 239000001856 Ethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 25
- 235000019325 ethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 25
- 229920001249 ethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 25
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 24
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 23
- 235000002639 sodium chloride Nutrition 0.000 description 23
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 22
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 22
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 22
- MGCQZNBCJBRZDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N midodrine hydrochloride Chemical compound [H+].[Cl-].COC1=CC=C(OC)C(C(O)CNC(=O)CN)=C1 MGCQZNBCJBRZDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 21
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 21
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 21
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 21
- UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(OC)OC(CO)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(CO)O3)O)C(CO)O2)O)C(CO)O1 UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 20
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 20
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 19
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 19
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 18
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 16
- 229960002728 midodrine hydrochloride Drugs 0.000 description 16
- 238000007922 dissolution test Methods 0.000 description 15
- 229920003134 Eudragit® polymer Polymers 0.000 description 14
- 229920003091 Methocel™ Polymers 0.000 description 14
- VVQNEPGJFQJSBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl methacrylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C(C)=C VVQNEPGJFQJSBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 14
- LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylparaben Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 14
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 14
- NRJAVPSFFCBXDT-HUESYALOSA-N 1,2-distearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC NRJAVPSFFCBXDT-HUESYALOSA-N 0.000 description 13
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 13
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 239000012790 adhesive layer Substances 0.000 description 13
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 13
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 13
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 13
- 229960001375 lactose Drugs 0.000 description 13
- QFOHBWFCKVYLES-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butylparaben Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QFOHBWFCKVYLES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 229920000858 Cyclodextrin Polymers 0.000 description 12
- 229920002153 Hydroxypropyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 12
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 12
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 12
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 12
- QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylparaben Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 210000003491 skin Anatomy 0.000 description 12
- VOWFSTQCEXIMLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-amino-1-(2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)ethanol;hydrochloride Chemical compound [Cl-].COC1=CC=C(OC)C(C(O)C[NH3+])=C1 VOWFSTQCEXIMLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 229920003163 Eudragit® NE 30 D Polymers 0.000 description 11
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 11
- 230000000181 anti-adherent effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 11
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 11
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 11
- 229960004063 propylene glycol Drugs 0.000 description 11
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 11
- DBGIVFWFUFKIQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+-)-Fenfluramine Chemical compound CCNC(C)CC1=CC=CC(C(F)(F)F)=C1 DBGIVFWFUFKIQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- QZCLKYGREBVARF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetyl tributyl citrate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)CC(C(=O)OCCCC)(OC(C)=O)CC(=O)OCCCC QZCLKYGREBVARF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 10
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 10
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 10
- 239000001863 hydroxypropyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 10
- 229910000402 monopotassium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 235000019796 monopotassium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 10
- PJNZPQUBCPKICU-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphoric acid;potassium Chemical compound [K].OP(O)(O)=O PJNZPQUBCPKICU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 235000013772 propylene glycol Nutrition 0.000 description 10
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 10
- 229960002920 sorbitol Drugs 0.000 description 10
- 235000010356 sorbitol Nutrition 0.000 description 10
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 10
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 10
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 9
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- 235000010977 hydroxypropyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 9
- 210000004379 membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 9
- 230000002906 microbiologic effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000004925 Acrylic resin Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229920000178 Acrylic resin Polymers 0.000 description 8
- ZGTMUACCHSMWAC-UHFFFAOYSA-L EDTA disodium salt (anhydrous) Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].OC(=O)CN(CC([O-])=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC([O-])=O ZGTMUACCHSMWAC-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 8
- 230000036772 blood pressure Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000000337 buffer salt Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000012738 dissolution medium Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 8
- 239000012188 paraffin wax Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 239000001509 sodium citrate Substances 0.000 description 8
- NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K sodium citrate Chemical compound O.O.[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)CC(O)(CC([O-])=O)C([O-])=O NLJMYIDDQXHKNR-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 8
- 229940037001 sodium edetate Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 208000001953 Hypotension Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 239000002518 antifoaming agent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 7
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 7
- LQZZUXJYWNFBMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCO LQZZUXJYWNFBMV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000004292 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 description 7
- 235000010270 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 229960002216 methylparaben Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 229910000403 monosodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 235000019799 monosodium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 229920000058 polyacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 238000004321 preservation Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- AJPJDKMHJJGVTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].OP(O)([O-])=O AJPJDKMHJJGVTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 7
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 229920003161 Eudragit® RS 30 D Polymers 0.000 description 6
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 235000019759 Maize starch Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 229920002774 Maltodextrin Polymers 0.000 description 6
- TVXBFESIOXBWNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Xylitol Natural products OCCC(O)C(O)C(O)CCO TVXBFESIOXBWNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 6
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 6
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 6
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 239000007853 buffer solution Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229940067596 butylparaben Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 6
- BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].OP([O-])([O-])=O BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 6
- POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O POULHZVOKOAJMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenylcyclopentane Chemical compound C=CC1CCCC1 BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229960001617 ethyl hydroxybenzoate Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 239000004403 ethyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 description 6
- 235000010228 ethyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- NUVBSKCKDOMJSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylparaben Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 NUVBSKCKDOMJSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000004108 freeze drying Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000036543 hypotension Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000000873 masking effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N meso ribitol Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)CO HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000007922 nasal spray Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229940100688 oral solution Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229920000136 polysorbate Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000004405 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 description 6
- 235000010232 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 229960003415 propylparaben Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000004334 sorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 235000010199 sorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 229940075582 sorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000005303 weighing Methods 0.000 description 6
- 235000010447 xylitol Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 239000000811 xylitol Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229960002675 xylitol Drugs 0.000 description 6
- HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-SCDXWVJYSA-N xylitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-SCDXWVJYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- WSVLPVUVIUVCRA-KPKNDVKVSA-N Alpha-lactose monohydrate Chemical compound O.O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O WSVLPVUVIUVCRA-KPKNDVKVSA-N 0.000 description 5
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- 229920002785 Croscarmellose sodium Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 229920003157 Eudragit® RL 30 D Polymers 0.000 description 5
- WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Vinyl-2-pyrrolidone Chemical compound C=CN1CCCC1=O WHNWPMSKXPGLAX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 5
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylic acid group Chemical group C(C=C)(=O)O NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 5
- VYFYYTLLBUKUHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N dopamine Chemical compound NCCC1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 VYFYYTLLBUKUHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000002702 enteric coating Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000009505 enteric coating Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 5
- PTKSEFOSCHHMPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N midodrine Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(OC)C(C(O)CNC(=O)CN)=C1 PTKSEFOSCHHMPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229940097496 nasal spray Drugs 0.000 description 5
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229920005573 silicon-containing polymer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229960004793 sucrose Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000001839 systemic circulation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000013271 transdermal drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 5
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 5
- KILNVBDSWZSGLL-KXQOOQHDSA-N 1,2-dihexadecanoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC KILNVBDSWZSGLL-KXQOOQHDSA-N 0.000 description 4
- SNKAWJBJQDLSFF-NVKMUCNASA-N 1,2-dioleoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC SNKAWJBJQDLSFF-NVKMUCNASA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108010011485 Aspartame Proteins 0.000 description 4
- UDIPTWFVPPPURJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Cyclamate Chemical class [Na+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)NC1CCCCC1 UDIPTWFVPPPURJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 229920000663 Hydroxyethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000004354 Hydroxyethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000005913 Maltodextrin Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229920002565 Polyethylene Glycol 400 Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 208000009144 Pure autonomic failure Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 235000017276 Salvia Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 240000007164 Salvia officinalis Species 0.000 description 4
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000001800 adrenalinergic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000000605 aspartame Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000010357 aspartame Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- IAOZJIPTCAWIRG-QWRGUYRKSA-N aspartame Chemical compound OC(=O)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)OC)CC1=CC=CC=C1 IAOZJIPTCAWIRG-QWRGUYRKSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229960003438 aspartame Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 230000002567 autonomic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229920003086 cellulose ether Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000008119 colloidal silica Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 4
- GHVNFZFCNZKVNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N decanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCC(O)=O GHVNFZFCNZKVNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000007884 disintegrant Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000019634 flavors Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 235000019447 hydroxyethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229940071826 hydroxyethyl cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940035034 maltodextrin Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000004877 mucosa Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229940098462 oral drops Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000010482 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 229950008882 polysorbate Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 229920000053 polysorbate 80 Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 4
- FGIUAXJPYTZDNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium nitrate Chemical compound [K+].[O-][N+]([O-])=O FGIUAXJPYTZDNR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229940069328 povidone Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000012086 standard solution Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000007916 tablet composition Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910000406 trisodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- BODMYPYTCKYRSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-dioctylcyclohexane Chemical compound CCCCCCCCC1(CCCCCCCC)CCCCC1 BODMYPYTCKYRSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FVXDQWZBHIXIEJ-LNDKUQBDSA-N 1,2-di-[(9Z,12Z)-octadecadienoyl]-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCC\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC FVXDQWZBHIXIEJ-LNDKUQBDSA-N 0.000 description 3
- LEACJMVNYZDSKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-octyldodecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCC(CO)CCCCCCCC LEACJMVNYZDSKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920000856 Amylose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 244000099147 Ananas comosus Species 0.000 description 3
- 235000007119 Ananas comosus Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 206010061666 Autonomic neuropathy Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 235000005979 Citrus limon Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 244000131522 Citrus pyriformis Species 0.000 description 3
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 3
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004129 EU approved improving agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000005977 Ethylene Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000016623 Fragaria vesca Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 240000009088 Fragaria x ananassa Species 0.000 description 3
- 235000011363 Fragaria x ananassa Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000001828 Gelatine Substances 0.000 description 3
- 206010020772 Hypertension Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000005639 Lauric acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 241000220225 Malus Species 0.000 description 3
- 235000011430 Malus pumila Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000015103 Malus silvestris Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RVGRUAULSDPKGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Poloxamer Chemical compound C1CO1.CC1CO1 RVGRUAULSDPKGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 240000001890 Ribes hudsonianum Species 0.000 description 3
- 235000016954 Ribes hudsonianum Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000001466 Ribes nigrum Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000008122 artificial sweetener Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000021311 artificial sweeteners Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 3
- CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium stearate Chemical class [Ca+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- OSGAYBCDTDRGGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium sulfate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O OSGAYBCDTDRGGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- 238000011088 calibration curve Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000004359 castor oil Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019438 castor oil Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000008199 coating composition Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229960001681 croscarmellose sodium Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 235000010947 crosslinked sodium carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229940109275 cyclamate Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000007812 deficiency Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 3
- MVPICKVDHDWCJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 3-pyrrolidin-1-ylpropanoate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CCN1CCCC1 MVPICKVDHDWCJQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 3
- ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N glycerol triricinoleate Natural products CCCCCC[C@@H](O)CC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](COC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@@H](O)CCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@H](O)CCCCCC ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000005469 granulation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000003179 granulation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000007951 isotonicity adjuster Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010448 lactitol Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000000832 lactitol Substances 0.000 description 3
- VQHSOMBJVWLPSR-JVCRWLNRSA-N lactitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]([C@H](O)CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O VQHSOMBJVWLPSR-JVCRWLNRSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229960003451 lactitol Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229960001021 lactose monohydrate Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229940031703 low substituted hydroxypropyl cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 235000010449 maltitol Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229960001855 mannitol Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 210000000214 mouth Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 201000001119 neuropathy Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000007823 neuropathy Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000004014 plasticizer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229960000502 poloxamer Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229920001983 poloxamer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229940068917 polyethylene glycols Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 229920001592 potato starch Polymers 0.000 description 3
- ULWHHBHJGPPBCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N propane-1,1-diol Chemical compound CCC(O)O ULWHHBHJGPPBCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229940098467 rectal solution Drugs 0.000 description 3
- CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N saccharin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C2=C1 CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229940081974 saccharin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 235000019204 saccharin Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000000901 saccharin and its Na,K and Ca salt Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000005070 sampling Methods 0.000 description 3
- 235000019333 sodium laurylsulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229940045902 sodium stearyl fumarate Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000005507 spraying Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000037317 transdermal delivery Effects 0.000 description 3
- NOOLISFMXDJSKH-KXUCPTDWSA-N (-)-Menthol Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H]1CC[C@@H](C)C[C@H]1O NOOLISFMXDJSKH-KXUCPTDWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SFLSHLFXELFNJZ-QMMMGPOBSA-N (-)-norepinephrine Chemical compound NC[C@H](O)C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 SFLSHLFXELFNJZ-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N (2S,3S,4S,5R,6R)-6-[(2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-Acetamido-2-[(2S,3S,4R,5R,6R)-6-[(2R,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-acetamido-2,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-2-carboxy-4,5-dihydroxyoxan-3-yl]oxy-5-hydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-3,4,5-trihydroxyoxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O3)C(O)=O)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)NC(C)=O)[C@@H](C(O)=O)O1 KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZORQXIQZAOLNGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-difluorocyclohexane Chemical compound FC1(F)CCCCC1 ZORQXIQZAOLNGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CHHHXKFHOYLYRE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 2,4-Hexadienoic acid, potassium salt (1:1), (2E,4E)- Chemical compound [K+].CC=CC=CC([O-])=O CHHHXKFHOYLYRE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- PTKSEFOSCHHMPD-JTQLQIEISA-N 2-amino-n-[(2r)-2-(2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-2-hydroxyethyl]acetamide Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(OC)C([C@@H](O)CNC(=O)CN)=C1 PTKSEFOSCHHMPD-JTQLQIEISA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 101000623895 Bos taurus Mucin-15 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium carbonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]C([O-])=O VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000005632 Capric acid (CAS 334-48-5) Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000623 Cellulose acetate phthalate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- LZZYPRNAOMGNLH-UHFFFAOYSA-M Cetrimonium bromide Chemical compound [Br-].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC[N+](C)(C)C LZZYPRNAOMGNLH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229920002101 Chitin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001661 Chitosan Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001353 Dextrin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004375 Dextrin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 241000792859 Enema Species 0.000 description 2
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000001730 Familial dysautonomia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001479 Hydroxyethyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000000232 Lipid Bilayer Substances 0.000 description 2
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methacrylic acid Chemical class CC(=C)C(O)=O CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920000881 Modified starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 208000004056 Orthostatic intolerance Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 208000018737 Parkinson disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229920002845 Poly(methacrylic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001214 Polysorbate 60 Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 206010063080 Postural orthostatic tachycardia syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 201000001638 Riley-Day syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000009106 Shy-Drager Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 2
- VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O VMHLLURERBWHNL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000004141 Sodium laurylsulphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- ULUAUXLGCMPNKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfobutanedioic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(C(O)=O)S(O)(=O)=O ULUAUXLGCMPNKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titan oxide Chemical compound O=[Ti]=O GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 2
- ZFOZVQLOBQUTQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tributyl citrate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)CC(O)(C(=O)OCCCC)CC(=O)OCCCC ZFOZVQLOBQUTQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UYXTWWCETRIEDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tributyrin Chemical compound CCCC(=O)OCC(OC(=O)CCC)COC(=O)CCC UYXTWWCETRIEDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Urea Chemical compound NC(N)=O XSQUKJJJFZCRTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010047141 Vasodilatation Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 240000008042 Zea mays Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000005824 Zea mays ssp. parviglumis Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000002017 Zea mays subsp mays Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- VJHCJDRQFCCTHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid 2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal Chemical compound CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O VJHCJDRQFCCTHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010419 agar Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- HFHDHCJBZVLPGP-RWMJIURBSA-N alpha-cyclodextrin Chemical compound OC[C@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]1O)O)O[C@H]2O[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3O[C@H](CO)[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]3O)O)O[C@H]3O[C@H](CO)[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]3O)O)O[C@H]3O[C@H](CO)[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]3O)O)O3)[C@H](O)[C@H]2O)CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]3O[C@@H]1CO HFHDHCJBZVLPGP-RWMJIURBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003466 anti-cipated effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000845 anti-microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004599 antimicrobial Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- TZCXTZWJZNENPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L barium sulfate Chemical class [Ba+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O TZCXTZWJZNENPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 235000013949 black currant juice Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000006172 buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- RYYVLZVUVIJVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N caffeine Chemical compound CN1C(=O)N(C)C(=O)C2=C1N=CN2C RYYVLZVUVIJVGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FUFJGUQYACFECW-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium hydrogenphosphate Chemical compound [Ca+2].OP([O-])([O-])=O FUFJGUQYACFECW-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 235000011132 calcium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000000747 cardiac effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920002301 cellulose acetate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229940081734 cellulose acetate phthalate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000003788 cerebral perfusion Effects 0.000 description 2
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001841 cholesterols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000001427 coherent effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000005822 corn Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000002385 cottonseed oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000012343 cottonseed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229960003964 deoxycholic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000019425 dextrin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000001079 digestive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007907 direct compression Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002612 dispersion medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000002173 dizziness Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229960003638 dopamine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007920 enema Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940079360 enema for constipation Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N ether Substances CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001301 ethoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 2
- 239000005038 ethylene vinyl acetate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 150000002191 fatty alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000010579 first pass effect Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004907 flux Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003365 glass fiber Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920002674 hyaluronan Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229960003160 hyaluronic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- JYGXADMDTFJGBT-VWUMJDOOSA-N hydrocortisone Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3[C@@H](O)C[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 JYGXADMDTFJGBT-VWUMJDOOSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000008172 hydrogenated vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920003132 hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229960003943 hypromellose Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000644 isotonic solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000017169 kidney disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000004922 lacquer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002045 lasting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960004873 levomenthol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012417 linear regression Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000005923 long-lasting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000465 moulding Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000021096 natural sweeteners Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229960002748 norepinephrine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- SFLSHLFXELFNJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N norepinephrine Natural products NCC(O)C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 SFLSHLFXELFNJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000011369 optimal treatment Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006072 paste Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000010412 perfusion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000033808 peripheral neuropathy Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N phosphatidylcholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC WTJKGGKOPKCXLL-RRHRGVEJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000008105 phosphatidylcholines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229920001200 poly(ethylene-vinyl acetate) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229940068965 polysorbates Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229940100467 polyvinyl acetate phthalate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004323 potassium nitrate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010333 potassium nitrate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000004302 potassium sorbate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010241 potassium sorbate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940069338 potassium sorbate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000002315 pressor effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940001470 psychoactive drug Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000004089 psychotropic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000010453 quartz Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001453 quaternary ammonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 210000000664 rectum Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000011514 reflex Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000004007 reversed phase HPLC Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940100486 rice starch Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000000630 rising effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000011888 snacks Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000001632 sodium acetate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000017281 sodium acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- NRHMKIHPTBHXPF-TUJRSCDTSA-M sodium cholate Chemical compound [Na+].C([C@H]1C[C@H]2O)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC([O-])=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C1 NRHMKIHPTBHXPF-TUJRSCDTSA-M 0.000 description 2
- FHHPUSMSKHSNKW-SMOYURAASA-M sodium deoxycholate Chemical compound [Na+].C([C@H]1CC2)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC([O-])=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C1 FHHPUSMSKHSNKW-SMOYURAASA-M 0.000 description 2
- OABYVIYXWMZFFJ-ZUHYDKSRSA-M sodium glycocholate Chemical compound [Na+].C([C@H]1C[C@H]2O)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(=O)NCC([O-])=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C1 OABYVIYXWMZFFJ-ZUHYDKSRSA-M 0.000 description 2
- VMSNAUAEKXEYGP-YEUHZSMFSA-M sodium glycodeoxycholate Chemical compound [Na+].C([C@H]1CC2)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(=O)NCC([O-])=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C1 VMSNAUAEKXEYGP-YEUHZSMFSA-M 0.000 description 2
- RSIJVJUOQBWMIM-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium sulfate decahydrate Chemical compound O.O.O.O.O.O.O.O.O.O.[Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O RSIJVJUOQBWMIM-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- JAJWGJBVLPIOOH-IZYKLYLVSA-M sodium taurocholate Chemical compound [Na+].C([C@H]1C[C@H]2O)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(=O)NCCS([O-])(=O)=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C1 JAJWGJBVLPIOOH-IZYKLYLVSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229940045946 sodium taurodeoxycholate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- IWQPOPSAISBUAH-VOVMJQHHSA-M sodium;2-[[(2z)-2-[(3r,4s,5s,8s,9s,10s,11r,13r,14s,16s)-16-acetyl-3,11-dihydroxy-4,8,10,14-tetramethyl-2,3,4,5,6,7,9,11,12,13,15,16-dodecahydro-1h-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren-17-ylidene]-6-methylheptanoyl]amino]ethanesulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].C1C[C@@H](O)[C@@H](C)[C@@H]2CC[C@]3(C)[C@@]4(C)C[C@H](C(C)=O)/C(=C(C(=O)NCCS([O-])(=O)=O)/CCCC(C)C)[C@@H]4C[C@@H](O)[C@H]3[C@]21C IWQPOPSAISBUAH-VOVMJQHHSA-M 0.000 description 2
- YXHRQQJFKOHLAP-FVCKGWAHSA-M sodium;2-[[(4r)-4-[(3r,5r,8r,9s,10s,12s,13r,14s,17r)-3,12-dihydroxy-10,13-dimethyl-2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,11,12,14,15,16,17-tetradecahydro-1h-cyclopenta[a]phenanthren-17-yl]pentanoyl]amino]ethanesulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].C([C@H]1CC2)[C@H](O)CC[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H]([C@@H](CCC(=O)NCCS([O-])(=O)=O)C)[C@@]2(C)[C@@H](O)C1 YXHRQQJFKOHLAP-FVCKGWAHSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000008247 solid mixture Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003019 stabilising effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000036962 time dependent Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011269 treatment regimen Methods 0.000 description 2
- URAYPUMNDPQOKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N triacetin Chemical compound CC(=O)OCC(OC(C)=O)COC(C)=O URAYPUMNDPQOKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000024883 vasodilation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000003462 vein Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000008215 water for injection Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000004584 weight gain Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000019786 weight gain Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- VFRCNXKYZVQYLX-VIFPVBQESA-N (1r)-2-amino-1-(2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)ethanol Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(OC)C([C@@H](O)CN)=C1 VFRCNXKYZVQYLX-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- VFRCNXKYZVQYLX-SECBINFHSA-N (1s)-2-amino-1-(2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)ethanol Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(OC)C([C@H](O)CN)=C1 VFRCNXKYZVQYLX-SECBINFHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FTLYMKDSHNWQKD-UHFFFAOYSA-N (2,4,5-trichlorophenyl)boronic acid Chemical compound OB(O)C1=CC(Cl)=C(Cl)C=C1Cl FTLYMKDSHNWQKD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CUNWUEBNSZSNRX-RKGWDQTMSA-N (2r,3r,4r,5s)-hexane-1,2,3,4,5,6-hexol;(z)-octadec-9-enoic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO.OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO.CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O.CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O CUNWUEBNSZSNRX-RKGWDQTMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DEQANNDTNATYII-OULOTJBUSA-N (4r,7s,10s,13r,16s,19r)-10-(4-aminobutyl)-19-[[(2r)-2-amino-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-16-benzyl-n-[(2r,3r)-1,3-dihydroxybutan-2-yl]-7-[(1r)-1-hydroxyethyl]-13-(1h-indol-3-ylmethyl)-6,9,12,15,18-pentaoxo-1,2-dithia-5,8,11,14,17-pentazacycloicosane-4-carboxa Chemical compound C([C@@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H]1CSSC[C@H](NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@@H](CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC=2)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)NC1=O)C(=O)N[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 DEQANNDTNATYII-OULOTJBUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (E)-8-Octadecenoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCC(O)=O WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UCTWMZQNUQWSLP-VIFPVBQESA-N (R)-adrenaline Chemical compound CNC[C@H](O)C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 UCTWMZQNUQWSLP-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930182837 (R)-adrenaline Natural products 0.000 description 1
- LVGUZGTVOIAKKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,1,2-tetrafluoroethane Chemical compound FCC(F)(F)F LVGUZGTVOIAKKC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MLKLDGSYMHFAOC-AREMUKBSSA-N 1,2-dicapryl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCC MLKLDGSYMHFAOC-AREMUKBSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DDMOUSALMHHKOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-dichloro-1,1,2,2-tetrafluoroethane Chemical compound FC(F)(Cl)C(F)(F)Cl DDMOUSALMHHKOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IJFVSSZAOYLHEE-SSEXGKCCSA-N 1,2-dilauroyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCC IJFVSSZAOYLHEE-SSEXGKCCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LDVVTQMJQSCDMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dihydroxypropan-2-yl formate Chemical compound OCC(CO)OC=O LDVVTQMJQSCDMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WEEGYLXZBRQIMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,8-cineole Natural products C1CC2CCC1(C)OC2(C)C WEEGYLXZBRQIMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ASWBNKHCZGQVJV-HSZRJFAPSA-O 1-O-palmitoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](O)COP(O)(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C ASWBNKHCZGQVJV-HSZRJFAPSA-O 0.000 description 1
- OOSZCNKVJAVHJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[(4-fluorophenyl)methyl]piperazine Chemical compound C1=CC(F)=CC=C1CN1CCNCC1 OOSZCNKVJAVHJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYCNUMLMNKHWPZ-SNVBAGLBSA-N 1-acetyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CC(=O)OC[C@@H](O)COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C RYCNUMLMNKHWPZ-SNVBAGLBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KPAPHODVWOVUJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzofuran;1h-indene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CC=CC2=C1.C1=CC=C2OC=CC2=C1 KPAPHODVWOVUJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AXTGDCSMTYGJND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-dodecylazepan-2-one Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCN1CCCCCC1=O AXTGDCSMTYGJND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JLPULHDHAOZNQI-ZTIMHPMXSA-N 1-hexadecanoyl-2-(9Z,12Z-octadecadienoyl)-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC JLPULHDHAOZNQI-ZTIMHPMXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ARIWANIATODDMH-AWEZNQCLSA-N 1-lauroyl-sn-glycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](O)CO ARIWANIATODDMH-AWEZNQCLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 100676-05-9 Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(CO)OC1OCC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(OC(O)C(O)C2O)CO)O1 OWEGMIWEEQEYGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LTMRRSWNXVJMBA-UHFFFAOYSA-L 2,2-diethylpropanedioate Chemical compound CCC(CC)(C([O-])=O)C([O-])=O LTMRRSWNXVJMBA-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000000263 2,3-dihydroxypropyl (Z)-octadec-9-enoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- BEVWMRQFVUOPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4-dimethyl-1,3-thiazole-5-carboxamide Chemical compound CC1=NC(C)=C(C(N)=O)S1 BEVWMRQFVUOPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYJGMPURNNWUHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(dimethylamino)-5-(hexadecanoylamino)pentanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)NCCCC(N(C)C)C(O)=O RYJGMPURNNWUHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AKWFJQNBHYVIPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-[2-(2-hydroxyethoxy)ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethoxy]ethanol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCO AKWFJQNBHYVIPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WROUWQQRXUBECT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethylacrylic acid Chemical compound CCC(=C)C(O)=O WROUWQQRXUBECT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IQGPMZRCLCCXAG-RUZDIDTESA-N 2-stearoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)O[C@H](CO)COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C IQGPMZRCLCCXAG-RUZDIDTESA-N 0.000 description 1
- LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 20:1omega9c fatty acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WGKYSFRFMQHMOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-bromo-5-methylpyridine-2-carbonitrile Chemical compound CC1=CN=C(C#N)C(Br)=C1 WGKYSFRFMQHMOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RZRNAYUHWVFMIP-GDCKJWNLSA-N 3-oleoyl-sn-glycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](O)CO RZRNAYUHWVFMIP-GDCKJWNLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HIQIXEFWDLTDED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hydroxy-1-piperidin-4-ylpyrrolidin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1CC(O)CN1C1CCNCC1 HIQIXEFWDLTDED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XZIIFPSPUDAGJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-chloro-2-n,2-n-diethylpyrimidine-2,4-diamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)C1=NC(N)=CC(Cl)=N1 XZIIFPSPUDAGJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FHVDTGUDJYJELY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-{[2-carboxy-4,5-dihydroxy-6-(phosphanyloxy)oxan-3-yl]oxy}-4,5-dihydroxy-3-phosphanyloxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound O1C(C(O)=O)C(P)C(O)C(O)C1OC1C(C(O)=O)OC(OP)C(O)C1O FHVDTGUDJYJELY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-Heptadecensaeure Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000006491 Acacia senegal Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000026872 Addison Disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910002016 Aerosil® 200 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 208000007848 Alcoholism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010001935 American trypanosomiasis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000000103 Anorexia Nervosa Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010003840 Autonomic nervous system imbalance Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000031729 Bacteremia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000035143 Bacterial infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000003508 Botulism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910021532 Calcite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000025254 Cannabis sativa Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000012766 Cannabis sativa ssp. sativa var. sativa Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000012765 Cannabis sativa ssp. sativa var. spontanea Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000020446 Cardiac disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000031229 Cardiomyopathies Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920008347 Cellulose acetate propionate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- DQEFEBPAPFSJLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cellulose propionate Chemical compound CCC(=O)OCC1OC(OC(=O)CC)C(OC(=O)CC)C(OC(=O)CC)C1OC1C(OC(=O)CC)C(OC(=O)CC)C(OC(=O)CC)C(COC(=O)CC)O1 DQEFEBPAPFSJLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000024699 Chagas disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010009192 Circulatory collapse Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101000856234 Clostridium acetobutylicum (strain ATCC 824 / DSM 792 / JCM 1419 / LMG 5710 / VKM B-1787) Butyrate-acetoacetate CoA-transferase subunit A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- IEPRKVQEAMIZSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Di-Et ester-Fumaric acid Natural products CCOC(=O)C=CC(=O)OCC IEPRKVQEAMIZSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MQIUGAXCHLFZKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Di-n-octyl phthalate Natural products CCCCCCCCOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)OCCCCCCCC MQIUGAXCHLFZKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000032131 Diabetic Neuropathies Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010012735 Diarrhoea Diseases 0.000 description 1
- PYGXAGIECVVIOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dibutyl decanedioate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCCCC PYGXAGIECVVIOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019739 Dicalciumphosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004338 Dichlorodifluoromethane Substances 0.000 description 1
- IEPRKVQEAMIZSS-WAYWQWQTSA-N Diethyl maleate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)\C=C/C(=O)OCC IEPRKVQEAMIZSS-WAYWQWQTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DKMROQRQHGEIOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl succinate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CCC(=O)OCC DKMROQRQHGEIOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010013654 Drug abuse Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000008279 Dumping Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004150 EU approved colour Substances 0.000 description 1
- WEEGYLXZBRQIMU-WAAGHKOSSA-N Eucalyptol Chemical compound C1C[C@H]2CC[C@]1(C)OC2(C)C WEEGYLXZBRQIMU-WAAGHKOSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000165918 Eucalyptus papuana Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920003137 Eudragit® S polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000024720 Fabry Disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229930091371 Fructose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000005715 Fructose Substances 0.000 description 1
- RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N Fructose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@](O)(CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O RFSUNEUAIZKAJO-ARQDHWQXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000018522 Gastrointestinal disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000035895 Guillain-Barré syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920000084 Gum arabic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010020944 Hypoaldosteronism Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010058558 Hypoperfusion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 208000005531 Immunoglobulin Light-chain Amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- LPHGQDQBBGAPDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isocaffeine Natural products CN1C(=O)N(C)C(=O)C2=C1N(C)C=N2 LPHGQDQBBGAPDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AXISYYRBXTVTFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropyl tetradecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC(C)C AXISYYRBXTVTFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920003083 Kollidon® VA64 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 201000010743 Lambert-Eaton myasthenic syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ARIWANIATODDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lauric acid monoglyceride Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO ARIWANIATODDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010024229 Leprosy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000010643 Leucaena leucocephala Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 240000007472 Leucaena leucocephala Species 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N Maltose Natural products O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-PICCSMPSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010049567 Miller Fisher syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000003430 Mitral Valve Prolapse Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000010909 Monoamine Oxidase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010062431 Monoamine oxidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000034486 Multi-organ failure Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010028289 Muscle atrophy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010028424 Myasthenic syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000003926 Myelitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010016076 Octreotide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000005642 Oleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010065508 Orthostatic hypertension Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000025584 Pericardial disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 240000004760 Pimpinella anisum Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001516739 Platonia insignis Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005062 Polybutadiene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002367 Polyisobutene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001213 Polysorbate 20 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001219 Polysorbate 40 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002642 Polysorbate 65 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002651 Polysorbate 85 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000097929 Porphyria Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000010642 Porphyrias Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000032395 Post gastric surgery syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004820 Pressure-sensitive adhesive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010038967 Retrograde ejaculation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010039807 Secondary adrenocortical insufficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IYFATESGLOUGBX-YVNJGZBMSA-N Sorbitan monopalmitate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1O IYFATESGLOUGBX-YVNJGZBMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HVUMOYIDDBPOLL-XWVZOOPGSA-N Sorbitan monostearate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1O HVUMOYIDDBPOLL-XWVZOOPGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004147 Sorbitan trioleate Substances 0.000 description 1
- PRXRUNOAOLTIEF-ADSICKODSA-N Sorbitan trioleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC)[C@H]1OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC PRXRUNOAOLTIEF-ADSICKODSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000150 Sympathomimetic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010042928 Syringomyelia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000001163 Tangier disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004809 Teflon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920006362 Teflon® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 244000269722 Thea sinensis Species 0.000 description 1
- GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethanolamine Chemical compound OCCN(CCO)CCO GSEJCLTVZPLZKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DOOTYTYQINUNNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethyl citrate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CC(O)(C(=O)OCC)CC(=O)OCC DOOTYTYQINUNNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000031240 Uraemic neuropathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010046996 Varicose vein Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010058990 Venous occlusion Diseases 0.000 description 1
- XTXRWKRVRITETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vinyl acetate Chemical compound CC(=O)OC=C XTXRWKRVRITETP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002433 Vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010047513 Vision blurred Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010047700 Vomiting Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010045 Wernicke encephalopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- UBZPWYXSALYBKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-(aminomethyl)-2,5-dimethoxyphenyl]methanol Chemical compound COC1=CC(CN)=C(OC)C(CO)=C1 UBZPWYXSALYBKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZXRRHFSTAFVGOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N [AlH3].[K] Chemical compound [AlH3].[K] ZXRRHFSTAFVGOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010489 acacia gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- YGCFIWIQZPHFLU-UHFFFAOYSA-N acesulfame Chemical compound CC1=CC(=O)NS(=O)(=O)O1 YGCFIWIQZPHFLU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005164 acesulfame Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GAMPNQJDUFQVQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;phthalic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O.OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O GAMPNQJDUFQVQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000011861 acute hypotension Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000025154 acute pandysautonomia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000048 adrenergic agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000032683 aging Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013019 agitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010001584 alcohol abuse Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000025746 alcohol use disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000013334 alcoholic beverage Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940072056 alginate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005233 alkylalcohol group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- CJCSPKMFHVPWAR-JTQLQIEISA-N alpha-methyl-L-dopa Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@](N)(C)CC1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 CJCSPKMFHVPWAR-JTQLQIEISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000001398 aluminium Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000012211 aluminium silicate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000323 aluminium silicate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O ammonium group Chemical group [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 239000002280 amphoteric surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003945 anionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940035678 anti-parkinson drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002220 antihypertensive agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940127088 antihypertensive drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003125 aqueous solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010003119 arrhythmia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000006793 arrhythmia Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001367 artery Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000305 astragalus gummifer gum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000022362 bacterial infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000020726 baroreflex failure Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000686 benzalkonium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001950 benzethonium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UREZNYTWGJKWBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzethonium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC(C(C)(C)CC(C)(C)C)=CC=C1OCCOCC[N+](C)(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 UREZNYTWGJKWBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- CADWTSSKOVRVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl(dimethyl)azanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C[NH+](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 CADWTSSKOVRVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QUYVBRFLSA-N beta-maltose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QUYVBRFLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000013361 beverage Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- BJQHLKABXJIVAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis(2-ethylhexyl) phthalate Chemical compound CCCCC(CC)COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)OCC(CC)CCCC BJQHLKABXJIVAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000008499 blood brain barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010241 blood sampling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004204 blood vessel Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001218 blood-brain barrier Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 1
- NOJMTMIRQRDZMT-GSPXQYRGSA-N bromocriptine methanesulfonate Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O.C1=CC(C=2[C@H](N(C)C[C@@H](C=2)C(=O)N[C@]2(C(=O)N3[C@H](C(N4CCC[C@H]4[C@]3(O)O2)=O)CC(C)C)C(C)C)C2)=C3C2=C(Br)NC3=C1 NOJMTMIRQRDZMT-GSPXQYRGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000005178 buccal mucosa Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000006189 buccal tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- FFSAXUULYPJSKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyrophenone Chemical class CCCC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 FFSAXUULYPJSKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004063 butyryl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229960001948 caffeine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VJEONQKOZGKCAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N caffeine Natural products CN1C(=O)N(C)C(=O)C2=C1C=CN2C VJEONQKOZGKCAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000019 calcium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000010216 calcium carbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000013539 calcium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008116 calcium stearate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004856 capillary permeability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004202 carbamide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003064 carboxyethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920003090 carboxymethyl hydroxyethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940105329 carboxymethylcellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229950008138 carmellose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003093 cationic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001727 cellulose butyrate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920006184 cellulose methylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920006218 cellulose propionate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 210000003169 central nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000007455 central nervous system cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000025997 central nervous system neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010008118 cerebral infarction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960002798 cetrimide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001055 chewing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001752 chlorophylls and chlorophyllins Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960001231 choline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N choline Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CCO OEYIOHPDSNJKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SUHOQUVVVLNYQR-MRVPVSSYSA-N choline alfoscerate Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CCOP([O-])(=O)OC[C@H](O)CO SUHOQUVVVLNYQR-MRVPVSSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000025302 chronic primary adrenal insufficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960005233 cineole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004087 circulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011260 co-administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940110456 cocoa butter Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019868 cocoa butter Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001447 compensatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002860 competitive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000018631 connective tissue disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229960005168 croscarmellose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000913 crospovidone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000001767 crosslinked sodium carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- LDHQCZJRKDOVOX-NSCUHMNNSA-N crotonic acid Chemical compound C\C=C\C(O)=O LDHQCZJRKDOVOX-NSCUHMNNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940097362 cyclodextrins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DTPCFIHYWYONMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N decaethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCO DTPCFIHYWYONMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007850 degeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960002086 dextran Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940031954 dibutyl sebacate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910000390 dicalcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019700 dicalcium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940038472 dicalcium phosphate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PXBRQCKWGAHEHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichlorodifluoromethane Chemical compound FC(F)(Cl)Cl PXBRQCKWGAHEHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019404 dichlorodifluoromethane Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940042935 dichlorodifluoromethane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940087091 dichlorotetrafluoroethane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000013681 dietary sucrose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- IEPRKVQEAMIZSS-AATRIKPKSA-N diethyl fumarate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)\C=C\C(=O)OCC IEPRKVQEAMIZSS-AATRIKPKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VKNUORWMCINMRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethyl malate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CC(O)C(=O)OCC VKNUORWMCINMRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WYACBZDAHNBPPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethyl oxalate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C(=O)OCC WYACBZDAHNBPPB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCO MTHSVFCYNBDYFN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000010643 digestive system disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003292 diminished effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019329 dioctyl sodium sulphosuccinate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- KPUWHANPEXNPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N disiloxane Chemical class [SiH3]O[SiH3] KPUWHANPEXNPJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940076247 disodium hydrogen phosphate dehydrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KDQPSPMLNJTZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium hydrogenphosphate dihydrate Chemical compound O.O.[Na+].[Na+].OP([O-])([O-])=O KDQPSPMLNJTZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000002934 diuretic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940030606 diuretics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960000878 docusate sodium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WRZXKWFJEFFURH-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecaethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCO WRZXKWFJEFFURH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006196 drop Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001647 drug administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007908 dry granulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000019479 dysautonomia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000008482 dysregulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007071 enzymatic hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006047 enzymatic hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960005139 epinephrine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940011871 estrogen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000262 estrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 235000010944 ethyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013213 extrapolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001125 extrusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000008713 feedback mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011049 filling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007888 film coating Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009501 film coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- AAXVEMMRQDVLJB-BULBTXNYSA-N fludrocortisone Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@]2(C)[C@@]3(F)[C@@H](O)C[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 AAXVEMMRQDVLJB-BULBTXNYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002011 fludrocortisone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001917 fluorescence detection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000037406 food intake Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000015203 fruit juice Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000013110 gastrectomy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000018685 gastrointestinal system disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000021474 generally recognized As safe (food) Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000021473 generally recognized as safe (food ingredients) Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002303 glucose derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005456 glyceride group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000001087 glyceryl triacetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013773 glyceryl triacetate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- ACGDKVXYNVEAGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanethidine Chemical compound NC(N)=NCCN1CCCCCCC1 ACGDKVXYNVEAGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003602 guanethidine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001631 haemodialysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001435 haemodynamic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000019622 heart disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910001385 heavy metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000000322 hemodialysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010224 hepatic metabolism Effects 0.000 description 1
- IIRDTKBZINWQAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexaethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCO IIRDTKBZINWQAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008240 homogeneous mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012943 hotmelt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003906 humectant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960000890 hydrocortisone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920003063 hydroxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940031574 hydroxymethyl cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940031704 hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920000639 hydroxypropylmethylcellulose acetate succinate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000003326 hypnotic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000147 hypnotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000021822 hypotensive Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000001077 hypotensive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002267 hypothalamic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002117 illicit drug Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012729 immediate-release (IR) formulation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001771 impaired effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000010253 intravenous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002085 irritant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000021 irritant Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- FZWBNHMXJMCXLU-BLAUPYHCSA-N isomaltotriose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1OC[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O)O1 FZWBNHMXJMCXLU-BLAUPYHCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N isooleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000013433 lightheadedness Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000002634 lipophilic molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 208000019423 liver disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000011866 long-term treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000845 maltitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- VQHSOMBJVWLPSR-WUJBLJFYSA-N maltitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]([C@H](O)CO)O[C@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O VQHSOMBJVWLPSR-WUJBLJFYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940035436 maltitol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000008585 mastocytosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000012054 meals Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000030159 metabolic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940117837 methacrylic acid - methyl methacrylate copolymer (1:2) Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000005397 methacrylic acid ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005395 methacrylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920003087 methylethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000003094 microcapsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010755 mineral Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019426 modified starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- RZRNAYUHWVFMIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N monoelaidin Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO RZRNAYUHWVFMIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000004400 mucous membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000029744 multiple organ dysfunction syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000006417 multiple sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000000585 muscular atrophy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010125 myocardial infarction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940078490 n,n-dimethylglycine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002105 nanoparticle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002850 nasal mucosa Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940052404 nasal powder Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000002040 neurosyphilis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000002823 nitrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002736 nonionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000847 nonoxynol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000665 norflurane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GLZWNFNQMJAZGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N octaethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCO GLZWNFNQMJAZGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KSCKTBJJRVPGKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N octan-1-olate;titanium(4+) Chemical compound [Ti+4].CCCCCCCC[O-].CCCCCCCC[O-].CCCCCCCC[O-].CCCCCCCC[O-] KSCKTBJJRVPGKM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002700 octreotide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003883 ointment base Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N oleic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004006 olive oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000008390 olive oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940006093 opthalmologic coloring agent diagnostic Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000015205 orange juice Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003002 pH adjusting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940000596 parlodel Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008506 pathogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003903 pelvic floor Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- JLFNLZLINWHATN-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentaethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCOCCOCCO JLFNLZLINWHATN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002304 perfume Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036581 peripheral resistance Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035699 permeability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003285 pharmacodynamic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002990 phenothiazines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 208000028591 pheochromocytoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000000049 pigment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940068196 placebo Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000902 placebo Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000191 poly(N-vinyl pyrrolidone) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920003229 poly(methyl methacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002857 polybutadiene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940113115 polyethylene glycol 200 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940068886 polyethylene glycol 300 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940068918 polyethylene glycol 400 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004926 polymethyl methacrylate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010486 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000256 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000244 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010483 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monopalmitate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000249 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monopalmitate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010989 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monostearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001818 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monostearate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010988 polyoxyethylene sorbitan tristearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001816 polyoxyethylene sorbitan tristearate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940068977 polysorbate 20 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940101027 polysorbate 40 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940113124 polysorbate 60 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940099511 polysorbate 65 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940068968 polysorbate 80 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940113171 polysorbate 85 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002689 polyvinyl acetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011118 polyvinyl acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002744 polyvinyl acetate phthalate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000523 polyvinylpolypyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000013809 polyvinylpolypyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019353 potassium silicate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- IENZQIKPVFGBNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N prazosin Chemical compound N=1C(N)=C2C=C(OC)C(OC)=CC2=NC=1N(CC1)CCN1C(=O)C1=CC=CO1 IENZQIKPVFGBNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001289 prazosin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000035935 pregnancy Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000018290 primary dysautonomia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000022256 primary systemic amyloidosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- JWHAUXFOSRPERK-UHFFFAOYSA-N propafenone Chemical compound CCCNCC(O)COC1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)CCC1=CC=CC=C1 JWHAUXFOSRPERK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000203 propafenone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003380 propellant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000003223 protective agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000506 psychotropic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- HNJBEVLQSNELDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrrolidin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1CCCN1 HNJBEVLQSNELDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000010499 rapseed oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000012802 recumbency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009490 roller compaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005060 rubber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940085605 saccharin sodium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000003296 saliva Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003248 secreting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000582 semen Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013464 silicone adhesive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940001089 sinemet Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003009 skin protective agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002460 smooth muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940074545 sodium dihydrogen phosphate dihydrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- APSBXTVYXVQYAB-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium docusate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCC(CC)COC(=O)CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)C(=O)OCC(CC)CCCC APSBXTVYXVQYAB-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229910000162 sodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001488 sodium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011008 sodium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008279 sol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007962 solid dispersion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007909 solid dosage form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000807 solvent casting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940035044 sorbitan monolaurate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940035049 sorbitan monooleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000011069 sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001593 sorbitan monooleate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011071 sorbitan monopalmitate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001570 sorbitan monopalmitate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940031953 sorbitan monopalmitate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000011076 sorbitan monostearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001587 sorbitan monostearate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940035048 sorbitan monostearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960005078 sorbitan sesquioleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019337 sorbitan trioleate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960000391 sorbitan trioleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940083466 soybean lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000005563 spheronization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001694 spray drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012430 stability testing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940071117 starch glycolate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000004936 stimulating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000434 stratum corneum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000022170 stress incontinence Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940098466 sublingual tablet Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000011117 substance-related disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002511 suppository base Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940064707 sympathomimetics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000011580 syndromic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920001059 synthetic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000035488 systolic blood pressure Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000002025 tabes dorsalis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 1
- ILLKMACMBHTSHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetradecaethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCO ILLKMACMBHTSHP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UWHCKJMYHZGTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetraethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCOCCO UWHCKJMYHZGTIT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000004408 titanium dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004448 titration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 108700012359 toxins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- LDHQCZJRKDOVOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-crotonic acid Natural products CC=CC(O)=O LDHQCZJRKDOVOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000472 traumatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960002622 triacetin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CYRMSUTZVYGINF-UHFFFAOYSA-N trichlorofluoromethane Chemical compound FC(Cl)(Cl)Cl CYRMSUTZVYGINF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940029284 trichlorofluoromethane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WEAPVABOECTMGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethyl 2-acetyloxypropane-1,2,3-tricarboxylate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CC(C(=O)OCC)(OC(C)=O)CC(=O)OCC WEAPVABOECTMGR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001069 triethyl citrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- VMYFZRTXGLUXMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethyl citrate Natural products CCOC(=O)C(O)(C(=O)OCC)C(=O)OCC VMYFZRTXGLUXMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000013769 triethyl citrate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- ZIBGPFATKBEMQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCO ZIBGPFATKBEMQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005591 trimellitate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K trisodium phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O RYFMWSXOAZQYPI-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- PSVXZQVXSXSQRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N undecaethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCOCCO PSVXZQVXSXSQRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940070710 valerate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NQPDZGIKBAWPEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N valeric acid Chemical compound CCCCC(O)=O NQPDZGIKBAWPEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000027185 varicose disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000006442 vascular tone Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003071 vasodilator agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001457 vasomotor Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013022 venting Methods 0.000 description 1
- OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-XQKSVPLYSA-N vincristine Chemical compound C([N@]1C[C@@H](C[C@]2(C(=O)OC)C=3C(=CC4=C([C@]56[C@H]([C@@]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]7(CC)C=CCN([C@H]67)CC5)(O)C(=O)OC)N4C=O)C=3)OC)C[C@@](C1)(O)CC)CC1=C2NC2=CC=CC=C12 OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-XQKSVPLYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004528 vincristine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N vincristine Natural products C1C(CC)(O)CC(CC2(C(=O)OC)C=3C(=CC4=C(C56C(C(C(OC(C)=O)C7(CC)C=CCN(C67)CC5)(O)C(=O)OC)N4C=O)C=3)OC)CN1CCC1=C2NC2=CC=CC=C12 OGWKCGZFUXNPDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000011782 vitamin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940088594 vitamin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930003231 vitamin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 235000013343 vitamin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000008673 vomiting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005550 wet granulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009736 wetting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010493 xanthan gum Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000230 xanthan gum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001285 xanthan gum Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940082509 xanthan gum Drugs 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/0087—Galenical forms not covered by A61K9/02 - A61K9/7023
- A61K9/0095—Drinks; Beverages; Syrups; Compositions for reconstitution thereof, e.g. powders or tablets to be dispersed in a glass of water; Veterinary drenches
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/13—Amines
- A61K31/135—Amines having aromatic rings, e.g. ketamine, nortriptyline
- A61K31/137—Arylalkylamines, e.g. amphetamine, epinephrine, salbutamol, ephedrine or methadone
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/06—Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite
- A61K47/16—Organic compounds, e.g. natural or synthetic hydrocarbons, polyolefins, mineral oil, petrolatum or ozokerite containing nitrogen, e.g. nitro-, nitroso-, azo-compounds, nitriles, cyanates
- A61K47/18—Amines; Amides; Ureas; Quaternary ammonium compounds; Amino acids; Oligopeptides having up to five amino acids
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/0012—Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
- A61K9/0014—Skin, i.e. galenical aspects of topical compositions
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/0012—Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
- A61K9/0019—Injectable compositions; Intramuscular, intravenous, arterial, subcutaneous administration; Compositions to be administered through the skin in an invasive manner
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/0012—Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
- A61K9/0019—Injectable compositions; Intramuscular, intravenous, arterial, subcutaneous administration; Compositions to be administered through the skin in an invasive manner
- A61K9/0021—Intradermal administration, e.g. through microneedle arrays, needleless injectors
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/0012—Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
- A61K9/0031—Rectum, anus
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/0012—Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
- A61K9/0043—Nose
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/0012—Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
- A61K9/0053—Mouth and digestive tract, i.e. intraoral and peroral administration
- A61K9/0056—Mouth soluble or dispersible forms; Suckable, eatable, chewable coherent forms; Forms rapidly disintegrating in the mouth; Lozenges; Lollipops; Bite capsules; Baked products; Baits or other oral forms for animals
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/0012—Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
- A61K9/0053—Mouth and digestive tract, i.e. intraoral and peroral administration
- A61K9/0063—Periodont
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/0012—Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
- A61K9/007—Pulmonary tract; Aromatherapy
- A61K9/0073—Sprays or powders for inhalation; Aerolised or nebulised preparations generated by other means than thermal energy
- A61K9/0075—Sprays or powders for inhalation; Aerolised or nebulised preparations generated by other means than thermal energy for inhalation via a dry powder inhaler [DPI], e.g. comprising micronized drug mixed with lactose carrier particles
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/0012—Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
- A61K9/007—Pulmonary tract; Aromatherapy
- A61K9/0073—Sprays or powders for inhalation; Aerolised or nebulised preparations generated by other means than thermal energy
- A61K9/0078—Sprays or powders for inhalation; Aerolised or nebulised preparations generated by other means than thermal energy for inhalation via a nebulizer such as a jet nebulizer, ultrasonic nebulizer, e.g. in the form of aqueous drug solutions or dispersions
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/0012—Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
- A61K9/007—Pulmonary tract; Aromatherapy
- A61K9/0073—Sprays or powders for inhalation; Aerolised or nebulised preparations generated by other means than thermal energy
- A61K9/008—Sprays or powders for inhalation; Aerolised or nebulised preparations generated by other means than thermal energy comprising drug dissolved or suspended in liquid propellant for inhalation via a pressurized metered dose inhaler [MDI]
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/10—Dispersions; Emulsions
- A61K9/127—Synthetic bilayered vehicles, e.g. liposomes or liposomes with cholesterol as the only non-phosphatidyl surfactant
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/20—Pills, tablets, discs, rods
- A61K9/2072—Pills, tablets, discs, rods characterised by shape, structure or size; Tablets with holes, special break lines or identification marks; Partially coated tablets; Disintegrating flat shaped forms
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/20—Pills, tablets, discs, rods
- A61K9/2072—Pills, tablets, discs, rods characterised by shape, structure or size; Tablets with holes, special break lines or identification marks; Partially coated tablets; Disintegrating flat shaped forms
- A61K9/2086—Layered tablets, e.g. bilayer tablets; Tablets of the type inert core-active coat
- A61K9/209—Layered tablets, e.g. bilayer tablets; Tablets of the type inert core-active coat containing drug in at least two layers or in the core and in at least one outer layer
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/20—Pills, tablets, discs, rods
- A61K9/28—Dragees; Coated pills or tablets, e.g. with film or compression coating
- A61K9/2886—Dragees; Coated pills or tablets, e.g. with film or compression coating having two or more different drug-free coatings; Tablets of the type inert core-drug layer-inactive layer
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/48—Preparations in capsules, e.g. of gelatin, of chocolate
- A61K9/4808—Preparations in capsules, e.g. of gelatin, of chocolate characterised by the form of the capsule or the structure of the filling; Capsules containing small tablets; Capsules with outer layer for immediate drug release
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/48—Preparations in capsules, e.g. of gelatin, of chocolate
- A61K9/50—Microcapsules having a gas, liquid or semi-solid filling; Solid microparticles or pellets surrounded by a distinct coating layer, e.g. coated microspheres, coated drug crystals
- A61K9/5073—Microcapsules having a gas, liquid or semi-solid filling; Solid microparticles or pellets surrounded by a distinct coating layer, e.g. coated microspheres, coated drug crystals having two or more different coatings optionally including drug-containing subcoatings
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/48—Preparations in capsules, e.g. of gelatin, of chocolate
- A61K9/50—Microcapsules having a gas, liquid or semi-solid filling; Solid microparticles or pellets surrounded by a distinct coating layer, e.g. coated microspheres, coated drug crystals
- A61K9/5073—Microcapsules having a gas, liquid or semi-solid filling; Solid microparticles or pellets surrounded by a distinct coating layer, e.g. coated microspheres, coated drug crystals having two or more different coatings optionally including drug-containing subcoatings
- A61K9/5078—Microcapsules having a gas, liquid or semi-solid filling; Solid microparticles or pellets surrounded by a distinct coating layer, e.g. coated microspheres, coated drug crystals having two or more different coatings optionally including drug-containing subcoatings with drug-free core
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/70—Web, sheet or filament bases ; Films; Fibres of the matrix type containing drug
- A61K9/7023—Transdermal patches and similar drug-containing composite devices, e.g. cataplasms
- A61K9/703—Transdermal patches and similar drug-containing composite devices, e.g. cataplasms characterised by shape or structure; Details concerning release liner or backing; Refillable patches; User-activated patches
- A61K9/7084—Transdermal patches having a drug layer or reservoir, and one or more separate drug-free skin-adhesive layers, e.g. between drug reservoir and skin, or surrounding the drug reservoir; Liquid-filled reservoir patches
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02A—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02A50/00—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE in human health protection, e.g. against extreme weather
- Y02A50/30—Against vector-borne diseases, e.g. mosquito-borne, fly-borne, tick-borne or waterborne diseases whose impact is exacerbated by climate change
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Dermatology (AREA)
- Otolaryngology (AREA)
- Pulmonology (AREA)
- Nutrition Science (AREA)
- Dispersion Chemistry (AREA)
- Physiology (AREA)
- Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
- Oil, Petroleum & Natural Gas (AREA)
- Emergency Medicine (AREA)
- Zoology (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
Novel pharmaceutical compositions comprising desglymidodrine or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active drug substance. Desglymidodrine is the active metabolite of the prodrug midodrine. The pharmaceutical composition may be presented in a suitable dosage form for oral, parenteral, mucosal, nasal, sublingual, buccal, topical, vaginal, rectalor, ocular etc. administration. A pharmaceutical composition of the invention may be in the form of an immediate and/or modified release composition or it may be designed to release the active drug substance, desglymidodrine, in a relatively fast manner in order to enable a relatively fast onset of the therapeutical effect. The compositions have a suitable she lf- life, i.e. the desglymidodrine contained in the composition is not subject t o a significant degradation under storage conditions normally acceptable for pharmaceuticals. Also disclosed is a method for treating animals such as, e. g. mammals and humans with a novel pharmaceutical composition comprising desglymidodrine. Furthermore, is disclosed a novel use of desglymidodrine in the treatment of septic shock and to a method for treating mammals (e.g. humans) suffering from septic shock with a sufficient amount of desglymidodrine.
Description
Pharmaceutical compositions comprising desglymidodrine as an active drug substance Introduction The present invention relates to novel pharmaceutical compositions comprising desglymidodrine or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as an active drug substance. Desglymidodrine is the active metabolite of the prodrug midodrine.
The pharmaceutical composition may be presented in a suitable dosage form for oral, parenteral, mucosal, nasal, sublingual, buccal, topical, vaginal, rectalor ocular etc.
administration. A pharmaceutical composition of the invention may be in the form of an immediate and/or modified release composition or it may be designed to release the active drug substance, desglymidodrine, in a relatively fast manner in order to enable a relatively fast onset of the therapeutic effect.
A pharmaceutical composition according to the invention has a suitable shelf-life, i.e. the desglymidodrine contained in the composition is not subject to a significant degradation under storage conditions normally acceptable for pharmaceuticals.
The invention also relates to a method for treating animals such as, e.g.
mammals and humans with a novel pharmaceutical composition comprising desglymidodrine.
Furthermore, the invention relates to a novel use of desglymidodrine in the treatment of septic shock and to a method for treating mammals (e.g. humans) suffering from septic shock with a sufficient amount of desglymidodrine.
Desglymidodrine is the active metabolite of midodrine, i.e upon administration of midodrine to a patient, midodrine is (enzymatically) metabolised to desglymidodrine. The indications of desglymidodrine are therefore similar to the indications of midodrine, but as will be explained below desglymidodrine may also be used for novel indications.
The indications of desglymidodrine include symptomatic orthostatic hypotension, syncope, orthostatic intolerance, symptomatic hypotension (e.g. hypotension associated with infections, the convalescent period, surgical operations, delivery, changes in the weather as well as what is called "difficulties in getting started in the mornings"), as well as in the control of hypotensive side effects of hypnotics and psychotropics.
Furthermore, desglymidodrine is expected to be effective in the treatment of urinary incontinence. Many of these indications call for a very individual treatment regimen where a basic "all day"
treatment supplied with one or more fast onset formulations are very beneficial.
In another aspect, the invention relates to a method for treating hypotension and/or urinary incontinence, the method comprising administration to a patient in need thereof of an effective amount of desglymidodrine in a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention. An interesting pharmaceutical composition according to the invention for this use is a controlled release composition, optionally together with one or more fast onset compositions comprising an effective amount of desglymidodrine.
Background of the invention Desglymidodrine is the active form of the prodrug midodrine. Desglymidodrine is a potent adrenergic agonist at the alpha-1 receptors that are mainly localised in resistance and capacitance vessels and in the bladder neck. The effect when given to patients suffering from orthostatic hypotension is an increase in blood pressure and when given to patients suffering from stress incontinence and improvement of continence. Clinical trials of the latter effect have up till now yielded conflicting results.
During development of the compound in the sixties and seventies focus was put on midodrine probably in order to secure a relative long lasting effect when administered orally. New formulation techniques and the search for new indications have turned the inventor's focus to desglymidodrine again.
Disclosure of the invention As the active metabolite of midodrine, desglymidodrine is a potent drug substance.
However, in the past decades focus has been directed to the development of suitable midodrine compositions most likely due to the detailed knowledge of the behaviour of midodrine in clinical studies. However, the need for optimising the treatment of conditions responsive to midodrine has turned the inventors' focus on desglymidodrine. By administering pharmaceutical compositions comprising desglymidodrine, the conversion step in vivo from the inactive form, midodrine, to the active form, desglymidodrine, is omitted and, thus, it is anticipated that treatment with desglymidodrine can lead to a fast onset of the therapeutic effect. Furthermore, individual variations with respect to the enzymatic conversion of midodrine to desglymidodrine are of no importance when the treatment is performed with desglymidodrine. Thus, there is a need for the development of suitable pharmaceutical compositions of desglymidodrine for use in the treatment of conditions for which midodrine is indicated. Such compositions provide attractive alternatives or supplements to the treatment of diseases or conditions with a drug substance that acts by stimulating a~ receptors.
Midodrine is a prodrug, which is activated within the human body by an enzymatic hydrolysis to release the therapeutically active metabolite desglymidodrine.
Only very little information is available from the literature concerning desglymidodrine.
The following is a review of the pharmacokinetics of desglymidodrine as parent compound.
Clinical studies The pharmacokinetics of midodrine and desglymidodrine after administration of midodrine have been described by Grobecker (Grobecker HF, ICees F. Pharmacokinetic parameters and haemodynamic actions of midodrine in young volunteers. Int Angiol 1993;
12(2):119-124).
In a Japanese study (Tsutsui S, et al. Pharmacokinetics of midodrine -Bioavailability of midodrine. The clinical report 1987; 21, No.4:1759-1807) the pharmacokinetics of midodrine and desglymidodrine given as prodrug and as parent compound, respectively, was investigated in five healthy volunteers. It was found that the bioavailabily of desglymidodrine was slightly lower when given as parent compound as compared to when given as prodrug. Tmax (time to maximum plasma concentration) for midodrine, desglymidodrine as prodrug and as parent compound, respectively, are given in Table 1 with the results of Grobecker as comparison:
Table 1 study administered Tmax (h.) drug midodrine desglymidodrine Tsutsui midodrine ~ 1.4 0.2 2.0 0.0 Tsutsui desglymidodrine 1.2 0.2 Grobecker midodrine 0.5 0.2 1.1 0.5 Pharmacokinetic data (Tmax) of midodrine and desglymidodrine in two studies Tsutsui (n=5) and Grobecker (n=12).
In a pharmacodynamic study (Pittner H. Double-blind trial to compare the effect of midodrine and ST 1059 after oral aministration to volunteers. internal report:
DFP 1979) of midodrine, desglymidodrine as parent compound and placebo in seven healthy volunteers, the action of desglymidodrine measured as time to occurrence of pilomotor reaction was shorter; 34~25 min for the parent compound as compared to the prodrug 74~29 min. There was a tendency to a surprisingly longer lasting effect of the parent compound, 160 (135-185) min versus 150 (30-240) min for midodrine.
Engel (Engel K, Havelec L, Klausgraber F, Pramer I. Comparative studies and evaluation of the therapeutic usability of midodrine (Gutron) in the hypotension syndrome. IlViener medizinische IlVochenschrift 1974; 124:501-507) has summarised different studies. One of them is a study where it was shown that intravenous injection of 5 mg of desglymidodrine is as potent as 20-25 mg midodrine intravenously with respect to increase of blood pressure. However, the effect of desglymidodrine lasted only 3-4 min.
Only very preliminary conclusions, if any, can be drawn from the above-mentioned studies regarding desglymidodrine. The bioavailability is lower when it is given as parent compound probably due to intraluminal degradation. The time to effect is shorter and the effect is lasting shorter with respect to blood pressure effect, but no difference with respect to pilomotor reaction has been observed. Further studies are needed to characterise the pharmacokinetic of desglymidodrine given as parent compound.
Clinical indications The short period of the effect makes desglymidodrine attractive as a quick acting medication in patients with autonomic dysregulation including orthostatic hypotension. A
combination with desglymidodrine (or midodrine) in a controlled release formulation would yield an opportunity to create a medication with fast and long lasting effect.
Desglymidodrine acts by a stimulation of a~ receptors. The prodrug of desglymidodrine, midodrine is used in the treatment of symptomatic orthostatic hypotension.
Disorders causing orthostatic hypotension are e.g., 5 Generalized primary autonomic failure Pure autonomic failure or idiopathic orthostatic hypotension (Bradbury-Eggleston syndrome) Pure autonomic failure with multiple-system atrophy or Shy-Drager syndrome Acute pandysautonomia (panautonomic neuropathy) ~ Familial dysautonomia (Riley-Day syndrome) Partial primary autonomic failure Dopamine ~i-hydroxylase deficiency Postural orthostatic tachycardia syndrome (length-dependent autonomic neuropathy) Monoamine oxidase deficiency Pure vasomotor failure Disorders of idiopathic orthostatic intolerance ~ Postural orthostatic tachycardia syndrome Mitral valve prolapse Due to prolonged bed rest or space flight Due to asthenic habitus Disorders of the central nervous system Tumors (hypothalamic, parasellar, posterior fossa) Multiple cerebral infarcts Wernicke's encephalopathy Tabes dorsalis Traumatic and inflammatory myelopathies ~
Parkinson's disease Hereditary system degenerations Syringomyelia Dysautonomia of advanced age Multiple sclerosis ~
The pharmaceutical composition may be presented in a suitable dosage form for oral, parenteral, mucosal, nasal, sublingual, buccal, topical, vaginal, rectalor ocular etc.
administration. A pharmaceutical composition of the invention may be in the form of an immediate and/or modified release composition or it may be designed to release the active drug substance, desglymidodrine, in a relatively fast manner in order to enable a relatively fast onset of the therapeutic effect.
A pharmaceutical composition according to the invention has a suitable shelf-life, i.e. the desglymidodrine contained in the composition is not subject to a significant degradation under storage conditions normally acceptable for pharmaceuticals.
The invention also relates to a method for treating animals such as, e.g.
mammals and humans with a novel pharmaceutical composition comprising desglymidodrine.
Furthermore, the invention relates to a novel use of desglymidodrine in the treatment of septic shock and to a method for treating mammals (e.g. humans) suffering from septic shock with a sufficient amount of desglymidodrine.
Desglymidodrine is the active metabolite of midodrine, i.e upon administration of midodrine to a patient, midodrine is (enzymatically) metabolised to desglymidodrine. The indications of desglymidodrine are therefore similar to the indications of midodrine, but as will be explained below desglymidodrine may also be used for novel indications.
The indications of desglymidodrine include symptomatic orthostatic hypotension, syncope, orthostatic intolerance, symptomatic hypotension (e.g. hypotension associated with infections, the convalescent period, surgical operations, delivery, changes in the weather as well as what is called "difficulties in getting started in the mornings"), as well as in the control of hypotensive side effects of hypnotics and psychotropics.
Furthermore, desglymidodrine is expected to be effective in the treatment of urinary incontinence. Many of these indications call for a very individual treatment regimen where a basic "all day"
treatment supplied with one or more fast onset formulations are very beneficial.
In another aspect, the invention relates to a method for treating hypotension and/or urinary incontinence, the method comprising administration to a patient in need thereof of an effective amount of desglymidodrine in a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention. An interesting pharmaceutical composition according to the invention for this use is a controlled release composition, optionally together with one or more fast onset compositions comprising an effective amount of desglymidodrine.
Background of the invention Desglymidodrine is the active form of the prodrug midodrine. Desglymidodrine is a potent adrenergic agonist at the alpha-1 receptors that are mainly localised in resistance and capacitance vessels and in the bladder neck. The effect when given to patients suffering from orthostatic hypotension is an increase in blood pressure and when given to patients suffering from stress incontinence and improvement of continence. Clinical trials of the latter effect have up till now yielded conflicting results.
During development of the compound in the sixties and seventies focus was put on midodrine probably in order to secure a relative long lasting effect when administered orally. New formulation techniques and the search for new indications have turned the inventor's focus to desglymidodrine again.
Disclosure of the invention As the active metabolite of midodrine, desglymidodrine is a potent drug substance.
However, in the past decades focus has been directed to the development of suitable midodrine compositions most likely due to the detailed knowledge of the behaviour of midodrine in clinical studies. However, the need for optimising the treatment of conditions responsive to midodrine has turned the inventors' focus on desglymidodrine. By administering pharmaceutical compositions comprising desglymidodrine, the conversion step in vivo from the inactive form, midodrine, to the active form, desglymidodrine, is omitted and, thus, it is anticipated that treatment with desglymidodrine can lead to a fast onset of the therapeutic effect. Furthermore, individual variations with respect to the enzymatic conversion of midodrine to desglymidodrine are of no importance when the treatment is performed with desglymidodrine. Thus, there is a need for the development of suitable pharmaceutical compositions of desglymidodrine for use in the treatment of conditions for which midodrine is indicated. Such compositions provide attractive alternatives or supplements to the treatment of diseases or conditions with a drug substance that acts by stimulating a~ receptors.
Midodrine is a prodrug, which is activated within the human body by an enzymatic hydrolysis to release the therapeutically active metabolite desglymidodrine.
Only very little information is available from the literature concerning desglymidodrine.
The following is a review of the pharmacokinetics of desglymidodrine as parent compound.
Clinical studies The pharmacokinetics of midodrine and desglymidodrine after administration of midodrine have been described by Grobecker (Grobecker HF, ICees F. Pharmacokinetic parameters and haemodynamic actions of midodrine in young volunteers. Int Angiol 1993;
12(2):119-124).
In a Japanese study (Tsutsui S, et al. Pharmacokinetics of midodrine -Bioavailability of midodrine. The clinical report 1987; 21, No.4:1759-1807) the pharmacokinetics of midodrine and desglymidodrine given as prodrug and as parent compound, respectively, was investigated in five healthy volunteers. It was found that the bioavailabily of desglymidodrine was slightly lower when given as parent compound as compared to when given as prodrug. Tmax (time to maximum plasma concentration) for midodrine, desglymidodrine as prodrug and as parent compound, respectively, are given in Table 1 with the results of Grobecker as comparison:
Table 1 study administered Tmax (h.) drug midodrine desglymidodrine Tsutsui midodrine ~ 1.4 0.2 2.0 0.0 Tsutsui desglymidodrine 1.2 0.2 Grobecker midodrine 0.5 0.2 1.1 0.5 Pharmacokinetic data (Tmax) of midodrine and desglymidodrine in two studies Tsutsui (n=5) and Grobecker (n=12).
In a pharmacodynamic study (Pittner H. Double-blind trial to compare the effect of midodrine and ST 1059 after oral aministration to volunteers. internal report:
DFP 1979) of midodrine, desglymidodrine as parent compound and placebo in seven healthy volunteers, the action of desglymidodrine measured as time to occurrence of pilomotor reaction was shorter; 34~25 min for the parent compound as compared to the prodrug 74~29 min. There was a tendency to a surprisingly longer lasting effect of the parent compound, 160 (135-185) min versus 150 (30-240) min for midodrine.
Engel (Engel K, Havelec L, Klausgraber F, Pramer I. Comparative studies and evaluation of the therapeutic usability of midodrine (Gutron) in the hypotension syndrome. IlViener medizinische IlVochenschrift 1974; 124:501-507) has summarised different studies. One of them is a study where it was shown that intravenous injection of 5 mg of desglymidodrine is as potent as 20-25 mg midodrine intravenously with respect to increase of blood pressure. However, the effect of desglymidodrine lasted only 3-4 min.
Only very preliminary conclusions, if any, can be drawn from the above-mentioned studies regarding desglymidodrine. The bioavailability is lower when it is given as parent compound probably due to intraluminal degradation. The time to effect is shorter and the effect is lasting shorter with respect to blood pressure effect, but no difference with respect to pilomotor reaction has been observed. Further studies are needed to characterise the pharmacokinetic of desglymidodrine given as parent compound.
Clinical indications The short period of the effect makes desglymidodrine attractive as a quick acting medication in patients with autonomic dysregulation including orthostatic hypotension. A
combination with desglymidodrine (or midodrine) in a controlled release formulation would yield an opportunity to create a medication with fast and long lasting effect.
Desglymidodrine acts by a stimulation of a~ receptors. The prodrug of desglymidodrine, midodrine is used in the treatment of symptomatic orthostatic hypotension.
Disorders causing orthostatic hypotension are e.g., 5 Generalized primary autonomic failure Pure autonomic failure or idiopathic orthostatic hypotension (Bradbury-Eggleston syndrome) Pure autonomic failure with multiple-system atrophy or Shy-Drager syndrome Acute pandysautonomia (panautonomic neuropathy) ~ Familial dysautonomia (Riley-Day syndrome) Partial primary autonomic failure Dopamine ~i-hydroxylase deficiency Postural orthostatic tachycardia syndrome (length-dependent autonomic neuropathy) Monoamine oxidase deficiency Pure vasomotor failure Disorders of idiopathic orthostatic intolerance ~ Postural orthostatic tachycardia syndrome Mitral valve prolapse Due to prolonged bed rest or space flight Due to asthenic habitus Disorders of the central nervous system Tumors (hypothalamic, parasellar, posterior fossa) Multiple cerebral infarcts Wernicke's encephalopathy Tabes dorsalis Traumatic and inflammatory myelopathies ~
Parkinson's disease Hereditary system degenerations Syringomyelia Dysautonomia of advanced age Multiple sclerosis ~
Systemic diseases with autonomic neuropathy Botulism Diabetic neuropathy ~ Primary systemic amyloidosis Guillain-Barre syndrome Porphyria Lambert-Eaton myasthenic syndrome Paraneoplastic autonomic neuropathy ~ Uremic neuropathy i; Connective tissue disease Tangier and Fabry's diseases Vincristine and heavy metal neuropathies Leprosy ~ B~z deficiency Chronic Chagas' disease Propafenone neuropathy Endorcine-metabolic disorders ~ Primary and secondary adrenocortical insufficiency Pheochromocytoma Marked potassium depletion Severe hypoaldosteronism latrogenic causes Antihypertensive drugs (a-methyldopa, guanethidine, prazosin, ~i-blockers) Psychotropic drugs (phenothiazines, butyrophenones) Antiparkinsonian drugs (Sinemet, Parlodel) Vasodilator drugs (nitrates) ~ Certain illicit drugs (marijuana) Thoracolumbar sympathectomy Disorders with diminished cardiac output Reduced intravascular volume Acute and chronic blood loss i; Fluid loss due to vomiting, diarrhea, diuretics Gastrectomy with the dumping syndrome i; Salt-losing nephropathy ~ Altered capillary permeability Impaired venous return Severe varicose veins Venous obstruction (late pregnancy) Reflex and pharmacologic vasodilatation ~ Muscle wasting and prolonged recumbency Intrinsic cardiac disease Myocardial infarct Arrhythmias Restrictive pericardial/myocardial diseases Miscellaneous causes Hyperbradykinnism Chronic renal hemodialysis Anorexia nervosa ~ Reduced aortic compliance Mastocytosis Baroreflex failure Furthermore, midodrine may be used in disorders retrograde ejaculation;
disorder of semen ejaculation, or to attenuate symptoms of chronic orthostatic hypotension due to autonomic failure in patients with Bradbury-Eggleston, Shy-Drager syndromes, diabetes mellitus disease and Parkinson's disease.
The prodrug of desglymidodrine, midodrine, is approved in a variety of European and overseas countries including the U.S.A. mainly for the treatment of symptomatic orthostatic hypotension.
FDA has recommended a dosing of midodrine of up to 10 mg 3 times daily for the treatment of hypotension. According to FDA, the latest dose must not be given later than 6 pm for safety reasons in order to avoid or reduce the risk of supine hypertension. Other countries recommend that the latest dose must not be given later than 4 hours before bedtime.
Midodrine for use in stress urinary incontinence is a very promising use with a tremendous market potential also due to the ageing population. Current conservative therapeutic approaches are a-sympathomimetics, pelvic floor exercises and estrogens, or surgery, which are rather complementary than competitive.
It is contemplated that desglymidodrine is effective as a drug substance in the treatment of the above-metioned conditions. Furthermore, a completely novel indication for desglymidodrine is described in the following.
Novel therapeutic indication Septic shock is a condition in which bacteremia produces changes in the circulation resulting in critically reduced tissue perfusion. Acute circulatory failure, hypotension and multiorgan failure are characteristic. The pathogenesis is not fully understood but bacterial infection with release of toxins initiate a vicious circle of reactions resulting in vasodilatation and organ hypoperfusion. The cornerstone of the treatment is antibiotics and circulatory support is mandatory to secure organ perfusion. Typically the circulatory disorders are treated with vasopressors initially dopamine followed by addition of norephinephrine and eventually epinephrine.
Norephinephrine has alfa adrenergic and slight beta adrenergic action whereas desglymidodrine only has alpha adrenergic action. Furthermore desglymidodrine does not cross the blood brain barrier in contrast to norepinephrine.
The lack of beta adrenergic action meaning that desglymidodrine has no effect on the heart and the lack of central nervous system stimulation makes desglymidodrine an attractive substitute for norepinephrine in the treatment of septic shock as these actions are unwanted.
Active drug substances A pharmaceutical composition according to the invention contains desglymidodrine or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. From a clinical point of view it may in some cases be advantageous to include midodrine or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in the composition in order to take advantage of the different pharmacokinetic of the two different substances. As mentioned in the following, the invention also relates to a kit comprising two different compositions, one of the compositions being a composition as described above.
Although the present invention is focused on the use of desglymidodrine, there are cases - as mentioned above - where the concomittant use of midodrine or a midodrine containing composition is relevant. Therefore, in the following is given a description of desglymidodrine as well as midodrine.
With respect to treatment of orthostatic hypotension and the other conditions mentioned above, desglymidodrine or its prodrug midodrine are drugs of choice.
Desglymidodrine as well as midodrine exist in racemic form and in the form of the two enantiomeric species.
Desglymidodrine is also known as ST 1059, alpha-(aminomethyl)-2,5-dimethoxy-benzenemethanol. It may be present in racemic form, i.e. as (~)-desglymidodrine, (~)-ST1059 or (~)-alpha-(aminomethyl)-2,5-dimethoxy-benzenemethanol, or in its enantiomeric form as (-)-desglymidodrine, (R)-desglymidodrine, (-)-ST1059, (R)-ST1059, (-)-alpha-(aminomethyl)-2,5-dimethoxy-benzenemethanol or (R)-alpha-(aminomethyl)-2,5-dimethoxy-benzenemethanol, or in its other enatiomeric form (+)-desglymidodrine, (S)-desglymidodrine, (+)-ST1059, (S)-ST1059, (+)-alpha-(aminomethyl)-2,5-dimethoxy-benzenemethanol or (S)-alpha-(aminomethyl)-2,5-dimethoxy-benzenemethanol.
A composition according to the invention may therefore include desglymidodrine in the racemic form (RS), in the enantiomeric form (R), in the enantiomeric form (S) or in mixtures thereof.
In an embodiment according to the invention, a composition contains the active metabolite desglymidodrine (ST 1059), and desglymidodrine is present in the form of (~)-a-(aminomethyl)-2,5-dimethoxy-benzenemethanol (~ ST 1059), (+)-a-(aminomethyl)-2,5-dimethoxy-benzenemethanol (+ ST 1059), (-)-a-(aminomethyl)-2,5-dimethoxy-benzenemethanol (- ST 1059) or mixtures thereof.
In another embodiment a composition according to the invention contains 5 desglymidodrine in the racemic form (RS), in the enantiomeric form (R), in the enantiomeric form (S) or in mixtures thereof, or it contains at least 90% wlw such as, e.g., at least 95% w/w, at least 97% w/w, at least 98% w/w, at least 99% w/w of desglymidodrine is present in the therapeutically active enantiomeric form.
The therapeutically active enantiomeric form of desglymidodrine is contemplated to be (-)-a-10 (aminomethyl)-2,5-dimethoxy-benzenemethanol (- ST 1059) or the (R) form of desglymidodrine ((R) ST 1059).
Midodrine is also known as ST 1085, or 2-amino-N-[2-(2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-2-hydroxyethyl]-acetamide. It may be in present in racemic form, i.e. as (~)-midodrine, (~)-ST 1085, or (~)-2-amino-N-[2-(2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-2-hydroxyethyl]-acetamide, (~)-2-amino-N-[2-(2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-2-hydroxyethyl]-acetamide, or in its enatiomeric form as (-)-midodrine, (R)-midodrine, (-)-ST 1085, (R)-ST 1085, (-)- 2-amino-N-[2-(2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-2-hydroxyethyl]-acetamide or (R)- 2-amino-N-[2-(2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-2-hydroxyethyl]-acetamide, or in its other enantiomeric form (+)-midodrine or (S)-midodrine, (+)-ST 1085, or (S)-ST 1085, (+)- 2-amino-N-[2-(2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-2-hydroxyethyl]-acetamide or (S)- 2-amino-N-[2-(2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-2-hydroxyethyl]-acetamide.
In an embodiment, the invention relates to a pharmaceutical kit comprising two different pharmaceutical compositions and one of the compositions is a controlled release composition. In such a kit, one of the compositions may contain midodrine as the active substance and the other may contain desglymidodrine.
In a composition according to the invention desglymidodrine (and whenever relevant midodrine) is present in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt such as a salt formed between desglymidodrine (and whenever relevant midodrine) and an inorganic acid such as e.g., a hydrochloride, a hydrobromide, a hydroiodide, a nitrate, a nitrite, a H3P03 salt, a H3P04 salt, a HZS03 salt, a sulfate, a H2S05 salt, or a salt formed between desglymidodrine (and whenever relevant midodrine) and an organic acid such as organic acids like e.g. H2C03, acetic acid, CZHSCOOH, C3H~COOH, C4H9COOH, (COOH)2, CH~(COOH)2, C2H5(COOH)2, C3H6(COOH)2, C4H$(COOH)2, CSH~o(COOH)~, fumaric acid, malefic acid, lactic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, ascorbic acid, benzoic acid, salicylic acid and phthalic acid.
A composition according to the invention may comprise a further active drug substance, i.e. the composition may be in the form of a so-called combination composition comprising at least two different active drug substances. The further active drug substance may be any active drug substance, which beneficially is used in combination with desglymidodrine. Interesting examples of further active drug substances are midodrine, steroids like e.g. hydrocortisone or fludrocortisone or somatostin analogoues like e.g.
octreotide.
Dosage In general, the dosage of the active drug substance present in a composition according to the invention depends inter alia on the specific drug substance, the age and condition of the patient and of the disease to be treated.
In general, a composition according to the invention is designed for administration 1-6 times daily. The dosage frequency depends on the specific condition to be treated and on the specific composition used. For example, a nasal composition may be administered only once daily e.g. in order to achieve a relatively fast onset of the therapeutic effect or it may be administered more often in order to treat break-through symptoms. The same applies to e.g. a plain tablet composition, a buccal composition, a rectal composition etc.
A controlled release composition according to the present invention aims at a dosage once, twice or three times daily, preferably once or twice daily. In the present context the term "once daily"/"once-a-day" is intended to mean that it is only necessary to administer the pharmaceutical composition once a day in order to obtain a suitable therapeutic and/or prophylactic response; however, any administration may comprise co-administration of more than one dosage unit, such as, e.g. 2-4 dosage units.
In agreement with the above-mentioned definition of "once daily"/"once-a-day", "twice daily"/"twice-a-day" is supposed to mean that it is only necessary to administer the controlled release composition at the most twice a day in order to obtain a suitable therapeutic and/or prophylactic response in the patient which can form a basis for an individual supply with the relatively fast onset composition.
irrespective of the above-mentioned definitiones of "once" and "twice" daily, a dosage unit, which is constructed to deliver the active ingredient after only one daily administration is often preferred by the patient. However, due to individual circumstances some patients may need a new dosage after e.g. 7-18 hours such as, e.g. about hours or about 12 or about 18 hours if the patient e.g. has abnormal absorption or bowel transit time. If the individual has a relatively fast bowel transit time, some of the active drug substance may be excreted before the full dosage is released.
Controlled release compositions designed for topical (e.g. transdermal delivery systems), ocular (e.g. ocular delivery systems) or parenteral (e.g. parenteral delivery systems like implants) delivery of desglymidodrine generally aim at less frequent dosage.
Thus, a dosage frequency corresponding to 1-2 times a week or 1-2 times a month is often considered appropriate for such delivery systems.
With respect to desglymidodrine, the normal daily dose is from 2.5 to 10 mg three or up to four times daily (calculated as desglymidodrine hydrochloride), i.e. a daily dose of from about 7.5 mg to about 40 mg in the treatment of orthostatic hypertension.
However, the daily dose in the treatment of urinary incontinence may be different and, accordingly, a composition according to the present invention typically contains from about 2.5mg to about 50 mg desglymidodrine such as, e.g. 2.5 mg, 5 mg, 7.5 mg, 10 mg, 12.5 mg, 15 mg, 17.5 mg, 20 mg, 25 mg, 30 mg, 35 mg, 40 mg, 45 mg or 50 mg. The same applies in general in connection with the treatment of septic shock, where it is anticipated that the dosis range of desglymidodrine is 25-250 pg/kg body weight/min when given as a continuous infusion. The treatment of septic shock is adjusted according to individual susceptibility to desglymidodrine with respect to blood pressure.
In cases, where desglymidodrine is employed in another form, e.g. in another salt form than desglymidodrine hydrochloride, the above-mentioned dosage ranges are of course to be recalculated so that the same dosage is employed on a molar basis.
disorder of semen ejaculation, or to attenuate symptoms of chronic orthostatic hypotension due to autonomic failure in patients with Bradbury-Eggleston, Shy-Drager syndromes, diabetes mellitus disease and Parkinson's disease.
The prodrug of desglymidodrine, midodrine, is approved in a variety of European and overseas countries including the U.S.A. mainly for the treatment of symptomatic orthostatic hypotension.
FDA has recommended a dosing of midodrine of up to 10 mg 3 times daily for the treatment of hypotension. According to FDA, the latest dose must not be given later than 6 pm for safety reasons in order to avoid or reduce the risk of supine hypertension. Other countries recommend that the latest dose must not be given later than 4 hours before bedtime.
Midodrine for use in stress urinary incontinence is a very promising use with a tremendous market potential also due to the ageing population. Current conservative therapeutic approaches are a-sympathomimetics, pelvic floor exercises and estrogens, or surgery, which are rather complementary than competitive.
It is contemplated that desglymidodrine is effective as a drug substance in the treatment of the above-metioned conditions. Furthermore, a completely novel indication for desglymidodrine is described in the following.
Novel therapeutic indication Septic shock is a condition in which bacteremia produces changes in the circulation resulting in critically reduced tissue perfusion. Acute circulatory failure, hypotension and multiorgan failure are characteristic. The pathogenesis is not fully understood but bacterial infection with release of toxins initiate a vicious circle of reactions resulting in vasodilatation and organ hypoperfusion. The cornerstone of the treatment is antibiotics and circulatory support is mandatory to secure organ perfusion. Typically the circulatory disorders are treated with vasopressors initially dopamine followed by addition of norephinephrine and eventually epinephrine.
Norephinephrine has alfa adrenergic and slight beta adrenergic action whereas desglymidodrine only has alpha adrenergic action. Furthermore desglymidodrine does not cross the blood brain barrier in contrast to norepinephrine.
The lack of beta adrenergic action meaning that desglymidodrine has no effect on the heart and the lack of central nervous system stimulation makes desglymidodrine an attractive substitute for norepinephrine in the treatment of septic shock as these actions are unwanted.
Active drug substances A pharmaceutical composition according to the invention contains desglymidodrine or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. From a clinical point of view it may in some cases be advantageous to include midodrine or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof in the composition in order to take advantage of the different pharmacokinetic of the two different substances. As mentioned in the following, the invention also relates to a kit comprising two different compositions, one of the compositions being a composition as described above.
Although the present invention is focused on the use of desglymidodrine, there are cases - as mentioned above - where the concomittant use of midodrine or a midodrine containing composition is relevant. Therefore, in the following is given a description of desglymidodrine as well as midodrine.
With respect to treatment of orthostatic hypotension and the other conditions mentioned above, desglymidodrine or its prodrug midodrine are drugs of choice.
Desglymidodrine as well as midodrine exist in racemic form and in the form of the two enantiomeric species.
Desglymidodrine is also known as ST 1059, alpha-(aminomethyl)-2,5-dimethoxy-benzenemethanol. It may be present in racemic form, i.e. as (~)-desglymidodrine, (~)-ST1059 or (~)-alpha-(aminomethyl)-2,5-dimethoxy-benzenemethanol, or in its enantiomeric form as (-)-desglymidodrine, (R)-desglymidodrine, (-)-ST1059, (R)-ST1059, (-)-alpha-(aminomethyl)-2,5-dimethoxy-benzenemethanol or (R)-alpha-(aminomethyl)-2,5-dimethoxy-benzenemethanol, or in its other enatiomeric form (+)-desglymidodrine, (S)-desglymidodrine, (+)-ST1059, (S)-ST1059, (+)-alpha-(aminomethyl)-2,5-dimethoxy-benzenemethanol or (S)-alpha-(aminomethyl)-2,5-dimethoxy-benzenemethanol.
A composition according to the invention may therefore include desglymidodrine in the racemic form (RS), in the enantiomeric form (R), in the enantiomeric form (S) or in mixtures thereof.
In an embodiment according to the invention, a composition contains the active metabolite desglymidodrine (ST 1059), and desglymidodrine is present in the form of (~)-a-(aminomethyl)-2,5-dimethoxy-benzenemethanol (~ ST 1059), (+)-a-(aminomethyl)-2,5-dimethoxy-benzenemethanol (+ ST 1059), (-)-a-(aminomethyl)-2,5-dimethoxy-benzenemethanol (- ST 1059) or mixtures thereof.
In another embodiment a composition according to the invention contains 5 desglymidodrine in the racemic form (RS), in the enantiomeric form (R), in the enantiomeric form (S) or in mixtures thereof, or it contains at least 90% wlw such as, e.g., at least 95% w/w, at least 97% w/w, at least 98% w/w, at least 99% w/w of desglymidodrine is present in the therapeutically active enantiomeric form.
The therapeutically active enantiomeric form of desglymidodrine is contemplated to be (-)-a-10 (aminomethyl)-2,5-dimethoxy-benzenemethanol (- ST 1059) or the (R) form of desglymidodrine ((R) ST 1059).
Midodrine is also known as ST 1085, or 2-amino-N-[2-(2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-2-hydroxyethyl]-acetamide. It may be in present in racemic form, i.e. as (~)-midodrine, (~)-ST 1085, or (~)-2-amino-N-[2-(2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-2-hydroxyethyl]-acetamide, (~)-2-amino-N-[2-(2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-2-hydroxyethyl]-acetamide, or in its enatiomeric form as (-)-midodrine, (R)-midodrine, (-)-ST 1085, (R)-ST 1085, (-)- 2-amino-N-[2-(2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-2-hydroxyethyl]-acetamide or (R)- 2-amino-N-[2-(2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-2-hydroxyethyl]-acetamide, or in its other enantiomeric form (+)-midodrine or (S)-midodrine, (+)-ST 1085, or (S)-ST 1085, (+)- 2-amino-N-[2-(2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-2-hydroxyethyl]-acetamide or (S)- 2-amino-N-[2-(2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-2-hydroxyethyl]-acetamide.
In an embodiment, the invention relates to a pharmaceutical kit comprising two different pharmaceutical compositions and one of the compositions is a controlled release composition. In such a kit, one of the compositions may contain midodrine as the active substance and the other may contain desglymidodrine.
In a composition according to the invention desglymidodrine (and whenever relevant midodrine) is present in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt such as a salt formed between desglymidodrine (and whenever relevant midodrine) and an inorganic acid such as e.g., a hydrochloride, a hydrobromide, a hydroiodide, a nitrate, a nitrite, a H3P03 salt, a H3P04 salt, a HZS03 salt, a sulfate, a H2S05 salt, or a salt formed between desglymidodrine (and whenever relevant midodrine) and an organic acid such as organic acids like e.g. H2C03, acetic acid, CZHSCOOH, C3H~COOH, C4H9COOH, (COOH)2, CH~(COOH)2, C2H5(COOH)2, C3H6(COOH)2, C4H$(COOH)2, CSH~o(COOH)~, fumaric acid, malefic acid, lactic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, ascorbic acid, benzoic acid, salicylic acid and phthalic acid.
A composition according to the invention may comprise a further active drug substance, i.e. the composition may be in the form of a so-called combination composition comprising at least two different active drug substances. The further active drug substance may be any active drug substance, which beneficially is used in combination with desglymidodrine. Interesting examples of further active drug substances are midodrine, steroids like e.g. hydrocortisone or fludrocortisone or somatostin analogoues like e.g.
octreotide.
Dosage In general, the dosage of the active drug substance present in a composition according to the invention depends inter alia on the specific drug substance, the age and condition of the patient and of the disease to be treated.
In general, a composition according to the invention is designed for administration 1-6 times daily. The dosage frequency depends on the specific condition to be treated and on the specific composition used. For example, a nasal composition may be administered only once daily e.g. in order to achieve a relatively fast onset of the therapeutic effect or it may be administered more often in order to treat break-through symptoms. The same applies to e.g. a plain tablet composition, a buccal composition, a rectal composition etc.
A controlled release composition according to the present invention aims at a dosage once, twice or three times daily, preferably once or twice daily. In the present context the term "once daily"/"once-a-day" is intended to mean that it is only necessary to administer the pharmaceutical composition once a day in order to obtain a suitable therapeutic and/or prophylactic response; however, any administration may comprise co-administration of more than one dosage unit, such as, e.g. 2-4 dosage units.
In agreement with the above-mentioned definition of "once daily"/"once-a-day", "twice daily"/"twice-a-day" is supposed to mean that it is only necessary to administer the controlled release composition at the most twice a day in order to obtain a suitable therapeutic and/or prophylactic response in the patient which can form a basis for an individual supply with the relatively fast onset composition.
irrespective of the above-mentioned definitiones of "once" and "twice" daily, a dosage unit, which is constructed to deliver the active ingredient after only one daily administration is often preferred by the patient. However, due to individual circumstances some patients may need a new dosage after e.g. 7-18 hours such as, e.g. about hours or about 12 or about 18 hours if the patient e.g. has abnormal absorption or bowel transit time. If the individual has a relatively fast bowel transit time, some of the active drug substance may be excreted before the full dosage is released.
Controlled release compositions designed for topical (e.g. transdermal delivery systems), ocular (e.g. ocular delivery systems) or parenteral (e.g. parenteral delivery systems like implants) delivery of desglymidodrine generally aim at less frequent dosage.
Thus, a dosage frequency corresponding to 1-2 times a week or 1-2 times a month is often considered appropriate for such delivery systems.
With respect to desglymidodrine, the normal daily dose is from 2.5 to 10 mg three or up to four times daily (calculated as desglymidodrine hydrochloride), i.e. a daily dose of from about 7.5 mg to about 40 mg in the treatment of orthostatic hypertension.
However, the daily dose in the treatment of urinary incontinence may be different and, accordingly, a composition according to the present invention typically contains from about 2.5mg to about 50 mg desglymidodrine such as, e.g. 2.5 mg, 5 mg, 7.5 mg, 10 mg, 12.5 mg, 15 mg, 17.5 mg, 20 mg, 25 mg, 30 mg, 35 mg, 40 mg, 45 mg or 50 mg. The same applies in general in connection with the treatment of septic shock, where it is anticipated that the dosis range of desglymidodrine is 25-250 pg/kg body weight/min when given as a continuous infusion. The treatment of septic shock is adjusted according to individual susceptibility to desglymidodrine with respect to blood pressure.
In cases, where desglymidodrine is employed in another form, e.g. in another salt form than desglymidodrine hydrochloride, the above-mentioned dosage ranges are of course to be recalculated so that the same dosage is employed on a molar basis.
The total daily doses of desglymidodrine will depend on the indication for the treatment and the individually tolerated doses. The composition or the kit of the present invention provides a possibility of a treatment regimen adapted for the specific patient.
The individual fast onset doses of a composition of the invention may be from 0.2 mg to mg, preferreably from 0.5 mg to 7.5 mg such as of 0.75 mg, 1 mg, 1.25 mg, 1.5 mg, 2 mg, 2.5 mg, 3 mg, 4 mg, or 5 mg.
As discussed above, desglymidodrine may be present as the racemic form or in one of its 10 enantiomeric forms, preferably the therapeutically active enantiomeric form. In those cases where desglymidodrine is present in its therapeutically active enantiomeric form a reduction in the above-mentioned dosage ranges may be relevant.
With respect to the dosage in those cases where midodrine also is employed it is envisaged that the same dosages as mentioned above are relevant. Thus when both midodrine and desglymidodrine are employed either in combination or in a kit according to the invention, then the total dose of desglymidodrine and midodrine is contemplated to be in the above-mentioned dosage ranges on a molecular basis.
Pharmaceutical compositions A pharmaceutical composition of the invention comprises desglymidodrine or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
A composition according to the invention may be in the form of a solid, semi-solid or fluid composition. Examples of solid compositions are e.g. tablets such as, e.g, conventional tablets, effervescent tablets, melt tablets, coated tablets (e.g. film coated, enteric coated, controlled release coated), sublingual tablets, buccal tablets, capsules, sachets, powders, granules, pellets, microcapsules, microspheres, nanoparticles etc. Examples of semi-solid compositions are e.g. ointments, creams, liniments, chewing gums, hydrogels, pastes, suppositories, enemas, etc. Examples of fluid and/or liquid compositions are e.g. drops, dispersions, solutions, emulsions, suspensions, liposomes, sprays, mixtures, syrups, gels, hydrogels, aerosols. A composition according to the invention may be suitable for administration via the oral, peroral, buccal, sublingual, rectal, vaginal, nasal, ocular, topical and parenteral route. Examples on suitable compositions are also e.g.
nasal compositions such as, e.g. nasal spray or nasal powder compositions, compositions for pulmonary administration such as, e.g. inhalators, chewing compositions such as, e.g., chewing gum, etc. Especially suited compositions for a fast onset are compositions in fluid form and in the form of nasal compositions as well as quick release tablets.
Especially suited compositions for controlled or modified release of desglymidodrine are controlled release pellets, controlled release tablets, controlled release granules, controlled release capsules, transdermal delivery systems (e.g. patches, plasters), ocular delivery systems (e.g. lenses), parenteral delivery systems (e.g. implants, oil-based compositions) and bioadhesive delivery systems (e.g. for oral, buccal or topical use). The controlled release of desglymidodrine may be obtained by employment of various controlled release techniques such as, e.g. matrix tablets, application of controlled release coatings) etc.
In an embodiment of the invention, the composition is in the form of tablets having a disintegration time of of the most about 2.5 min such as, e.g at the most about 30 sec, at the most about 45 sec, at the most about 1 min, at the most about 1.5 min or at the most about 2 min.
Generally, a composition of the invention has a shelf-life at room temperature of at least 6 months such as, e.g. at least 1 year, at least 1.5 years, at least 2 years, at least 2, 5 years, 3 years, 4 years or 5 years. Shelf life is defined as the time period in which a change in the content of desglymidodrine in the composition is at the most ~10% w/w such as, e.g., at the most ~7.5% w/w or ~5% w/w; in the present context the shelf-life is determined under conditions of room temperature, 25 °C and a relative humidity of 60%.
The compositions of the invention are thus stable, i.e. no significant degradation of desglymidodrine is observed during normal storage conditions.
Plain compositions In the embodiments of the invention in which the composition is not specifically designed to release desglymidodrine in a controlled manner, the release kinetics of desglymidodrine from the composition corresponds to that of a plain release tablet. The release kinetic of desglymidodrine from such compositions corresponding to a zero or a first order release, a mixture of zero and first order release, or any other order of release such as, e.g. 1 ~h, second, third or fourth order release (the same applies also to controlled release compositions of the invention).
The invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising desglymidodrine 5 (ST 1059) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, the composition being adapted to provide desglymidodrine in such a manner that a relatively fast therapeutically effective concentration of desglymidodrine is obtained after administration of the composition.
Accordingly, a composition of the invention may be adapted to release desglymidodrine in 10 such a manner that a relatively fast therapeutic effective concentration of desglymidodrine is obtained after administration of the composition e.g. to obtain an onset of action at the most 15 min after administration such as, e.g. at the most about 1 min, at the most about 2 min, at the most about 3 min, at the most about 4 min, at the most about 5 min, at the most about 7.5 min, at the most about 10 min or at the most about 12.5 min after 15 administration.
Alternatively, a composition of the invention may be designed in such a manner that a therapeutically effective concentration is obtained within 90 min such as, e.g. within 60 min, within 45 min, within 30 min, within 20 min, within 15 min, within 10 min, within 5 min from administration of the composition.
For such compositions (i.e. not controlled release compositions) a relatively fast peale plasma concentration of desglymidodrine is obtained about 1 min - 6 hours such as, e.g.
about 5 min - 6 hours, about 10 min - 5 hours, about 15 min - 5 hours, about 0.5-6 hours, about 1-6 hours, about 2-5.5 hours, or about 2.5-5.2 hours after administration.
Controlled release compositions In a further aspect, the invention relates to a controlled release pharmaceutical composition comprising desglymidodrine. The controlled composition may be designed for administration via the oral, parenteral, topical, buccal, vaginal, ocular etc.
route.
A controlled release pharmaceutical composition of desglymidodrine according to the invention may also be designed for administration once, twice or three times daily, preferably once or twice daily, i.e. a therapeutically effective concentration of desglymidodrine is maintained for a period of at least 6 hours such as, e.g.
at least 7 hours, at least 8 hours, at least 9 hours or at least about 10-16 hours followed by a wash out period of about 8-12 hours in order to avoid side effect with respect to supine hypertension. Such side effects are well known after administration of midodrine.
A controlled release composition provides a base line plasma concentration, which during most of the day is therapeutically effective. When a higher concentration is needed, only a minor supply of active drug substance is necessary to obtain a very fast relief from symptoms. If the base line plasma concentration is absent, it would be necessary to use a relative higher fast onset dose to reach the high therapeutically effective level. The high therapeutically effective level may be due to individual circumstances in the patient or may be a consequence of physical routines and/or the nature of the underlying disease. The situations and symptoms are often well recognized and experienced by the patient himself. The composition according to the present invention is a superior tool for obtaining an optimal treatment with a minimum of active drug substance.
In the present context a therapeutically effective concentration of desglymidodrine is defined as a plasma concentration of desglymidodrine of at least about 3 ng/ml such as, e.g. at least about 3.2 ng/ml, at least about 3.5 ng/ml, at least about 3.7 ng/ml, at least about 4.0 ng/ml, at least about 4.2 ng/ml, at least about 4.5 ng/ml, at least about 4.7 ng/ml or at least about 5 ng/ml.
The controlled release pharmaceutical composition may be designed to release desglymidodrine in such a manner that a relatively fast peak plasma concentration of desglymidodrine is obtained followed by a prolonged and relatively constant plasma concentration of desglymidodrine. However, the patient may due to individual needs or because of activities during the day experience situations where an increase in the plasma concentration is needed for an optimal treatment regimen. Therefore, the patient may on an individual basis supply the controlled release composition with one or more administrations of a quick release composition or another composition providing a relatively fast onset.
A composition according to the invention may comprise one or more further active drug substances.
The individual fast onset doses of a composition of the invention may be from 0.2 mg to mg, preferreably from 0.5 mg to 7.5 mg such as of 0.75 mg, 1 mg, 1.25 mg, 1.5 mg, 2 mg, 2.5 mg, 3 mg, 4 mg, or 5 mg.
As discussed above, desglymidodrine may be present as the racemic form or in one of its 10 enantiomeric forms, preferably the therapeutically active enantiomeric form. In those cases where desglymidodrine is present in its therapeutically active enantiomeric form a reduction in the above-mentioned dosage ranges may be relevant.
With respect to the dosage in those cases where midodrine also is employed it is envisaged that the same dosages as mentioned above are relevant. Thus when both midodrine and desglymidodrine are employed either in combination or in a kit according to the invention, then the total dose of desglymidodrine and midodrine is contemplated to be in the above-mentioned dosage ranges on a molecular basis.
Pharmaceutical compositions A pharmaceutical composition of the invention comprises desglymidodrine or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
A composition according to the invention may be in the form of a solid, semi-solid or fluid composition. Examples of solid compositions are e.g. tablets such as, e.g, conventional tablets, effervescent tablets, melt tablets, coated tablets (e.g. film coated, enteric coated, controlled release coated), sublingual tablets, buccal tablets, capsules, sachets, powders, granules, pellets, microcapsules, microspheres, nanoparticles etc. Examples of semi-solid compositions are e.g. ointments, creams, liniments, chewing gums, hydrogels, pastes, suppositories, enemas, etc. Examples of fluid and/or liquid compositions are e.g. drops, dispersions, solutions, emulsions, suspensions, liposomes, sprays, mixtures, syrups, gels, hydrogels, aerosols. A composition according to the invention may be suitable for administration via the oral, peroral, buccal, sublingual, rectal, vaginal, nasal, ocular, topical and parenteral route. Examples on suitable compositions are also e.g.
nasal compositions such as, e.g. nasal spray or nasal powder compositions, compositions for pulmonary administration such as, e.g. inhalators, chewing compositions such as, e.g., chewing gum, etc. Especially suited compositions for a fast onset are compositions in fluid form and in the form of nasal compositions as well as quick release tablets.
Especially suited compositions for controlled or modified release of desglymidodrine are controlled release pellets, controlled release tablets, controlled release granules, controlled release capsules, transdermal delivery systems (e.g. patches, plasters), ocular delivery systems (e.g. lenses), parenteral delivery systems (e.g. implants, oil-based compositions) and bioadhesive delivery systems (e.g. for oral, buccal or topical use). The controlled release of desglymidodrine may be obtained by employment of various controlled release techniques such as, e.g. matrix tablets, application of controlled release coatings) etc.
In an embodiment of the invention, the composition is in the form of tablets having a disintegration time of of the most about 2.5 min such as, e.g at the most about 30 sec, at the most about 45 sec, at the most about 1 min, at the most about 1.5 min or at the most about 2 min.
Generally, a composition of the invention has a shelf-life at room temperature of at least 6 months such as, e.g. at least 1 year, at least 1.5 years, at least 2 years, at least 2, 5 years, 3 years, 4 years or 5 years. Shelf life is defined as the time period in which a change in the content of desglymidodrine in the composition is at the most ~10% w/w such as, e.g., at the most ~7.5% w/w or ~5% w/w; in the present context the shelf-life is determined under conditions of room temperature, 25 °C and a relative humidity of 60%.
The compositions of the invention are thus stable, i.e. no significant degradation of desglymidodrine is observed during normal storage conditions.
Plain compositions In the embodiments of the invention in which the composition is not specifically designed to release desglymidodrine in a controlled manner, the release kinetics of desglymidodrine from the composition corresponds to that of a plain release tablet. The release kinetic of desglymidodrine from such compositions corresponding to a zero or a first order release, a mixture of zero and first order release, or any other order of release such as, e.g. 1 ~h, second, third or fourth order release (the same applies also to controlled release compositions of the invention).
The invention also relates to a pharmaceutical composition comprising desglymidodrine 5 (ST 1059) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, the composition being adapted to provide desglymidodrine in such a manner that a relatively fast therapeutically effective concentration of desglymidodrine is obtained after administration of the composition.
Accordingly, a composition of the invention may be adapted to release desglymidodrine in 10 such a manner that a relatively fast therapeutic effective concentration of desglymidodrine is obtained after administration of the composition e.g. to obtain an onset of action at the most 15 min after administration such as, e.g. at the most about 1 min, at the most about 2 min, at the most about 3 min, at the most about 4 min, at the most about 5 min, at the most about 7.5 min, at the most about 10 min or at the most about 12.5 min after 15 administration.
Alternatively, a composition of the invention may be designed in such a manner that a therapeutically effective concentration is obtained within 90 min such as, e.g. within 60 min, within 45 min, within 30 min, within 20 min, within 15 min, within 10 min, within 5 min from administration of the composition.
For such compositions (i.e. not controlled release compositions) a relatively fast peale plasma concentration of desglymidodrine is obtained about 1 min - 6 hours such as, e.g.
about 5 min - 6 hours, about 10 min - 5 hours, about 15 min - 5 hours, about 0.5-6 hours, about 1-6 hours, about 2-5.5 hours, or about 2.5-5.2 hours after administration.
Controlled release compositions In a further aspect, the invention relates to a controlled release pharmaceutical composition comprising desglymidodrine. The controlled composition may be designed for administration via the oral, parenteral, topical, buccal, vaginal, ocular etc.
route.
A controlled release pharmaceutical composition of desglymidodrine according to the invention may also be designed for administration once, twice or three times daily, preferably once or twice daily, i.e. a therapeutically effective concentration of desglymidodrine is maintained for a period of at least 6 hours such as, e.g.
at least 7 hours, at least 8 hours, at least 9 hours or at least about 10-16 hours followed by a wash out period of about 8-12 hours in order to avoid side effect with respect to supine hypertension. Such side effects are well known after administration of midodrine.
A controlled release composition provides a base line plasma concentration, which during most of the day is therapeutically effective. When a higher concentration is needed, only a minor supply of active drug substance is necessary to obtain a very fast relief from symptoms. If the base line plasma concentration is absent, it would be necessary to use a relative higher fast onset dose to reach the high therapeutically effective level. The high therapeutically effective level may be due to individual circumstances in the patient or may be a consequence of physical routines and/or the nature of the underlying disease. The situations and symptoms are often well recognized and experienced by the patient himself. The composition according to the present invention is a superior tool for obtaining an optimal treatment with a minimum of active drug substance.
In the present context a therapeutically effective concentration of desglymidodrine is defined as a plasma concentration of desglymidodrine of at least about 3 ng/ml such as, e.g. at least about 3.2 ng/ml, at least about 3.5 ng/ml, at least about 3.7 ng/ml, at least about 4.0 ng/ml, at least about 4.2 ng/ml, at least about 4.5 ng/ml, at least about 4.7 ng/ml or at least about 5 ng/ml.
The controlled release pharmaceutical composition may be designed to release desglymidodrine in such a manner that a relatively fast peak plasma concentration of desglymidodrine is obtained followed by a prolonged and relatively constant plasma concentration of desglymidodrine. However, the patient may due to individual needs or because of activities during the day experience situations where an increase in the plasma concentration is needed for an optimal treatment regimen. Therefore, the patient may on an individual basis supply the controlled release composition with one or more administrations of a quick release composition or another composition providing a relatively fast onset.
A composition according to the invention may comprise one or more further active drug substances.
Pharmaceutical kit In a further aspect, the invention relates to a pharmaceutical kit comprising a plain composition and a controlled release composition.
Accordingly, a pharmaceutical kit of the invention comprises i) a relatively fast onset pharmaceutical composition, wherein the composition is adapted to provide desglymidodrine in such a manner that a relatively fast therapeutically effective concentration of desglymidodrine is obtained after administration, and ii) a controlled release pharmaceutical composition, wherein the composition is adapted to release desglymidodrine in such a manner that a therapeutically effective plasma concentration of desglymidodrine is maintained for at least about 2 hours, such as, e.g. at least about 3 hours, at least about 4 hours, at least about 5 hours, at least about 6 hours, at least about 7 hours, at least about 8 hours or at least about 9 hours.
In alternative embodiments, the invention relates to a pharmaceutical kit comprising i) a relatively fast onset pharmaceutical composition comprising midodrine, wherein the composition is adapted to provide midodrine in such a manner that a relatively fast therapeutically effective concentration of midodrine is obtained after administration, and ii) a controlled release pharmaceutical composition of desglymidodrine, wherein the composition is adapted to release desglymidodrine in such a manner that a therapeutically effective plasma concentration of desglymidodrine is maintained for at least about 2 hours, such as, e.g. at least about 3 hours, at least about 4 hours, at least about 5 hours, at least about 6 hours, at least about 7 hours, at least about 8 hours or at least about 9 hours.
A pharmaceutical kit comprising i) a relatively fast onset pharmaceutical composition of desglymidodrine, wherein the composition is adapted to provide desglymidodrine in such a manner that a relatively fast therapeutically effective concentration of desglymidodrine is obtained after administration, and ii) a controlled release pharmaceutical composition comprising midodrine, wherein the composition is adapted to release midodrine in such a manner that a therapeutically effective plasma concentration of midodrine is maintained for at least about 2 hours, such as, e.g. at least about 3 hours, at least about 4 hours, at least about 5 hours, at least about 6 hours, at least about 7 hours, at least about 8 hours or at least about 9 hours.
International patent application No. PCT/DK01/00213 being in possession of the same assignee as the present application discloses specific controlled release compositions for oral use comprising midodrine and/or desglymidodrine. Therefore, for states in which the present application is co-pending with a national phase of the above-mentioned patent application, such specific compositions may conveniently be outside the scope of the present invention.
The various compostions may be prepared by a person skilled in the art optionally with guidance from Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences and with guidance from the disclosure and examples of international patent application No. PCT/DK01/00213 and PCT/DK01/00214.
Formulation technipues Any relevant formulation technique for preparing pharmaceutical compositions may be applied when formulating a composition according to the invention. A person skilled in the art of pharmaceutical formulation techniques can find guidance in the handbook Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences and in the non-limiting Examples herein.
In principle any relevant non-controlled or controlled formulation technique for preparing an oral non-controlled or controlled release composition may be applied. Thus, the dosage form may be in the form of a liquid having e.g. particles dispersed in a dispersion medium or it may be in the form of a single or a multiple unit dosage form intended for use as such as for dispersing in a dispersion medium before use.
Accordingly, a pharmaceutical kit of the invention comprises i) a relatively fast onset pharmaceutical composition, wherein the composition is adapted to provide desglymidodrine in such a manner that a relatively fast therapeutically effective concentration of desglymidodrine is obtained after administration, and ii) a controlled release pharmaceutical composition, wherein the composition is adapted to release desglymidodrine in such a manner that a therapeutically effective plasma concentration of desglymidodrine is maintained for at least about 2 hours, such as, e.g. at least about 3 hours, at least about 4 hours, at least about 5 hours, at least about 6 hours, at least about 7 hours, at least about 8 hours or at least about 9 hours.
In alternative embodiments, the invention relates to a pharmaceutical kit comprising i) a relatively fast onset pharmaceutical composition comprising midodrine, wherein the composition is adapted to provide midodrine in such a manner that a relatively fast therapeutically effective concentration of midodrine is obtained after administration, and ii) a controlled release pharmaceutical composition of desglymidodrine, wherein the composition is adapted to release desglymidodrine in such a manner that a therapeutically effective plasma concentration of desglymidodrine is maintained for at least about 2 hours, such as, e.g. at least about 3 hours, at least about 4 hours, at least about 5 hours, at least about 6 hours, at least about 7 hours, at least about 8 hours or at least about 9 hours.
A pharmaceutical kit comprising i) a relatively fast onset pharmaceutical composition of desglymidodrine, wherein the composition is adapted to provide desglymidodrine in such a manner that a relatively fast therapeutically effective concentration of desglymidodrine is obtained after administration, and ii) a controlled release pharmaceutical composition comprising midodrine, wherein the composition is adapted to release midodrine in such a manner that a therapeutically effective plasma concentration of midodrine is maintained for at least about 2 hours, such as, e.g. at least about 3 hours, at least about 4 hours, at least about 5 hours, at least about 6 hours, at least about 7 hours, at least about 8 hours or at least about 9 hours.
International patent application No. PCT/DK01/00213 being in possession of the same assignee as the present application discloses specific controlled release compositions for oral use comprising midodrine and/or desglymidodrine. Therefore, for states in which the present application is co-pending with a national phase of the above-mentioned patent application, such specific compositions may conveniently be outside the scope of the present invention.
The various compostions may be prepared by a person skilled in the art optionally with guidance from Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences and with guidance from the disclosure and examples of international patent application No. PCT/DK01/00213 and PCT/DK01/00214.
Formulation technipues Any relevant formulation technique for preparing pharmaceutical compositions may be applied when formulating a composition according to the invention. A person skilled in the art of pharmaceutical formulation techniques can find guidance in the handbook Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences and in the non-limiting Examples herein.
In principle any relevant non-controlled or controlled formulation technique for preparing an oral non-controlled or controlled release composition may be applied. Thus, the dosage form may be in the form of a liquid having e.g. particles dispersed in a dispersion medium or it may be in the form of a single or a multiple unit dosage form intended for use as such as for dispersing in a dispersion medium before use.
In the following is given a brief non-limiting description of controlled release formulation techniques. Examples of different controlled release technologies especially for the preparation of compositions for oral use are:
1. Single units 1.1 Coated matrix 1.2 Double or triple compression 1.3 Multilayer coating 1.4 Coated single units (e.g. enteric coating and employment of amylose e.g.
as a colon degradable excipient).
2. Multiple units 2.1 Units having a controlled release coating 2.2 Units having a controlled release matrix 2.3 Units having a controlled release compression coating 2.4 Units with a multilayer coating.
Ofiher relevant controlled release compositions are e.g. patches, plasters (for e.g.
transdermal use), emulsions, imlants, dispersions (for e.g. parenteral, topical, vaginal or ocular use), or incorporation of desgiymidodrine info a suitable delivery system (for e.g.
vaginal, parenteral, ocular, buccal use).
Multiple unit systems The units comprise pellets, granules, crystals, mini tablets or mixtures thereof. A relatively fast relase can be obtained by use of an uncoated unit. A controlled release can be obtained by the application of a controlled release coating or by formulating the unit as a matrix or a coated matrix. A delayed release can be obtained by the use of an enteric polymer or amylose, or by having units compressed as described in the triple compression technology, cf. the examples herein.
In specific embodiments, a composition according to the invention is in the form of a solid dosage form.such as, e.g., tablets, capsules, sachets, solid dispersion, crystals, granules and the like.
A controlled release composition according to the invention can also comprise at least two parts such as at least a first and a second part, each part contains desglymidodrine, and the first part being adapted to release desglymidodrine in a controlled manner during the first 0-14 such as, e.g. 0-11 hours, 0-10 hours, 0-9 hours, 1-8 hours, 1-7 hours, 1-6 hours, 5 2-5 hours, 2-4 hours or 2-3 hours after oral intake and the second part being adapted to release desmidodrine starting at least 2 hours such as, e.g. at least 3 hours, at least 4 hours, at least 5 hours or at least 6 hours after oral intake.
In such a composition at least one of the at least two parts is present in the composition in 10 the form of a multiplicity of individual units such as, e.g. pellets or minitablets. The individual pellets or minitablets may be the same or different, i.e. they may have the same or different dissolution characteristics.
A composition according to the invention may also as individual units contain minitablets, 15 i.e. be in the form of a multiple unit dosage form comprising at least two different types of minitablets, the first type of minitablets corresponding to the first part and the second type of minitablets corresponding to the second part. In the present context a minitablet is a tablet having a size in a range corresponding to from about 0.7 mm to about 7 mm in diameter such as, e.g., in a range corresponding to from about 1 to about 7 mm, from 20 about 1.5 to about 6 mm, from about 2 mm to about 5 mm, from about 2 mm to about 4 mm such as in a range corresponding to from about 2 to about 3 mm in diameter.
A controlled release composition according to the invention may also as individual units contain relatively large crystals of the active drug substance. In such cases, the size of the unit is at the most about 1 mm such as, e.g., in a range corresponding to from about 0.1 to about 1 mm, from about 0.2 mm to about 0.8 mm, from about 0.2 mm to about 0.7 mm or from about 0.3 mm to about 0.7 mm.
A composition or a controlled release composition according to the invention may be in the form of a multiple unit dosage form, wherein the first or the second part is in the form of minitablets, in the form of pellets or in the form of large crystals of the active drug substance.
Moreover, at least two fractions may be present in a tablet such as, e.g. a multilayer tablet and the at least first and the second part are each comprised in a layer in the tablet.
1. Single units 1.1 Coated matrix 1.2 Double or triple compression 1.3 Multilayer coating 1.4 Coated single units (e.g. enteric coating and employment of amylose e.g.
as a colon degradable excipient).
2. Multiple units 2.1 Units having a controlled release coating 2.2 Units having a controlled release matrix 2.3 Units having a controlled release compression coating 2.4 Units with a multilayer coating.
Ofiher relevant controlled release compositions are e.g. patches, plasters (for e.g.
transdermal use), emulsions, imlants, dispersions (for e.g. parenteral, topical, vaginal or ocular use), or incorporation of desgiymidodrine info a suitable delivery system (for e.g.
vaginal, parenteral, ocular, buccal use).
Multiple unit systems The units comprise pellets, granules, crystals, mini tablets or mixtures thereof. A relatively fast relase can be obtained by use of an uncoated unit. A controlled release can be obtained by the application of a controlled release coating or by formulating the unit as a matrix or a coated matrix. A delayed release can be obtained by the use of an enteric polymer or amylose, or by having units compressed as described in the triple compression technology, cf. the examples herein.
In specific embodiments, a composition according to the invention is in the form of a solid dosage form.such as, e.g., tablets, capsules, sachets, solid dispersion, crystals, granules and the like.
A controlled release composition according to the invention can also comprise at least two parts such as at least a first and a second part, each part contains desglymidodrine, and the first part being adapted to release desglymidodrine in a controlled manner during the first 0-14 such as, e.g. 0-11 hours, 0-10 hours, 0-9 hours, 1-8 hours, 1-7 hours, 1-6 hours, 5 2-5 hours, 2-4 hours or 2-3 hours after oral intake and the second part being adapted to release desmidodrine starting at least 2 hours such as, e.g. at least 3 hours, at least 4 hours, at least 5 hours or at least 6 hours after oral intake.
In such a composition at least one of the at least two parts is present in the composition in 10 the form of a multiplicity of individual units such as, e.g. pellets or minitablets. The individual pellets or minitablets may be the same or different, i.e. they may have the same or different dissolution characteristics.
A composition according to the invention may also as individual units contain minitablets, 15 i.e. be in the form of a multiple unit dosage form comprising at least two different types of minitablets, the first type of minitablets corresponding to the first part and the second type of minitablets corresponding to the second part. In the present context a minitablet is a tablet having a size in a range corresponding to from about 0.7 mm to about 7 mm in diameter such as, e.g., in a range corresponding to from about 1 to about 7 mm, from 20 about 1.5 to about 6 mm, from about 2 mm to about 5 mm, from about 2 mm to about 4 mm such as in a range corresponding to from about 2 to about 3 mm in diameter.
A controlled release composition according to the invention may also as individual units contain relatively large crystals of the active drug substance. In such cases, the size of the unit is at the most about 1 mm such as, e.g., in a range corresponding to from about 0.1 to about 1 mm, from about 0.2 mm to about 0.8 mm, from about 0.2 mm to about 0.7 mm or from about 0.3 mm to about 0.7 mm.
A composition or a controlled release composition according to the invention may be in the form of a multiple unit dosage form, wherein the first or the second part is in the form of minitablets, in the form of pellets or in the form of large crystals of the active drug substance.
Moreover, at least two fractions may be present in a tablet such as, e.g. a multilayer tablet and the at least first and the second part are each comprised in a layer in the tablet.
Furthermore, a composition according to the invention may comprise a third part adapted to release desglymidodrine relatively fast from the composition and/or a fourth part adapted to release desglymidodrine from the composiiton 6-10 hours after oral intake.
In one embodiment the third and/or, if present, the fourth part comprise pellets or minitablets or are a layer in a tablet.
With respect to release kinetics, a composition according to the invention may have a first part, a second part, a third part and/or a fourth part which have a release kinetic corresponding to a zero or a first order release or a mixture of zero and first order release.
Other orders of release may be 1.5, 2, 3 or 4.
All the above-mentioned combinations of different types of compositions or formulation techniques apply, whenever relevant, mutatis mutandi to a composition of the invention.
The same applies to the combination of the controlled release part or composition and the fast release part or composition of a kit of the invention Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients Apart from the active drug substance in the composition, a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention may further comprise pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
In the present context, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable excipient" is intended to denote any material, which is inert in the sense that it substantially does not have any therapeutic and/or prophylactic effect per se. A pharmaceutically acceptable excipient may be added to the active drug substance with the purpose of making it possible to obtain a pharmaceutical composition, which has acceptable technical properties.
The choice of pharmaceutically acceptable excipients depends inter alia on the specific composition and the intended administration route.
Water is very often an acceptable excipient and this is also the case in the present context. However, it is contemplated that there may have been described solutions or other kind of compositions containing desglymidodrine and water e.g. in connection with testing of the in vivo behaviour of desglymidodrine. An example is e.g.
employment of 3H-desglymidodrine in a study by Kolassa et al. (Archives internationals de Pharmacodynamie et Therapie, 1979, vol. 238, 96-104). In this paper it is not explicity stated that e.g. water is employed as solvent, but if necessary and for jurisdictions where it may be relevant, it may be necessary to disclaim compositions containing a specific desglymidodrine and a specific solvent (e.g. the labelled desglymidodrine in the specific concentration used and in the specific solvent used (which in this case may be water).
Fillers/diluents/binders may be incorporated such as sucrose, sorbitol, mannitol, lactose (e.g., spray-dried lactose, a-lactose, (3-lactose, Tabletose~, various grades of Pharma-tose~, Microtose or Fast-Floc~), microcrystalline cellulose (e.g., various grades of Avicel~, such as Avicel~ PH101, Avicel~ PH102 orAvicel~ PH105, Elcema~ P100, Emcocel~, Vivacel~, Ming Tai~ and Solka-Floc~), hydroxypropylcellulose, L-hydroxypropylcellulose (low-substituted) (e.g. L-HPC-CH31, L-HPC-LH11, LH 22, LH 21, LH 20, LH 32, LH 31, LH30), dextrins, maltodextrins (e.g. Lodex~ 5 and Lodex~
10), starches or modified starches (including potato starch, maize starch and rice starch), sodium chloride, sodium phosphate, calcium phosphate (e.g. basic calcium phosphate, calcium hydrogen phosphate), calcium sulfate, calcium carbonate, gelatine, polyvinylpyrrolidone (30, 90, Kollidon VA 64), and sodium carboxymethylcellulose.
Disintegrants may be used such as cellulose derivatives, including microcrystalline cellu-lose, low-substituted hydroxypropyl cellulose (e.g. LH 11, LH 22, LH 21, LH
20, LH 32, LH
31, LH30); starches, including potato starch; croscarmellose sodium (i.e.
cross-linked carboxymethylcellulose sodium salt; e.g. Ac-Di-Sol~); alginic acid or alginates; insoluble polyvinylpyrrolidone (e.g. Polyvidon~ CL, Polyvidon~ CL-M, Kollidon~ CL, Polyplasdone~ XL, Polyplasdone~ XL-10); sodium carboxymethyl starch (e.g.
Primogel~
and Explotab~).
Glidants and lubricants may be incorporated such as stearic acid, metallic stearates, talc, waxes and glycerides with high melting temperatures, colloidal silica, sodium stearyl fumarate, polyethylenglycols and alkyl sulphates.
Surfactants may be employed such as non-ionic (e.g., polysorbate 20, polysorbate 21, polysorbate 40, polysorbate 60, polysorbate 61, polysorbate 65, polysorbate 80, polysorbate 81, polysorbate 85, polysorbate 120, sorbitane monoisostearate, sorbitanmonolaurate, sorbitan monopalmitate, sorbitan monostearate, sorbitan monooleate, sorbitan sesquioleate, sorbitan trioleate, glyceryl monooleate and polyvinylalkohol), anionic (e.g., docusate sodium and sodium lauryl sulphate) and cationic (e.g., benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride and cetrimide) or mixtures thereof.
Examples of amphoteric surfactants are 1,2-diacyl-L-phosphatidylcholine, N-lauryl-N,N-dimethylglycine, alkylaminopropionic acid, alkyliminodipropionic acid, and dimethyl-(3-palmitamidopropyl)-aminoacetate.
Other appropriate pharmaceutically acceptable excipients may include colorants, organoleptic improving agents, taste-improving agents, flavouring agents, antioxidants, vitamins, pH adjusting agents, solubilizing agents, wetting agents and buffering agents.
For application to the rectal or vaginal mucosa suitable compositions according to the invention include suppositories (emulsion or suspension type), solutions, enemas and rectal gelatin capsules (solutions or suspensions) as well as the compositions mentioned in the Examples herein. Appropriate suppository bases include cocoa butter, esterified fatty acids, glycerinated gelatin, and various wafer-soluble or dispersible bases like polyethylene glycols and polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters. Various additives like e.g. enhancers may be added.
For application to the nasal mucosa, nasal sprays and aerosols for inhalation are suitable compositions according to the invention. In a typically nasal composition, the active drug substance is dissolved or dispersed in a suitable vehicle. The pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles and excipients present in the composition are all selected in accordance with conventional pharmaceutical practice in a manner understood by a person skilled in the art of formulating pharmaceutics (for specific examples, see the examples herein).
For application to the oral cavity or skin, the compositions according to the invention may contain conventionally non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and excipients including microspheres and liposomes. The compositions include creams, ointments, lotions, liniments, gels, hydrogels, solutions, suspensions, sticks, sprays, pastes, dressings, bandages, plasters, and the like. The pharmaceutical acceptable carriers or excipients may include emulsifying agents, antioxidants, bufFering agents, preservatives, humectants, penetration enhancers, chelating agents, gelforming agents, ointment bases, perfumes and skin protective agents.
Examples of emulsifying agents are naturally occurring gums, e.g. gum acacia or gum tragacanth, naturally occurring phosphatide, e.g soybean lecithin and sorbitan monooleate derivatives.
Examples of enhancers are alcohols (such as, e.g., ethanol, lauryl alcohol), esters (e.g.
glycerol monolaurate), salicylic acid, anionic surfactant, (e.g. sodium dodecyl sulfate), cationic surfactant (e.g. cetyltrimethyl ammonium bromide), non-ionic surfactants (e.g.
polysorbates), phosporlipids (e.g. phosphtidyl choline), urea, propylene glycol, DMSO, triethanolamine, N.Ndimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, 2-pyrrolidone and derivatives thereof, tetragydrofuryl alcohol, Azone.
Modified release coating A unit comprised in a composition according to the invention or the composition itself may be coated with a modified release coating.
The modified release coating is a substantially water-insoluble but water-diffusible coating.
The modified release coating may be applied on the multiple units or on the single units from a solution and/or suspension preferably in an aqueous solvent, but an organic coating composition may also be applied. The modified release coating may also be applied as a compression coating comprising a dry mixture of polymers) and the e.g. the active drug substance.
Examples of matrix-forming agents are hydroxypropylmethylcellulose such as, e.g., 1828, 2208, 2906 or 2910 according to USP, hydroxypropylcellulose, micronised ethylcellulose, low-substituted hydroxypropylcellulose (LH 20, 21, 31).
Examples of film-forming agents which are suitable for use in accordance with the present invention are agents selected from the group consisting of cellulose derivatives such as, e.g., ethylcellulose, cellulose acetate, cellulose propionate, cellulose butyrate, cellulose valerate, cellulose acetate propionate; acrylic polymers such as, e.g., polymethyl methacrylate; vinyl polymers such as, e.g., polyvinyl acetate, polyvinyl formal, polyvinyl butyryl, vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymer, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, vinyl chloride-propylene-vinyl acetate copolymer; silicon polymers such as, e.g., ladder polymer 5 of sesquiphenyl siloxane, and colloidal silica; polycarbonate; polystyrene;
polyester;
coumarone-indene polymer; polybutadiene; and other high molecular synthetic polymers.
In certain preferred embodiments, the acrylic polymer is comprised of one or more ammonio methacrylate copolymers. Ammonio methacrylate copolymers are well known in 10 the art, and are described in NF XVII as fully polymerized copolymers of acrylic and methacrylic acid esters with a low content of quaternary ammonium groups.
In one preferred embodiment, the acrylic coating is an acrylic resin lacquer used in the form of an aqueous dispersion, such as that which is commercially available from Rohm 15 Pharma under the tradename Eudragit~. In further preferred embodiments, the acrylic coating comprises a mixture of two acrylic resin lacquers commercially available from Rohm Pharma under the tradenames Eudragit~ RL 30 D and Eudragit~ RS 30 D, re-spectively. Eudragit~ RL 30 D and Eudragit~ RS 30 D are copolymers of acrylic and methacrylic esters with a low content of quaternary ammonium groups, the molar ratio of 20 ammonium groups to the remaining neutral (meth)acrylic esters being 1:20 in Eudragit~
RL 30 D and 1:40 in Eudragit~ RS 30 D. Eudragit~ RL/RS mixtures are insoluble in water and in digestive fluids. However, coatings formed from the same are swellable and permeable in aqueous solutions and digestive fluids. The Eudragit~ RL/RS
dispersions may be mixed together in any desired ratio in order to ultimately obtain a modified release 25 formulation having a desirable dissolution profile. The most desirable modified release formulations may be obtained from a retardant coating based on Eudragit~ NE
30D, which is a neutral resin having a molecular weight of 800,000.
Examples of enteric polymers are cellulose acetate phthalate, cellulose acetate trimellitate, hydroxy propyl methyl cellulose acetate phthalate, hydroxy propyl methyl cellulose acetate succinate, carboxy methyl ethyl cellulose, polyvinyl acetate phthalate, copolymer of vinyl acetate and crotonic acid and poly(methacrylic acid, ethacrylate), and Eudragit~ S 12.5, Eudragit~ S 100, Eudragit~ FS 30D (all from Rohm), Sureteric~ (from Colorcom), Aquateric~ (from FMC) or HPMCP (from Shin-Etsu).
In one embodiment the third and/or, if present, the fourth part comprise pellets or minitablets or are a layer in a tablet.
With respect to release kinetics, a composition according to the invention may have a first part, a second part, a third part and/or a fourth part which have a release kinetic corresponding to a zero or a first order release or a mixture of zero and first order release.
Other orders of release may be 1.5, 2, 3 or 4.
All the above-mentioned combinations of different types of compositions or formulation techniques apply, whenever relevant, mutatis mutandi to a composition of the invention.
The same applies to the combination of the controlled release part or composition and the fast release part or composition of a kit of the invention Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients Apart from the active drug substance in the composition, a pharmaceutical composition according to the invention may further comprise pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
In the present context, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable excipient" is intended to denote any material, which is inert in the sense that it substantially does not have any therapeutic and/or prophylactic effect per se. A pharmaceutically acceptable excipient may be added to the active drug substance with the purpose of making it possible to obtain a pharmaceutical composition, which has acceptable technical properties.
The choice of pharmaceutically acceptable excipients depends inter alia on the specific composition and the intended administration route.
Water is very often an acceptable excipient and this is also the case in the present context. However, it is contemplated that there may have been described solutions or other kind of compositions containing desglymidodrine and water e.g. in connection with testing of the in vivo behaviour of desglymidodrine. An example is e.g.
employment of 3H-desglymidodrine in a study by Kolassa et al. (Archives internationals de Pharmacodynamie et Therapie, 1979, vol. 238, 96-104). In this paper it is not explicity stated that e.g. water is employed as solvent, but if necessary and for jurisdictions where it may be relevant, it may be necessary to disclaim compositions containing a specific desglymidodrine and a specific solvent (e.g. the labelled desglymidodrine in the specific concentration used and in the specific solvent used (which in this case may be water).
Fillers/diluents/binders may be incorporated such as sucrose, sorbitol, mannitol, lactose (e.g., spray-dried lactose, a-lactose, (3-lactose, Tabletose~, various grades of Pharma-tose~, Microtose or Fast-Floc~), microcrystalline cellulose (e.g., various grades of Avicel~, such as Avicel~ PH101, Avicel~ PH102 orAvicel~ PH105, Elcema~ P100, Emcocel~, Vivacel~, Ming Tai~ and Solka-Floc~), hydroxypropylcellulose, L-hydroxypropylcellulose (low-substituted) (e.g. L-HPC-CH31, L-HPC-LH11, LH 22, LH 21, LH 20, LH 32, LH 31, LH30), dextrins, maltodextrins (e.g. Lodex~ 5 and Lodex~
10), starches or modified starches (including potato starch, maize starch and rice starch), sodium chloride, sodium phosphate, calcium phosphate (e.g. basic calcium phosphate, calcium hydrogen phosphate), calcium sulfate, calcium carbonate, gelatine, polyvinylpyrrolidone (30, 90, Kollidon VA 64), and sodium carboxymethylcellulose.
Disintegrants may be used such as cellulose derivatives, including microcrystalline cellu-lose, low-substituted hydroxypropyl cellulose (e.g. LH 11, LH 22, LH 21, LH
20, LH 32, LH
31, LH30); starches, including potato starch; croscarmellose sodium (i.e.
cross-linked carboxymethylcellulose sodium salt; e.g. Ac-Di-Sol~); alginic acid or alginates; insoluble polyvinylpyrrolidone (e.g. Polyvidon~ CL, Polyvidon~ CL-M, Kollidon~ CL, Polyplasdone~ XL, Polyplasdone~ XL-10); sodium carboxymethyl starch (e.g.
Primogel~
and Explotab~).
Glidants and lubricants may be incorporated such as stearic acid, metallic stearates, talc, waxes and glycerides with high melting temperatures, colloidal silica, sodium stearyl fumarate, polyethylenglycols and alkyl sulphates.
Surfactants may be employed such as non-ionic (e.g., polysorbate 20, polysorbate 21, polysorbate 40, polysorbate 60, polysorbate 61, polysorbate 65, polysorbate 80, polysorbate 81, polysorbate 85, polysorbate 120, sorbitane monoisostearate, sorbitanmonolaurate, sorbitan monopalmitate, sorbitan monostearate, sorbitan monooleate, sorbitan sesquioleate, sorbitan trioleate, glyceryl monooleate and polyvinylalkohol), anionic (e.g., docusate sodium and sodium lauryl sulphate) and cationic (e.g., benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride and cetrimide) or mixtures thereof.
Examples of amphoteric surfactants are 1,2-diacyl-L-phosphatidylcholine, N-lauryl-N,N-dimethylglycine, alkylaminopropionic acid, alkyliminodipropionic acid, and dimethyl-(3-palmitamidopropyl)-aminoacetate.
Other appropriate pharmaceutically acceptable excipients may include colorants, organoleptic improving agents, taste-improving agents, flavouring agents, antioxidants, vitamins, pH adjusting agents, solubilizing agents, wetting agents and buffering agents.
For application to the rectal or vaginal mucosa suitable compositions according to the invention include suppositories (emulsion or suspension type), solutions, enemas and rectal gelatin capsules (solutions or suspensions) as well as the compositions mentioned in the Examples herein. Appropriate suppository bases include cocoa butter, esterified fatty acids, glycerinated gelatin, and various wafer-soluble or dispersible bases like polyethylene glycols and polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters. Various additives like e.g. enhancers may be added.
For application to the nasal mucosa, nasal sprays and aerosols for inhalation are suitable compositions according to the invention. In a typically nasal composition, the active drug substance is dissolved or dispersed in a suitable vehicle. The pharmaceutically acceptable vehicles and excipients present in the composition are all selected in accordance with conventional pharmaceutical practice in a manner understood by a person skilled in the art of formulating pharmaceutics (for specific examples, see the examples herein).
For application to the oral cavity or skin, the compositions according to the invention may contain conventionally non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and excipients including microspheres and liposomes. The compositions include creams, ointments, lotions, liniments, gels, hydrogels, solutions, suspensions, sticks, sprays, pastes, dressings, bandages, plasters, and the like. The pharmaceutical acceptable carriers or excipients may include emulsifying agents, antioxidants, bufFering agents, preservatives, humectants, penetration enhancers, chelating agents, gelforming agents, ointment bases, perfumes and skin protective agents.
Examples of emulsifying agents are naturally occurring gums, e.g. gum acacia or gum tragacanth, naturally occurring phosphatide, e.g soybean lecithin and sorbitan monooleate derivatives.
Examples of enhancers are alcohols (such as, e.g., ethanol, lauryl alcohol), esters (e.g.
glycerol monolaurate), salicylic acid, anionic surfactant, (e.g. sodium dodecyl sulfate), cationic surfactant (e.g. cetyltrimethyl ammonium bromide), non-ionic surfactants (e.g.
polysorbates), phosporlipids (e.g. phosphtidyl choline), urea, propylene glycol, DMSO, triethanolamine, N.Ndimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, 2-pyrrolidone and derivatives thereof, tetragydrofuryl alcohol, Azone.
Modified release coating A unit comprised in a composition according to the invention or the composition itself may be coated with a modified release coating.
The modified release coating is a substantially water-insoluble but water-diffusible coating.
The modified release coating may be applied on the multiple units or on the single units from a solution and/or suspension preferably in an aqueous solvent, but an organic coating composition may also be applied. The modified release coating may also be applied as a compression coating comprising a dry mixture of polymers) and the e.g. the active drug substance.
Examples of matrix-forming agents are hydroxypropylmethylcellulose such as, e.g., 1828, 2208, 2906 or 2910 according to USP, hydroxypropylcellulose, micronised ethylcellulose, low-substituted hydroxypropylcellulose (LH 20, 21, 31).
Examples of film-forming agents which are suitable for use in accordance with the present invention are agents selected from the group consisting of cellulose derivatives such as, e.g., ethylcellulose, cellulose acetate, cellulose propionate, cellulose butyrate, cellulose valerate, cellulose acetate propionate; acrylic polymers such as, e.g., polymethyl methacrylate; vinyl polymers such as, e.g., polyvinyl acetate, polyvinyl formal, polyvinyl butyryl, vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymer, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, vinyl chloride-propylene-vinyl acetate copolymer; silicon polymers such as, e.g., ladder polymer 5 of sesquiphenyl siloxane, and colloidal silica; polycarbonate; polystyrene;
polyester;
coumarone-indene polymer; polybutadiene; and other high molecular synthetic polymers.
In certain preferred embodiments, the acrylic polymer is comprised of one or more ammonio methacrylate copolymers. Ammonio methacrylate copolymers are well known in 10 the art, and are described in NF XVII as fully polymerized copolymers of acrylic and methacrylic acid esters with a low content of quaternary ammonium groups.
In one preferred embodiment, the acrylic coating is an acrylic resin lacquer used in the form of an aqueous dispersion, such as that which is commercially available from Rohm 15 Pharma under the tradename Eudragit~. In further preferred embodiments, the acrylic coating comprises a mixture of two acrylic resin lacquers commercially available from Rohm Pharma under the tradenames Eudragit~ RL 30 D and Eudragit~ RS 30 D, re-spectively. Eudragit~ RL 30 D and Eudragit~ RS 30 D are copolymers of acrylic and methacrylic esters with a low content of quaternary ammonium groups, the molar ratio of 20 ammonium groups to the remaining neutral (meth)acrylic esters being 1:20 in Eudragit~
RL 30 D and 1:40 in Eudragit~ RS 30 D. Eudragit~ RL/RS mixtures are insoluble in water and in digestive fluids. However, coatings formed from the same are swellable and permeable in aqueous solutions and digestive fluids. The Eudragit~ RL/RS
dispersions may be mixed together in any desired ratio in order to ultimately obtain a modified release 25 formulation having a desirable dissolution profile. The most desirable modified release formulations may be obtained from a retardant coating based on Eudragit~ NE
30D, which is a neutral resin having a molecular weight of 800,000.
Examples of enteric polymers are cellulose acetate phthalate, cellulose acetate trimellitate, hydroxy propyl methyl cellulose acetate phthalate, hydroxy propyl methyl cellulose acetate succinate, carboxy methyl ethyl cellulose, polyvinyl acetate phthalate, copolymer of vinyl acetate and crotonic acid and poly(methacrylic acid, ethacrylate), and Eudragit~ S 12.5, Eudragit~ S 100, Eudragit~ FS 30D (all from Rohm), Sureteric~ (from Colorcom), Aquateric~ (from FMC) or HPMCP (from Shin-Etsu).
The amount of coating applied is adapted so as to obtain a predetermined dissolution characteristic of the composition.
However, the amount of coating applied should also be adapted so that there will be no rupturing problems.
The coating may be admixed with various excipients such as plasticizers, anti-adhesives such as, e.g., colloidal silicium dioxide, inert fillers, lipophilic agents such as, e.g, stearic acid, capric acid or hydrogenated castor oil, colon targeting excipients such as, e.g.
amylose, ethylcellulose, Eudragit S 12.5 etc., and pigments in a manner known per se.
Tackiness of the water-dispersible film-forming substances may be overcome by simply incorporating an anti-adhesive in the coating. The anti-adhesive is preferably a finely divided, substantially insoluble, pharmaceutically acceptable non-wetting powder having anti-adhesive properties in the coating. Examples of anti-adhesives are metallic stearates such as magnesium stearate or calcium stearate, microcrystalline cellulose, or mineral substances such as calcite, substantially water-insoluble calcium phosphates or substan-tially water-insoluble calcium sulphates, colloidal silica, titanium dioxide, barium sulphates, hydrogenated aluminium silicates, hydrous aluminium potassium silicates and talc. The preferred anti-adhesive is talc. The anti-adhesive or mixture of anti-adhesives is preferably incorporated in the coating in an amount of about 0.1-70% by weight, in particular about 1-60% by weight, and preferably about 8-50% by weight of the film layer.
By selecting a small particle size of the talc, a larger surface area is obtained; the consequent higher anti-adhesive effect makes it possible to incorporate smaller amounts of specific anti-adhesives.
The units or the composition may further comprise an outer film layer.
In one aspect, the outer second layer comprises a water-based film-forming agent which prevents adhesion between the units at elevated temperatures and imparts flowability to the units, the water-based film-forming agent being anti-adhesive at temperatures above about 40 °C, especially temperatures above about 50 °C, such as a temperature between about 60 °C and about 120 °C, and being selected from diffusion coating materials such as ethylcellulose or enteric coating materials such as anionic poly(meth)acrylic acid esters, hydroxypropylmethylcellulosephthalate, celluloseacetatephthalate, polyvinyl-acetatephthalate, polyvinylacetatephthalate-crotonic acid copolymerisates, or mixtures thereof, or water-soluble coating materials such as water-soluble cellulose derivatives, e.g. hydroxypropylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, propylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, carboxyethylcellulose, carboxymethylhydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxymethylcellulose, carboxymethylethylcellulose, methylhydroxypropylcellulose or hydroxypropylmethylcellulose.
Examples of plasticizers for use in accordance with the present invention include triacetin, acetylated monoglyceride, rape oil, olive oil, sesame oil, acetyl tributyl citrate, acetyl triethyl citrate, glycerin, sorbitol, diethyloxalate, diethylmalate, diethylmaleate, diethylfumarate, diethylsuccinate, diethylmalonate, dioctylphthalate, dibutylsebacetate, triethylcitrate, tributylcitrate, glyceroltributyrate, polyethyleneglycol, propyleneglycol, 1,2-propyleneglycol, dibutylsebacate, diethylsebacate and mixtures thereof. The plasticizer is normally incorporated in an amount of less than 20% by weight, calculated on the dry matter content of the coating composition.
A relatively fast onset composition according to the invention may be any composition well lenown in the art to provide a relative fast release.
With respect to nasal vehicles, polyethyleneglycols is especially preferred such as more n-ethylene glycols represented by the following formula H(OCHzCH2)POH
wherein p is an integer in the range of 1 to 14. Examples of n-ethylene glycols are monoethylene glycol (1 EG), di ethylene glycol (2EG), triethylene glycol (3EG), tetraethylene glycol (4EG), penta ethylene glycol (5EG), hexaethylene glycol (6EG), heptaethylene glycol (7EG), octaethylene glycol (8EG), nonaethylene glycol (9EG), decaethylene glycol (10EG), undecaethylene glycol (11 EG), dodecaethylene glycol (12EG), tridecaethylene glycol (13EG), and tetradecaethylene glycol (14EG).
The ethylene glycols may be used in the form of the single compounds or as a mixture of two or more n-ethylene glycols, e.g. commercial products such as polyethylene glycol 200 (PEG 200), polyethylene glycol 300 (PEG 300) or polyethylene glycol 400 (PEG
400). The polyethyleneglycols may be used in combination with glycofurols (a-[(tetrahydro-2-furany)methyl]-w-hydroxy-poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl)). The latter may also be used separately.
The volume of a nasal dosage is preferably within 500 p1 such as within 300 p1 such as in a range of 10-250 p1.
Composition characteristics Due to the rather short half-life of approximately 3 hours desglymidodrine normally must be administered 2-4 times daily. Considering the chronic nature of the diseases in question, which requires a long-term treatment as well as the correlation between plasma levels and the incidence and severity of adverse events, the development of a controlled release form is highly desired. As discussed earlier, the development of a non-controlled release form is also important from a clinical point of view and the same applies to the development of a composition intended for a relatively fast onset.
With respect to midodrine, the prodrug of desglymidodrine, it has now been found that absorption takes place through the whole gastrointestinal tract. Thus, it has been found that when midodrine reaches the colon (about 8 hours after intake of a single unit capsule containing midodrine) the prodrug midodrine is not measured in plasma at least not at a therapeutic level while the extent of absorption of the active metabolite is identical to that of a solution. In other words, with respect to absorption from the colon it has been found that it is not midodrine, which is measured after oral intake of midodrine but instead it is the active metabolite desglymidodrine itself.
After colon absorption a maximum plasma concentration of desglymidodrine is found to take place at approximately 3 hours after application, i.e. TmaX corresponds to approx. 3 hours. In contrast thereto, a tmaX of about 1-2 hour for desglymidodrine is observed after oral intake of midodrine and the corresponding value for midodrine itself is a Tmax of about 30 min.
The finding that midodrine is converted to the active metabolite before or during absorption from the colon is of importance with respect to the dissolution requirements of a composition of the present invention. A further important issue is the fact that FDA has recommended that the latest dose of midodrine is taken not later than 6 pm for safety reasons, thus a wash out period through the night is desirable.
Based on the above findings and the therapeutic needs, the present inventors have developed a composition containing desglymidodrine. A composition of the invention may be suitable for use as the sole medicament or it may be suitable for use in combination with another drug substance such as, e.g., midodrine. For use in the latter case, the invention provides a kit containing at least two different parts at least one of which contains desglymidodrine.
Basically two different compositions are of specific interest, i.e. a composition for normal or relatively quick release of desglymidodrine and a composition for controlled release of desglymidodrine. Besides those two kind of compositions, the invention relates to a kit comprising two compositions, the one being a normal or relatively quick release composition and the other being a controlled release composition. The compositions of the kit generally contains desglymidodrine, but there may be situations where it is advantategous to have the normal/quick release composition having a content of midodrine or, alternatively, to have the controlled release composition being a midodrine controlled release compositor.
In the present context the term kit is intended to include i) a package comprising at least a first and a second pharmaceutical composition, wherein the first composition is designed to release the desglymidodrine relatively fast in order to obtain a relatively fast onset of the therapeutic effect and the second composition is in the form of a controlled release composition (cf. a co-pending patent application by the same Applicant) which is designed to give a release pattern as described below in order to utilize the possibility of having the active drug substance absorbed not only in the upper part of the gastrointestinal tract but also during its passage through colon, the first and the second composition may be of the same kind, e.g. in the form of tablets or capsules or they may be in the form of two different types of pharmaceutical compositions e.g. the first composition may be in the form of plain tablets or a nasal spray and the second composition may be in the form of controlled release tablets or capsules, and ii) a pharmaceutical composition which include a first and a second part, wherein the first part is designed to release desglymidodrine relatively fast in order to obtain a relatively fast onset of the therapeutic effect and the second part is a controlled release part (cf. a co-pending patent application by the same Applicant) which is designed to give a release pattern as described below in order to utilize the possibility of having the active drug substance absorbed not only in the upper part of the gastrointestinal tract but also during its passage through colon, and the first and the second part are presented in the form of a 5 single composition such as, e.g. in the form of a tablet, a capsule (e.g.
containing pellets which may be the same or different), sachets, powders etc In a kit according to the invention, the composition (or part) intended for relatively fast release contains desglymidodrine as the active substance and the composition (or part) 10 intended for controlled release contains desglymidodrine or midodrine or a combination thereof.
Interesting compositions of the invention are those, which are designed to release desglymidodrine relatively fast in order to obtain a relatively fast onset of action, i.e an 15 action within 1-2 min after administration such as, e.g. within about 3 min. within about 4 min, within about 5 min, within about 7.5 min, within about 10 min within about 12.5 min or within about 15 min after administration.
With respect to the release of desglymidodrine from a relatively fast onset composition, 20 the following applies:
Tablets (plain): disintegration time less than 15 min and often less than 5 min such as, e.g. 1-3 min.
25 Sublingual, buccal and melt tablets: by mould technique: disintegration time less than about 30 sec such as, e.g. about 2-10 sec; by compression or compacting:
disintegration time less than about 4 min such as, e.g.. about 2-3 min.
Other compositions normally contain desglymidodrine in dissolved form. Thus, no 30 retardation of the release of the active drug substance from such compositions is expected.
In the following details on the controlled release compositions are given.
Reference is also given to the co-pending PCT application PCT/DK01/00213 for further detail and which is incorporated herein by reference. For the sake of clarity please note that according to the discussion above, the active substance generally is desglymidodrine, but in the case of a kit midodrine may be included as well. Thus, even if e.g.
only desglymidodrine is specifically mentioned, all details apply mutatis mutandi for midodrine and for a combination of desglymidodrine and midodrine. Moreover, whenever relevant, the initial relase described for the controlled release composition also applies for the desglymidodrine composition intended for a relatively fast release of the active substance.
In an embodiment of the invention, the present inventors have developed a pharmaceutical controlled release composition for oral use containing midrodrine and/or desglymidodrine and the composition is designed to the release of desglymidodrine in at least the following consecutive steps:
Step 1 an initial relatively fast release of desglymidodrine (in order to obtain a relatively fast onset of action), Step 2 a steady release or a slower release than in step 1 of desglymidodrine (in order to maintain a plasma concentration of desglymidodrine which is prolonged and relatively constant), Step 3 a second rise in release of desglymidodrine (in order to take advantage of absorption from the colon, i.e. such a second rise release is designed to take place when the composition (or the disintegrated parts of the composition) reaches the colon; normally this is regarded to take about 3 hours after oral intake, and Step 4 a decline in release rate corresponding to that essentially all desglymidodrine have been released from the composition.
The first part or first composition of the kit according to the invention (i.e. the part or composition giving rise to a relatively fast onset of desglymidodrine) releases the active drug substance as described in step 1 above. Whenever relevant, details relating to such a first step including the relevant formulation techniques as well as the relevant pharmacokinetic parameters (absorption, metabolism and elimination) also apply to the non-controlled desglymidodrine composition of the invention.
The above release pattern is contemplated in order to obtain the desired plasma concentration of desglymidodrine during day and night after administration orally once or twice daily. Thus, the release pattern above is based on the following requirements with respect to the plasma concentration of desglymidodrine:
1. an initial rise in plasma concentration until a peak concentration is reached (in the present context "a peak concentration" is intended to mean a peak value, a shoulder value or a plateau value in the concentration), 2. a relatively constant plasma concentration of desglymidodrine for approximately about 4.5-14 hours such as, e.g., about 5-14 hours, about 6-14 hours, about 7-14 hours, about 8-13 hours, about 9-13 hours, about 10-14 hours, about 10-13 hours, or such as, e.g. for at least about 4.5 hours, at least about 5 hours, at least about 6 hours, at least about 7 hours, at least about 8 hours, at least about 9 hours, at least about 10 hours, or at least about 11 hours. In some case, the constant plasma concentration of desglymidodrine may last for at least about 12 hours, at least about 13 hours or at least about 14 hours, 3. a decline in plasma concentration with a half-life of e.g. about 3-4 hours to avoid supine hypertension but other half-lives may also be acceptable e.g.
reflecting a continous release of midodrine and/or desglymidodrine from the composition.
Compositions according to the invention are therefore designed based on the following principle; the term "part" is intended to include a separate part within the composition (the composition may contain pellets of e.g. two different types, or an integrated element of the composition, e.g. a multilayer tablet):
1. The composition contains a part intended for relatively fast release of desglymidodrine 2. The composition contains a part intended for prolonged release of desglymidodrine (or wherever relevant midodrine), and the prolonged release is intended to last for at least about 7-8 hours.
3. The composition contains a part intended to release desglymidodrine (or wherever relevant midodrine) relatively fast when the composition (or the disintegrated parts of the composition) reaches the colon, i.e. about 6-10 hours such as, e.g., about 8 hours after oral administration.
4. The release of desglymidodrine (or wherever relevant midodrine) from a composition according to the invention is terminated at the most about 12-16 hours after administration in order to obtain a wash out period during night.
However, the amount of coating applied should also be adapted so that there will be no rupturing problems.
The coating may be admixed with various excipients such as plasticizers, anti-adhesives such as, e.g., colloidal silicium dioxide, inert fillers, lipophilic agents such as, e.g, stearic acid, capric acid or hydrogenated castor oil, colon targeting excipients such as, e.g.
amylose, ethylcellulose, Eudragit S 12.5 etc., and pigments in a manner known per se.
Tackiness of the water-dispersible film-forming substances may be overcome by simply incorporating an anti-adhesive in the coating. The anti-adhesive is preferably a finely divided, substantially insoluble, pharmaceutically acceptable non-wetting powder having anti-adhesive properties in the coating. Examples of anti-adhesives are metallic stearates such as magnesium stearate or calcium stearate, microcrystalline cellulose, or mineral substances such as calcite, substantially water-insoluble calcium phosphates or substan-tially water-insoluble calcium sulphates, colloidal silica, titanium dioxide, barium sulphates, hydrogenated aluminium silicates, hydrous aluminium potassium silicates and talc. The preferred anti-adhesive is talc. The anti-adhesive or mixture of anti-adhesives is preferably incorporated in the coating in an amount of about 0.1-70% by weight, in particular about 1-60% by weight, and preferably about 8-50% by weight of the film layer.
By selecting a small particle size of the talc, a larger surface area is obtained; the consequent higher anti-adhesive effect makes it possible to incorporate smaller amounts of specific anti-adhesives.
The units or the composition may further comprise an outer film layer.
In one aspect, the outer second layer comprises a water-based film-forming agent which prevents adhesion between the units at elevated temperatures and imparts flowability to the units, the water-based film-forming agent being anti-adhesive at temperatures above about 40 °C, especially temperatures above about 50 °C, such as a temperature between about 60 °C and about 120 °C, and being selected from diffusion coating materials such as ethylcellulose or enteric coating materials such as anionic poly(meth)acrylic acid esters, hydroxypropylmethylcellulosephthalate, celluloseacetatephthalate, polyvinyl-acetatephthalate, polyvinylacetatephthalate-crotonic acid copolymerisates, or mixtures thereof, or water-soluble coating materials such as water-soluble cellulose derivatives, e.g. hydroxypropylcellulose, carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, propylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, carboxyethylcellulose, carboxymethylhydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxymethylcellulose, carboxymethylethylcellulose, methylhydroxypropylcellulose or hydroxypropylmethylcellulose.
Examples of plasticizers for use in accordance with the present invention include triacetin, acetylated monoglyceride, rape oil, olive oil, sesame oil, acetyl tributyl citrate, acetyl triethyl citrate, glycerin, sorbitol, diethyloxalate, diethylmalate, diethylmaleate, diethylfumarate, diethylsuccinate, diethylmalonate, dioctylphthalate, dibutylsebacetate, triethylcitrate, tributylcitrate, glyceroltributyrate, polyethyleneglycol, propyleneglycol, 1,2-propyleneglycol, dibutylsebacate, diethylsebacate and mixtures thereof. The plasticizer is normally incorporated in an amount of less than 20% by weight, calculated on the dry matter content of the coating composition.
A relatively fast onset composition according to the invention may be any composition well lenown in the art to provide a relative fast release.
With respect to nasal vehicles, polyethyleneglycols is especially preferred such as more n-ethylene glycols represented by the following formula H(OCHzCH2)POH
wherein p is an integer in the range of 1 to 14. Examples of n-ethylene glycols are monoethylene glycol (1 EG), di ethylene glycol (2EG), triethylene glycol (3EG), tetraethylene glycol (4EG), penta ethylene glycol (5EG), hexaethylene glycol (6EG), heptaethylene glycol (7EG), octaethylene glycol (8EG), nonaethylene glycol (9EG), decaethylene glycol (10EG), undecaethylene glycol (11 EG), dodecaethylene glycol (12EG), tridecaethylene glycol (13EG), and tetradecaethylene glycol (14EG).
The ethylene glycols may be used in the form of the single compounds or as a mixture of two or more n-ethylene glycols, e.g. commercial products such as polyethylene glycol 200 (PEG 200), polyethylene glycol 300 (PEG 300) or polyethylene glycol 400 (PEG
400). The polyethyleneglycols may be used in combination with glycofurols (a-[(tetrahydro-2-furany)methyl]-w-hydroxy-poly(oxy-1,2-ethanediyl)). The latter may also be used separately.
The volume of a nasal dosage is preferably within 500 p1 such as within 300 p1 such as in a range of 10-250 p1.
Composition characteristics Due to the rather short half-life of approximately 3 hours desglymidodrine normally must be administered 2-4 times daily. Considering the chronic nature of the diseases in question, which requires a long-term treatment as well as the correlation between plasma levels and the incidence and severity of adverse events, the development of a controlled release form is highly desired. As discussed earlier, the development of a non-controlled release form is also important from a clinical point of view and the same applies to the development of a composition intended for a relatively fast onset.
With respect to midodrine, the prodrug of desglymidodrine, it has now been found that absorption takes place through the whole gastrointestinal tract. Thus, it has been found that when midodrine reaches the colon (about 8 hours after intake of a single unit capsule containing midodrine) the prodrug midodrine is not measured in plasma at least not at a therapeutic level while the extent of absorption of the active metabolite is identical to that of a solution. In other words, with respect to absorption from the colon it has been found that it is not midodrine, which is measured after oral intake of midodrine but instead it is the active metabolite desglymidodrine itself.
After colon absorption a maximum plasma concentration of desglymidodrine is found to take place at approximately 3 hours after application, i.e. TmaX corresponds to approx. 3 hours. In contrast thereto, a tmaX of about 1-2 hour for desglymidodrine is observed after oral intake of midodrine and the corresponding value for midodrine itself is a Tmax of about 30 min.
The finding that midodrine is converted to the active metabolite before or during absorption from the colon is of importance with respect to the dissolution requirements of a composition of the present invention. A further important issue is the fact that FDA has recommended that the latest dose of midodrine is taken not later than 6 pm for safety reasons, thus a wash out period through the night is desirable.
Based on the above findings and the therapeutic needs, the present inventors have developed a composition containing desglymidodrine. A composition of the invention may be suitable for use as the sole medicament or it may be suitable for use in combination with another drug substance such as, e.g., midodrine. For use in the latter case, the invention provides a kit containing at least two different parts at least one of which contains desglymidodrine.
Basically two different compositions are of specific interest, i.e. a composition for normal or relatively quick release of desglymidodrine and a composition for controlled release of desglymidodrine. Besides those two kind of compositions, the invention relates to a kit comprising two compositions, the one being a normal or relatively quick release composition and the other being a controlled release composition. The compositions of the kit generally contains desglymidodrine, but there may be situations where it is advantategous to have the normal/quick release composition having a content of midodrine or, alternatively, to have the controlled release composition being a midodrine controlled release compositor.
In the present context the term kit is intended to include i) a package comprising at least a first and a second pharmaceutical composition, wherein the first composition is designed to release the desglymidodrine relatively fast in order to obtain a relatively fast onset of the therapeutic effect and the second composition is in the form of a controlled release composition (cf. a co-pending patent application by the same Applicant) which is designed to give a release pattern as described below in order to utilize the possibility of having the active drug substance absorbed not only in the upper part of the gastrointestinal tract but also during its passage through colon, the first and the second composition may be of the same kind, e.g. in the form of tablets or capsules or they may be in the form of two different types of pharmaceutical compositions e.g. the first composition may be in the form of plain tablets or a nasal spray and the second composition may be in the form of controlled release tablets or capsules, and ii) a pharmaceutical composition which include a first and a second part, wherein the first part is designed to release desglymidodrine relatively fast in order to obtain a relatively fast onset of the therapeutic effect and the second part is a controlled release part (cf. a co-pending patent application by the same Applicant) which is designed to give a release pattern as described below in order to utilize the possibility of having the active drug substance absorbed not only in the upper part of the gastrointestinal tract but also during its passage through colon, and the first and the second part are presented in the form of a 5 single composition such as, e.g. in the form of a tablet, a capsule (e.g.
containing pellets which may be the same or different), sachets, powders etc In a kit according to the invention, the composition (or part) intended for relatively fast release contains desglymidodrine as the active substance and the composition (or part) 10 intended for controlled release contains desglymidodrine or midodrine or a combination thereof.
Interesting compositions of the invention are those, which are designed to release desglymidodrine relatively fast in order to obtain a relatively fast onset of action, i.e an 15 action within 1-2 min after administration such as, e.g. within about 3 min. within about 4 min, within about 5 min, within about 7.5 min, within about 10 min within about 12.5 min or within about 15 min after administration.
With respect to the release of desglymidodrine from a relatively fast onset composition, 20 the following applies:
Tablets (plain): disintegration time less than 15 min and often less than 5 min such as, e.g. 1-3 min.
25 Sublingual, buccal and melt tablets: by mould technique: disintegration time less than about 30 sec such as, e.g. about 2-10 sec; by compression or compacting:
disintegration time less than about 4 min such as, e.g.. about 2-3 min.
Other compositions normally contain desglymidodrine in dissolved form. Thus, no 30 retardation of the release of the active drug substance from such compositions is expected.
In the following details on the controlled release compositions are given.
Reference is also given to the co-pending PCT application PCT/DK01/00213 for further detail and which is incorporated herein by reference. For the sake of clarity please note that according to the discussion above, the active substance generally is desglymidodrine, but in the case of a kit midodrine may be included as well. Thus, even if e.g.
only desglymidodrine is specifically mentioned, all details apply mutatis mutandi for midodrine and for a combination of desglymidodrine and midodrine. Moreover, whenever relevant, the initial relase described for the controlled release composition also applies for the desglymidodrine composition intended for a relatively fast release of the active substance.
In an embodiment of the invention, the present inventors have developed a pharmaceutical controlled release composition for oral use containing midrodrine and/or desglymidodrine and the composition is designed to the release of desglymidodrine in at least the following consecutive steps:
Step 1 an initial relatively fast release of desglymidodrine (in order to obtain a relatively fast onset of action), Step 2 a steady release or a slower release than in step 1 of desglymidodrine (in order to maintain a plasma concentration of desglymidodrine which is prolonged and relatively constant), Step 3 a second rise in release of desglymidodrine (in order to take advantage of absorption from the colon, i.e. such a second rise release is designed to take place when the composition (or the disintegrated parts of the composition) reaches the colon; normally this is regarded to take about 3 hours after oral intake, and Step 4 a decline in release rate corresponding to that essentially all desglymidodrine have been released from the composition.
The first part or first composition of the kit according to the invention (i.e. the part or composition giving rise to a relatively fast onset of desglymidodrine) releases the active drug substance as described in step 1 above. Whenever relevant, details relating to such a first step including the relevant formulation techniques as well as the relevant pharmacokinetic parameters (absorption, metabolism and elimination) also apply to the non-controlled desglymidodrine composition of the invention.
The above release pattern is contemplated in order to obtain the desired plasma concentration of desglymidodrine during day and night after administration orally once or twice daily. Thus, the release pattern above is based on the following requirements with respect to the plasma concentration of desglymidodrine:
1. an initial rise in plasma concentration until a peak concentration is reached (in the present context "a peak concentration" is intended to mean a peak value, a shoulder value or a plateau value in the concentration), 2. a relatively constant plasma concentration of desglymidodrine for approximately about 4.5-14 hours such as, e.g., about 5-14 hours, about 6-14 hours, about 7-14 hours, about 8-13 hours, about 9-13 hours, about 10-14 hours, about 10-13 hours, or such as, e.g. for at least about 4.5 hours, at least about 5 hours, at least about 6 hours, at least about 7 hours, at least about 8 hours, at least about 9 hours, at least about 10 hours, or at least about 11 hours. In some case, the constant plasma concentration of desglymidodrine may last for at least about 12 hours, at least about 13 hours or at least about 14 hours, 3. a decline in plasma concentration with a half-life of e.g. about 3-4 hours to avoid supine hypertension but other half-lives may also be acceptable e.g.
reflecting a continous release of midodrine and/or desglymidodrine from the composition.
Compositions according to the invention are therefore designed based on the following principle; the term "part" is intended to include a separate part within the composition (the composition may contain pellets of e.g. two different types, or an integrated element of the composition, e.g. a multilayer tablet):
1. The composition contains a part intended for relatively fast release of desglymidodrine 2. The composition contains a part intended for prolonged release of desglymidodrine (or wherever relevant midodrine), and the prolonged release is intended to last for at least about 7-8 hours.
3. The composition contains a part intended to release desglymidodrine (or wherever relevant midodrine) relatively fast when the composition (or the disintegrated parts of the composition) reaches the colon, i.e. about 6-10 hours such as, e.g., about 8 hours after oral administration.
4. The release of desglymidodrine (or wherever relevant midodrine) from a composition according to the invention is terminated at the most about 12-16 hours after administration in order to obtain a wash out period during night.
In one aspect the kit according to the invention comprises a controlled release pharmaceutical composition for oral use comprising midodrine (ST 1085) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and/or its active metabolite desglymidodrine (ST
1059) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, the composition being adapted to release desglymidodrine in such a manner that a relatively fast peak plasma concentration of desglymidodrine is obtained and that a therapeutically effective plasma concentration of desglymidodrine is maintained for at least about 9 hours such as, e.g. at least about 10 hours, at least about 11 hours, at least about 12 hours, at least about 13 hours, or at least about 14 hours.
More specifically, a relatively fast peak (or shoulder or plateau) plasma concentration of desglymidodrine is obtained about 15 min - 6 hours such as, e.g. about 0.5-6 hours, about 1-6 hours, about 2-5.5 hours, or about 2.5-5.2 hours after oral administration of a composition according to the invention.
As mentioned above, it is important to keep the plasma concentration at a relatively constant level and, therefore, the plasma concentration of desglymidodrine after administration of midodrine and/or desglymidodrine is preferably maintained at a therapeutically active level for about 5-16 hours, such as, e.g., about 6-16 hours, about 7-16, about 8-15, about 9-15, about 10-15, about 11-14, about 12-14 or about 13, or for at least about 5 hours, at least about 6 hours, at least about 7 hours, at least about 8 hours, at least about 9 hours, at least about 10 hours, at feast about 11 hours, at least about 12 hours, at least about 13 hours, at least about 14 hours, at least about 15 hours or at least about 16 hours.
In the present context, the term "relatively constant level" means that n is n ~ 60%, such as, e.g., n ~ 50% or n ~ 40% and wherein n is the plasma concentration in ng/ml and monifiored in a healthy person. The determination of the "relatively constant level" is perfomed as described in Example 28 herein.
It should be noted that the initial fast release from the controlled release composition may be supplemented with or replaced by a separate fast onset composition (e.g.
another composition or another part or composition of the kit) resulting in a peak plasma concentration within the period stated for the initial rise in plasma concentration. A
separate fast onset composition gives a flexibility with respect to the dose administered, i.e. if needed a relatively low or a relatively high dose of the active drug substance may be administered dependent on the patient's needs. Thus, in other aspects the invention relates to such relatively fast onset compositions.
In principle, relevant active drug substances for use in a composition according to the invention are any drug substance for which a dissolution pattern as described below is of relevance. The most interesting drug substances in this respect and with respect to treatment of orthostatic hypotension and urinary incontinence are the prodrug midodrine and its active metabolite desglymidodrine. In a preferred aspect, a composition according to the invention includes desglymidodrine, or a combination of midodrine and desglymidodrine. Of course such compositions may also contain other active drug substances, if relevant.
Generally, after oral administration of a composition according to the invention containing desglymidodrine, a peak plasma concentration of desglymidodrine is obtained abot 1-2 min after administration such as, eg. about 2-5 min, about 5-10 min or about 15-30 min after administration or 15-90 min after oral administration. Moreover, the plasma concentration of desglymidodrine after oral administration is maintained at a relatively constant level for about 0.7-4 hours such as, e.g. at least about 0.7 hours, at least about 1 hour, at least about 2 hours, at least about 3 hours, or at least about 4 hours.
To this end, the term "relatively constant" is intended to mean m is m ~ 60%, such as, e.g., m ~ 50% or m ~ 40% and wherein m is the plasma concentration in ng/ml and monitored in a healthy person. The determination of the "relatively constant level" is perfomed as described in Example 28 herein.
In the following further details on a controlled release composition according to the invention and, accordingly, also on a controlled release composition of a kit according to the invention is given.
Examples on compositions (inter alia relatively fast onset compositions and controlled release compositions, respectively) are illustrated in the Examples.
Dissolution requirements As described in the following, a target plasma profile and release profile can be designed for the controlled release composition or the controlled release part of the kit comprising desglymidodrine.
5 i) Based on the desired effect of desglymidodrine and plasma profiles of desglymidodrine after administration of midodrine a target in vivo profile has been estimated (Fig. 1) (see also PCT application No. PCT/DK01/00213 or PCT/DK01/00214 for further details).
10 Target release in vitro profile for a controlled release composition estimated as described above:
Time (hours) % w/w released desglymidodrine 0.5 25 In order to reflect the second rise in release of desglymidodrine corresponding to the time when the composition reaches the colon, the following target profile is also relevant:
30 Time (hours) % w/w released desglymidodrine 0.5 25 10 As apparent from the above, an initial relatively fast release of desglymidodrine is suitable and after about 6-8 hours a second rise in release should be observed.
Accordingly, a target release rate profile is as follow (the release rate is given in %
dissolved/hour):
about 35 %/hour about 30 min after start of the dissolution test, about 12 %/hour about 1 hour after start of the dissolution test, about 6 %/hour about 2 hours after start of the dissolution test, about 7 %/hour about 3 hours after start of the dissolution test, about 6.5 %/hour about 4 hours after start of the dissolution test, about 6.5 %/hour about 5 hours after start of the dissolution test, about 7.5 %/hour about 6 hours after start of the dissolution test, about 12 %/hour about 7 hours after start of the dissolution test, about 10 %/hour about 8 hours after start of the dissolution test, about 3.5 %/hour about 9 hours after start of fihe dissolution test about 2 %/hour about 10 hours after start of the dissolution test, about 1 %/hour about 12 hours after start of the dissolution test.
In Fig. 2 is given a target dissolution profile and a target release rate curve. Suitable dissolution methods are found in the Examples herein.
Specific embodiments of interest are as follows (wherein the release pattern of desglymidodrine (or whenever relevant midodrine) from the controlled release composition - when tested in vitro using a Dissolution Method described in the Experimental part herein - is):
1059) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, the composition being adapted to release desglymidodrine in such a manner that a relatively fast peak plasma concentration of desglymidodrine is obtained and that a therapeutically effective plasma concentration of desglymidodrine is maintained for at least about 9 hours such as, e.g. at least about 10 hours, at least about 11 hours, at least about 12 hours, at least about 13 hours, or at least about 14 hours.
More specifically, a relatively fast peak (or shoulder or plateau) plasma concentration of desglymidodrine is obtained about 15 min - 6 hours such as, e.g. about 0.5-6 hours, about 1-6 hours, about 2-5.5 hours, or about 2.5-5.2 hours after oral administration of a composition according to the invention.
As mentioned above, it is important to keep the plasma concentration at a relatively constant level and, therefore, the plasma concentration of desglymidodrine after administration of midodrine and/or desglymidodrine is preferably maintained at a therapeutically active level for about 5-16 hours, such as, e.g., about 6-16 hours, about 7-16, about 8-15, about 9-15, about 10-15, about 11-14, about 12-14 or about 13, or for at least about 5 hours, at least about 6 hours, at least about 7 hours, at least about 8 hours, at least about 9 hours, at least about 10 hours, at feast about 11 hours, at least about 12 hours, at least about 13 hours, at least about 14 hours, at least about 15 hours or at least about 16 hours.
In the present context, the term "relatively constant level" means that n is n ~ 60%, such as, e.g., n ~ 50% or n ~ 40% and wherein n is the plasma concentration in ng/ml and monifiored in a healthy person. The determination of the "relatively constant level" is perfomed as described in Example 28 herein.
It should be noted that the initial fast release from the controlled release composition may be supplemented with or replaced by a separate fast onset composition (e.g.
another composition or another part or composition of the kit) resulting in a peak plasma concentration within the period stated for the initial rise in plasma concentration. A
separate fast onset composition gives a flexibility with respect to the dose administered, i.e. if needed a relatively low or a relatively high dose of the active drug substance may be administered dependent on the patient's needs. Thus, in other aspects the invention relates to such relatively fast onset compositions.
In principle, relevant active drug substances for use in a composition according to the invention are any drug substance for which a dissolution pattern as described below is of relevance. The most interesting drug substances in this respect and with respect to treatment of orthostatic hypotension and urinary incontinence are the prodrug midodrine and its active metabolite desglymidodrine. In a preferred aspect, a composition according to the invention includes desglymidodrine, or a combination of midodrine and desglymidodrine. Of course such compositions may also contain other active drug substances, if relevant.
Generally, after oral administration of a composition according to the invention containing desglymidodrine, a peak plasma concentration of desglymidodrine is obtained abot 1-2 min after administration such as, eg. about 2-5 min, about 5-10 min or about 15-30 min after administration or 15-90 min after oral administration. Moreover, the plasma concentration of desglymidodrine after oral administration is maintained at a relatively constant level for about 0.7-4 hours such as, e.g. at least about 0.7 hours, at least about 1 hour, at least about 2 hours, at least about 3 hours, or at least about 4 hours.
To this end, the term "relatively constant" is intended to mean m is m ~ 60%, such as, e.g., m ~ 50% or m ~ 40% and wherein m is the plasma concentration in ng/ml and monitored in a healthy person. The determination of the "relatively constant level" is perfomed as described in Example 28 herein.
In the following further details on a controlled release composition according to the invention and, accordingly, also on a controlled release composition of a kit according to the invention is given.
Examples on compositions (inter alia relatively fast onset compositions and controlled release compositions, respectively) are illustrated in the Examples.
Dissolution requirements As described in the following, a target plasma profile and release profile can be designed for the controlled release composition or the controlled release part of the kit comprising desglymidodrine.
5 i) Based on the desired effect of desglymidodrine and plasma profiles of desglymidodrine after administration of midodrine a target in vivo profile has been estimated (Fig. 1) (see also PCT application No. PCT/DK01/00213 or PCT/DK01/00214 for further details).
10 Target release in vitro profile for a controlled release composition estimated as described above:
Time (hours) % w/w released desglymidodrine 0.5 25 In order to reflect the second rise in release of desglymidodrine corresponding to the time when the composition reaches the colon, the following target profile is also relevant:
30 Time (hours) % w/w released desglymidodrine 0.5 25 10 As apparent from the above, an initial relatively fast release of desglymidodrine is suitable and after about 6-8 hours a second rise in release should be observed.
Accordingly, a target release rate profile is as follow (the release rate is given in %
dissolved/hour):
about 35 %/hour about 30 min after start of the dissolution test, about 12 %/hour about 1 hour after start of the dissolution test, about 6 %/hour about 2 hours after start of the dissolution test, about 7 %/hour about 3 hours after start of the dissolution test, about 6.5 %/hour about 4 hours after start of the dissolution test, about 6.5 %/hour about 5 hours after start of the dissolution test, about 7.5 %/hour about 6 hours after start of the dissolution test, about 12 %/hour about 7 hours after start of the dissolution test, about 10 %/hour about 8 hours after start of the dissolution test, about 3.5 %/hour about 9 hours after start of fihe dissolution test about 2 %/hour about 10 hours after start of the dissolution test, about 1 %/hour about 12 hours after start of the dissolution test.
In Fig. 2 is given a target dissolution profile and a target release rate curve. Suitable dissolution methods are found in the Examples herein.
Specific embodiments of interest are as follows (wherein the release pattern of desglymidodrine (or whenever relevant midodrine) from the controlled release composition - when tested in vitro using a Dissolution Method described in the Experimental part herein - is):
00 0 o o0 s s o o 00 0 o nu~
m o NN N N 'V'I' N O r OO O O OO O
~ O
00tn r O00 ~ O
In u7 O
NM d' 1~1~
~iWf7 O
a o 'D
_~ 00 0 0 00 0 ~ \0 \0 \ o - \ \ \ \
\ \
N ~~ ~ I~ COin O
p M O ~
' NM M d COf~ r ~ OD
N
u~
- oa o o ~0 0 0 a 0 a ~ mo o m ttm o r o ~, v cn >
N r ~O ~ O OO O O
O o O
rN N M tl~(O
~ t~
O
D
-\
' o~ o o o0 \ o j 0 d ~ ~ o 0 t o ~N ~n ~ r ~ ~
~ ..
cn o o i r, oa o o o~n ~ o o ~ ~ci rr N N MM O O o ~ ~
O
N
o O
L o o ~n ( N~ 0 +1 > 0 0 0 NM M ~ r M COO O ~ +1 3 ~ o~ v a o r f _ +1 +~
,.
O \ on o~ \ o N
3 o \ o t ~t ~~ O O_ +1 O
~ O O ~d N
Md' L(7 1~v r r o r l(]
~
'-2r OIn O OO tnIn ~ +1 ~ O o rr N N Mtn ~O~ N
Ln L
+I
D N d' ~
=
~
o O
Vi N
3 o WW W W WW o 0 0 ~
C ~ tf~O O in d'~ O O U
~ ~ ~ f~a0 O '-. , "-' .
~ v O r M~ 11 r r \ 1~ ~
r ~r N N M~
\
= t n vi t~ O O
tit ~ M M
~
D N +1 +1 .
C C .Ct L t L L.C
.C L
r N M (D!' ~ N 1 ' d' OD
O O
M M
I-'V
I
m o NN N N 'V'I' N O r OO O O OO O
~ O
00tn r O00 ~ O
In u7 O
NM d' 1~1~
~iWf7 O
a o 'D
_~ 00 0 0 00 0 ~ \0 \0 \ o - \ \ \ \
\ \
N ~~ ~ I~ COin O
p M O ~
' NM M d COf~ r ~ OD
N
u~
- oa o o ~0 0 0 a 0 a ~ mo o m ttm o r o ~, v cn >
N r ~O ~ O OO O O
O o O
rN N M tl~(O
~ t~
O
D
-\
' o~ o o o0 \ o j 0 d ~ ~ o 0 t o ~N ~n ~ r ~ ~
~ ..
cn o o i r, oa o o o~n ~ o o ~ ~ci rr N N MM O O o ~ ~
O
N
o O
L o o ~n ( N~ 0 +1 > 0 0 0 NM M ~ r M COO O ~ +1 3 ~ o~ v a o r f _ +1 +~
,.
O \ on o~ \ o N
3 o \ o t ~t ~~ O O_ +1 O
~ O O ~d N
Md' L(7 1~v r r o r l(]
~
'-2r OIn O OO tnIn ~ +1 ~ O o rr N N Mtn ~O~ N
Ln L
+I
D N d' ~
=
~
o O
Vi N
3 o WW W W WW o 0 0 ~
C ~ tf~O O in d'~ O O U
~ ~ ~ f~a0 O '-. , "-' .
~ v O r M~ 11 r r \ 1~ ~
r ~r N N M~
\
= t n vi t~ O O
tit ~ M M
~
D N +1 +1 .
C C .Ct L t L L.C
.C L
r N M (D!' ~ N 1 ' d' OD
O O
M M
I-'V
I
In those cases where the controlled release composition of a kit according to the invention contains midodrine or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof then the release pattern of midodrine generally follows the patterns given above for desglymidodrine.
If the controlled release composition of a kit according to the invention contains midodrine or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and desglymidodrine or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, then the release pattern of the sum of midodrine and desglymidodrine is calculated on a molar basis follows the patterns given above for midodrine.
As discussed earlier the release rate of desglymidodrine is important in order to achieve a suitable release pattern. Thus, a controlled release composition according to the present invention normally has a release rate of desglymidodrine (or whenever relevant midodrine) - when tested in vitro employing any of Dissolution Method I, II, III or IV - that corresponds to a curve that has a shape corresponding to i) a relatively fast first initial release followed by ii) a steady release or a slower release than in step i) above, which is followed by iii) a second rise in release rate and, finally, iv) a decline in release rate.
In general, the second rise in release rate takes place 5-10 hours such as, e.g., about 5-9 hours, about 6-8 hours after start of the dissolution test, or 6.5-9 hours after start of the dissolution test simulating the time it takes to reach the colon after oral administration.
With respect to the steady release period, it normally starts about 1-3 hours after the start of the dissolution test, and the steady release is maintained for at least 2 hours such as, e.g. at least 3 hours, at least 4 hours, at least 5 hours, at least 6 hours, at least 7 hours, at least 8 hours such as about 6-8 hours.
More specifically, the release rate of desglymidodrine (or midodrine or the sum of midodrine and desglymidodrine on a molar basis) from a controlled release composition of a kit according to the invention - when tested in vitro employing dissolution apparatus 2 (paddle) according to USP and Ph. Eur, 100 rpm, 0.1 N hydrochloric acid as dissolution medium or any of Dissolution Method I, II, III or IV as described herein and a temperature of 37 °C - in %/hour is as follows (~10-40%such as, e.g. ~10-30% or ~
10%, ~ 15% or ~
20% of the values stated below):
about 35 %/hour about 30 min after start of the test (range e.g. 15-40 %/hour), about 12 %lhour about 1 hour after start of the test (range e.g 4-15 %/hour), about 6 %/hour about 2 hours after start of the test (range e.g. 2-10 %/hour), about 7 %/hour about 3 hours after start of the test (range e.g. 2-10 %/hour), about 6.5 %/hour about 4 hours after start of the test (range e.g. 2-15 %/hour), about 7.5 %/hour about 6 hours after start of the test (range e.g. 2-30% such as, e.g., 2-10 %/hour), about 10 %/hour about 8 hours after start of the test (range e.g. 2-15 %/hour), about 2 %/hour about 10 hours after start of the test (range e.g. 0-10 %/hour), about 1 %/hour about 12 hours after start of the test (range e.g. 0-10 %/hour).
A controlled release composition according to the invention is normally suitable for administration once or twice daily, and it differs from a plain tablet composition, e.g.
Gutron~ tablets, in many ways. In the following is given pharmacolcinetic values of importance for achievement of a prolonged therapeutic effect of a composition according to the invention. Further details concerning the definition of the parameters and the method of obtaining relevant values are given in Example 28 herein.
When tested as described in Example 28 herein, W5o of desglymidodrine (defined as corresponding to the time the plasma concentration curve is or is above 50% of the CmaX
value) is from about 5 to about 12 hours such as, e.g. from about 6 to about 11 hours such as, e.g. at least about 7 hours.
Furthermore, TmaX is increased with a factor of at least 2 when compared with a plain GutronO tablet administered in the same dose. Tmax is determined from a plasma concentration versus time curve and the plasma concentration reflects the sum concentration in nmol/I of midodrine and desglymidodrine.
MRT (mean residence time) is increased with a factor of at least 1.5 such as, e.g., at least 2, at least 2.5 or at least 3 when compared with a plain Gutron~ tablet administered in the same dose. MRT is determined from a plasma concentration versus time curve and the plasma concentration reflects the sum concentration in nmol/I of midodrine and desglymidodrine.
MRT for midodrine is at least about 1.5 hours such as, e.g., at least about 2 hours, at 5 least about 2.5 hours or at least about 3 hours, and/or MRT for desglymidodrine is at least about 6 hours such as, e.g., at least about 7 hours, at least about 7.5 hours, at least about 8 hours, at least about 8.5 hours, at least about 9 hours, or at least about 9.5 hours.
The invention is further illustrated in the drawing, wherein fig. 1 shows the estimated plasma concentration of desglymidodrine, fig. 2 shows the estimated in vitro target for dissolution of desglymidodrine and the estimated release rate,and figs. 3-4 illustrate the results of Example 28.
The following examples are intended to illustrate specific embodiments of the present invention but are not intended in any way to limit the invention. Some of the examples are included in order to illustrate that the release rate and dissolution characteristics of a composition can be changed by varying a number of formulation parameters.
METHODS
DISSOLUTION METHOD I
Apparatus Ph.Eur /USP dissolution apparatus + Perkin Elmer fully automatic dissolution system +
Disslab PC-programme Glass fibre filter 0.7 pm Dissolution medium 600 ml 0.1 N HCI
Rotation speed 100 rpm Stirrer Basket Sampling times As appear from tables Detection wavelength 290 nm Measuring equipment UV-spectrophotometer, 10 mm quartz cuvette Temperature of dissolution medium 37°C ~ 0.5°C
Reagents:
0.1 N HCI is prepared by dilution of concentrated HCI (37%) with purified water.
Standards:
Two solutions are prepared with a concentration of 10 pg/ml midodrine hydrochloride in 0.1 N HCI. 0.1 N HCI is used as blind. The absorbances of the solutions are measured on the spectrophotometer.
E~a~oi~m is calculated.
E~oa,~m = A x 1000, where 1000 is due to the fact, that the solution is only 0.001 %.
The mean value of the to measurements is inserted in the software programme in accordance with the manual for the automated dissolution system.
Performance:
600 ml 0.1 N HCI is filled in each of the six vessels in the dissolution equipment. The media is heated to a temperature of 37°C ~ 0.5°C. One weighed tablet is placed in each of the six baskets. The stirring is started as soon as the baskets are lowered into the vessels. The sample is filtered through a 0.7 ~tm filter. The absorbances of the filtered samples are measured directly at 290 nm.
DISSOLUTION METHOD II. HPLC-detection.
The dissolution parameters are described in Method I. The measurement is performed by HPLC.
Column Spherisorb ODS-1; 5 Nm; 25 cm; ID 4.6 pm Injection volume 20 p1 Flowrate 1.0 ml/min Mobile phase Phosphate buffer pH 3: methanol 77:23 (v/v) Detection 290 nm Runtime 30 min Reagents for dissolution are described in Method I.
Buffer solution pH 3 is prepared by dissolving 23.6 g potassium dihydrogen phosphate in 900 ml purified water. o-Phosphoric acid 85% is used to adjust pH. The flask is filled to 1 I.
Standards:
Two stock solutions with a concentration of midodrine hydrochloride 120 pg/ml in 0.01 N
HCI are prepared. The solutions are stored in refrigerator.
Prepare from each stock solution two standard solutions with a concentration of midodrine hydrochloride approximately 1.5 pg/ml and 15 pg/ml respectively, diluted with 0.01 N HCI.
Desglymidodrine hydrochloride is quantified against the standard curve of midodrine hydrochloride. The relative response factor is 1.25 for Desglymidodrine hydrochloride to midodrine hydrochloride.
Performance:
The dissolution is performed as described in Method I. The sample is withdrawn with a pipette and transferred to a syringe. The sample is filtered through a 0.7 pm filter. The first ml is returned to the vessel in order to reduce deviation from the desired volume. A
sample of approximately 1.5 - 2 ml is transferred to the vial, the rest is returned to the vessel. The absorbances of the filtered samples are measured as described.
Calculations:
A standard curve is calculated by linear regression, using the standard solutions. The peak area of the sample is the sum of the peak area of Midodrine Hydrochloride and the peak area of Desglymidodrine hydrochloride, where the latter is divided by the relative response factor 1.25.
The results are calculated as % released at any time and presented as a mean value of the six samples together with min and max.
dissolved A yol 100 b x Where A sum of peak area of midodrine hydrochloride and Desglymidodrine hydrochloride (corn) Vol 600 ml for tablets (MITAB) b slope of the calibration curve (A/mg/ml) x declared amount (mg) DISSOLUTION METHOD III
Apparatus Ph.Eur/USP dissolution apparatus + Perkin Eimer fully automatic dissolution system + Disslab PC-programme Glass fibre filter 0.7 pm Dissolution medium at the 600 ml 0.1 N HCI
beginning Dissolution media at changeAddition of 130 ml 0.23 M Na3P04solution to pH 6.0 Dissolution media at changeAddition of further 70 ml 0.23 to pH 7.5 M Na3P04 solution Time for change to pH 6.0 2 hours (120 min) Time for change to pH 7.5 7.5 hours (450 min) Rotation speed 100 rpm Stirrer Basket Sampling times As appear from tables Detection wavelength 290 nm Measuring equipment UV-spectrophotometer, 10 mm quartz cuvette Temperature of dissolution37C 0.5C
medium Reference (vessel no 7) An empty capsule dissolved in 600 ml 0.1 N HCI
Vessel no 7 is added Na3P04 solution in parallel with the six sample vessels Reagents:
0.1 N HCI is prepared by dilution of concentrated HCI (37%) with purified water.
0.23 M Na3P04 solution: Dissolve an amount of Na3P04~12H~0 in a bit of 1 M HCI-R and add water to a concentration of 0.23 M. (Strong alkaline).
Buffer solution pH 6.0: 600 ml 0.1 N HCI is added 130 ml 0.23 M Na3PO
solution.
Buffer solution pH 7.5: Buffer solution pH 6.0 is added further 70 ml 0.23 M
Na3P0 solution.
Standards:
Two solutions are prepared with a concentration of 10 pg/ml midodrine hydrochloride in 0.1 N HCI. 0.1 N HCI is used as blind. The absorbances of the solutions are measured on the spectrophotometer.
E~o~o~cm is calculated. It has previously been determined, that the E~o~o,cm is the same for the three media, so it is only necessary to perform the test in 0.1 N HCI.
E~o~o~cm= A x 1000, where 1000 is due to the fact, that the solution is only 0.001 %.
The mean value of the to measurements is inserted in the software programme in accordance with the manual for the automated dissolution system.
Performance:
600 ml 0.1 N HCI is filled in each of the seven vessels in the dissolution equipment. The media is heated to a temperature of 37°C ~ 0.5°C. One weighed capsule is placed in each of the six baskets. In the seventh basket an empty capsule is placed. This is measured as a blank reference. The stirring is started as soon as the baskets are lowered into the vessels. The measured amounts of buffer solution, needed for the changes of pH
in the vessels, are preheated to 37°C, before addition to the vessels. When the buffer is to be added, the baskets are elevated from the vessels, the buffer is added, the solution in the vessel is stirred to homogenise the solution and the baskets are lowered into the vessels again. The sample is filtered through a 0.7 pm filter. The absorbances of the filtered samples are measured directly at 290 nm.
DISSOLUTION METHOD IV, HPLC-detection.
The dissolution parameters are described in Method III. The measurement is performed by HPLC.
Column Spherisorb ODS-1; 5 Vim; 25 cm; ID 4.6 ~m Injection volume 20 ~I
Flowrate 1.0 ml/min Mobile phase Phosphate buffer pH 3: methanol 77:23 (v/v) Detection 290 nm Runtime 30 min Reagents for dissolution are described in Method III.
Buffer solution pH 3 is prepared by dissolving 23.6 g potassium dihydrogen phosphate in 900 ml purified water. o-Phosphoric acid 85% is used to adjust pH. The flask is filled to 1 I.
Standards:
Two stock solutions with a concentration of midodrine hydrochloride 120 pg/ml in 0.01 N
HCI are prepared. The solutions should be stored in refrigerator.
Prepare from each stock solution two standard solutions with a concentration of midodrine hydrochloride approximately 1.5 pg/ml and 15 Ng/ml respectively, diluted with 0.01 N HCI.
Desglymidodrine hydrochloride is quantified against the standard curve of midodrine hydrochloride. The relative response factor is 1.25 for desglymidodrine hydrochloride to midodrine hydrochloride.
5 Performance:
The dissolution is performed as described in Method III. The sample is withdrawn with a pipette, transferred to a syringe. The sample is filtered through a 0.7 qm filter. The first ml is returned to the vessel in order to reduce deviation from the desired volume. A sample of approximately 1.5 - 2 ml is transferred to the vial, the rest is returned to the vessel. The 10 absorbances of the filtered samples are measured as described.
Calculations:
A standard curve is calculated by linear regression, using the standard solutions. The peak area of the sample is the sum of the peak area of midodrine hydrochloride and the 15 peak area of desglymidodrine hydrochloride, where the latter is divided by the relative response factor 1.25.
The results are calculated as % released at any time and presented as a mean value of the six samples together with min and max.
dissolved A vol 100 b x Where A sum of peak area of midodrine hydrochloride and desglymidodrine hydrochloride (corn) Vol 600 ml for up to 2 hours 730 ml for up to 7.5 hours and 800 ml for up to 12 hours for capsules (MICAP) b slope of the calibration curve (A/mg/ml) x declared amount (mg) DISSOLUTION METHOD V (Melt Tablets) Dissolution apparatus 2 according to USP and Ph. Eur.
Paddle method Rotations: 50 rpm Temperature: 37°C
Dissolution medium: isotonic buffer pH 6.8 or purified water Volumen: 600 ml Sample time: 5 min RP-HPLC: Phosphate buffer pH 3 : methanol 77:23 (v/v) Detection at 290 nm.
DISSOLUTION METOD VI CSublinaual Tablets) Dissolution apparatus 2 according to USP and Ph. Eur.
Paddle method Rotations: 50 rpm Temperature: 37°C
Dissolution medium: isotonic buffer pH 6.8 or purified water Volume: 600 ml Sampling time: 5 min RP-HPLC: Phosphate buffer pH 3 : methanol 77:23 (v/v) Detection at 290 nm.
EXAMPLES
In the following examples desglymidodrine refers to desglymidodrine-HCI, if nothing else is mentioned.
Example 1 Preparation of a desglymidodrine composition by employment of triple compression The following example illustrates a composition made by employment of triple compression Composition:
Core:
Desglymidodrine 4.0 mg Klucel MF 2.0 mg Methocel E 50 94.0 mg 1St compression layer:
Desglymidodrine - 1.2 mg Klucel MF 6.6 mg Methocel E 15 157.2 mg 2"d compression layer:
Desglymidodrine 2.3 mg Methocel E 50 247.7 mg Using the core composition a core weighing 100 mg is compressed using a punch 6 mm in diameter. The core is compression coated using 165 mg of the 1St compression layer composition and a punch of 9 mm in diameter. The thus compression coated core is compression coated again using 250 mg of the 2"d compression layer composition and a punch of 11 mm in diameter.
A composition comprising desglymidodrine 0.96 mg, Methocel E5 9.7 mg and talc 8.7 mg is applied to the tablet by spray coating.
Example 2 Preparation of a desglymidodrine composition by employment of triple compression The following example illustrates a composition made by employment of triple compression Composition:
Core: Desglymidodrine 1.33 mg Hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose E 50 48.67 mg Croscarmellose sodium 10.00 mg 60.00 mg 1St compression layer Desglymidodrine 0.50 mg Hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose E 15 126.50 mg Hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose K 100 LV 8.00 mg 135.00 mg 2"d compression layer Desglymidodrine 1.60 mg Hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose E 50 143.40 mg 145.00 mg Using the core composition a core weighing 60 mg is compressed using a punch of 6 mm in diameter. The core is compression coated using 135 mg of the 1St compression layer composition and a punch of 9 mm in diameter. The thus compression coated core is compression coated again using 145 mg of the 2"d compression layer composition and a punch of 11 mm in diameter.
A composition comprising desglymidodrine 0.59 mg, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose E 5 3.58 mg, talc 2.65 mg and propylene glycol 0.71 mg is applied to the tablet by spray coating.
Finally a top coat comprising hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose E 5 1.79 mg, talc 1.25 mg and propylene glycol 0.36 mg is applied to the tablet by spray coating.
Example 3 Desglymidodrine composition made as a coated matrix The following compositions are prepared:
Composition 1: Core:
Desglymidodrine 8.0 mg Klucel LF 342.0 mg Insoluble inner coat Methocel E 5 0.2 mg Magnesium stearate 0.1 mg Talc Ponderax 0.4 mg Anti foam 4.8 pg Eudragit NE 30 D 4.5 mg Soluble outer coat Methocel E 5 1.8 mg Talc Ponderax 1.8 mg Composition 2: Core:
Desglymidodrine 8.0 mg Klucel MF 342.0 mg Insoluble inner coat Methocel E 5 0.2 mg Magnesium stearate 0.1 mg Talc Ponderax 0.4 mg Anti foam 4.8 pg Eudragit NE 30 D 4.5 mg Soluble outer coat Methocel E 5 1.8 mg Talc ponderax 1.8 mg Cores of both composition 1 and composition 2 are compressed using a punch 10 mm in diameter. Core weighing 350 mg.
Both types of cores are coated with an insoluble inner coat and a soluble outercoat. The release profile can be shifted up or down by changing the amount of weight increase of cores when applying the inner coat.
If suitable, the release profile can be changed by coating with other acrylic resins such as Eudragit RL 30 D, Eudragit RS 30 D or combinations thereof, or using other types of film forming agents such as ethylcellulose or silicone polymers. Furthermore, the release profile can be changed by using other types of matrix former such as acrylic resins, other 5 types of cellulose ethers such as L-HPC (low-substituted hydroxypropylcellulose), HPC
(hydroxypropylcellulose), HPMC (hydroxypropylmethylcellulose), HEC
(hydroxyethylcellulose), MC (methylcellulose), HEMC
(hydroxyethylmethylcellulose), EC
(ethylcellulose) or other viscosity grades of HPC (hydroxypropylcellulose).
10 Example 4 Multilayer coating compositions Composition:
Composition 1: Core (Non pareil) 200 mg 1. coat Desglymidodrine 3.2 mg Methocel E 5 M 0.3 mg Magnesium Stearate 60.0 pg Talc ponderax 0.5 mg Anti foam 4.0 pg Eudragit NE 30 D 5.2 mg 2. coat Desglymidodrine 2.4 mg Methocel E 5 M 0.3 mg Magnesium Stearate 60.0 pg Talc ponderax 0.5 mg Anti foam 4.0 pg Eudragit NE 30 D 6.1 mg 3. coat Desglymidodrine 1.6 mg Methocel E 5 M 0.3 mg Magnesium Stearate 80.0 pg Talc ponderax 0.6 mg Anti foam 6.0 pg Eudragit NE 30 D 7.1 mg 4. coat Desglymidodrine 0.8 mg Methocel E 5 M 0.4 mg Magnesium Stearate 80.0 pg Talc ponderax 0.7 mg Anti foam 6.0 pg Eudragit NE 30 D 7.8 mg Outer coat Methocel E 5 1.0 mg Talc ponderax 1.0 mg Non-pareil beads are coated in four steps with four different films in a fluid bed coater.
1. film comprising 1. coat 2. film comprising 2. coat 3. film comprising 3. coat 4. film comprising 4. coat.
A final layer of coating comprising the outer coat is applied and the films are cured at 70°C
Composition 2: Core (Non pareil) 200 mg Non-pareil beads are coated in seven steps with four different films alternating with a blank film in a fluid bed coater.
The four different film formulations are similar to the four different film formulations in composition 1, the alternating coats are as follows:
Alternating coat Methocel E 5 M 0.2 mg Magnesium stearate 40.0 pg Talc ponderax 0.3 mg Anti foam 2.0 pg Eudragit NE 30 D 3.5 mg 1. film comprising 1. coat 2, film comprising Alternating coat 3. film comprising 2. coat 4. film comprising Alternating coat 5. film comprising 3. coat 6. film comprising Alternating coat 7. film comprising 4. coat A final layer of coating comprising outer coat in composition 1 is applied and the films are cured at 70°C.
Composition 3: Core (Non pareil) 200 mg 1. coat Desglymidodrine 3.2 mg Paraffin, solid 0.3 mg Acetyltributyl citrate 0.1 mg Ethylcellulose 1.9 mg Aerosi1200 28.0 pg 2. coat Desglymidodrine 2.4 mg Paraffin, solid 0,3 mg Acetyltributyl citrate 0.1 mg Ethylcellulose 2.2 mg Aerosi1200 32.0 pg 3. coat Desglymidodrine 1.6 mg Paraffin, solid 0.4 mg Acetyltributyl citrate 0.1 mg Ethylcellulose 2.5 mg Aerosi1200 40.0 pg 4. coat Desglymidodrine 0.8 mg Paraffin, solid 0.4 mg Acetyltributyl citrate 0.2 mg Ethylcellulose 2.8 mg Aerosi1200 40.0 pg Outer coat Paraffin, solid 0.5 mg Acetyltributyl citrate 0.2 mg Ethylcellulose 3.3 mg Aerosi1200 50.0 pg Non-pareil beads are coated in four steps with four different films in a fluid bed coater:
1. film comprising 1. coat 2. film comprising 2. coat 3. film comprising 3. coat 4. film comprising 4. coat.
A final layer of coating comprising outer coat is applied.
If suitable, the release profile can be changed by coating with other acrylic resins such as Eudragit RL 30 D, Eudragit RS 30 D or combinations thereof, or using other types of film forming agents such as ethylcellulose or silicone polymers, or incorporating lipophilic compounds such as, e.g., stearic acid, capric acid or hydrogenated castor oil in the film.
Example 5 Preparation of a controlled release composition using commercially available filmforming agents The present example illustrates the preparation of a coated pellet composition. The aim is to prepare pellets having a release kinetic different from zero order release.
Pellets are prepared from the following ingredients:
I Desglymidodrine 482.3 g I I Microcrystalline cellulose (Type PH 101 ) 778.0 g III Lactose monohydrate 2700.0 g IV Sodium carboxymethylcellulose 40.0 g V Purified water 1120.0 g I + II + III + IV are admixed in a Fielder intensive mixer at an appropriate time and mixing intensity.
V is applied to the mixture (I-IV) while mixing. When V is applied the mixing is continued at an appropriate time with an appropriate mixing intensity.
The wetted mass is extruded through a screen with apertures between 0.4 -1.0 mm.
The extrudate is spheronised until the surface of the resulting pellets is smooth.
An inner and an outer coating are applied:
Inner coat 5 The weight of the pellets is increased with 8.5% w/w.
I Hydroxypropylmethylcellulose 13.5 g II Magnesium stearate 2.9 g II Talc 25.2 g 10 IV Eudragit NE 30 D 895.1 g V Purified water 1135.4 g The pellets are coated in a fluid bed with appropriate process parameters.
15 Immediately after the inner coat has been applied an outer coat is applied.
Outer coat The weight of the pellets is increased with 1 % w/w.
I Hydroxypropylmethylcellulose 20.0 g II Talc 20.0 g III Purified water 460.0 g The pellets are coated in a fluid bed with appropriate process parameters.
The weight of 1 unit dose containing 30 mg desglymidodrine is 272.7 mg.
The release profile can be shifted up or down by changing the amount of weight increase of pellets when applying the inner coat.
The release profile may be changed using different mixtures of pellet fractions having different amounts of inner coating applied. The release profile may also be changed by coating with other acrylic resins such as Eudragit RL 30 D, Eudragit RS 30 D
or combinations thereof, or using other types of film forming agents such as ethylcellulose or silicone polymers.
Furthermore, the release profile can be changed by applying a fraction of non-coated pellets or by applying an enteric coating to a fraction of pellets.
Example 6 Preparation of a controlled release composition using a film containing paraffin The present example illustrates the preparation of a coated pellet composition. The aim is to prepare pellets having a release kinetic different from zero order release.
Coated pellets are prepared from the following ingredients:
The composition and manufacturing process of pellets are similar to Example 5.
A paraffin-containing coating are applied; the weight of the pellets is increased with 6%
w/w.
I Paraffin, solid 29.89 g II Acetyltributyl citrate 10.53 g III Ethyl cellulose 196.61 g IV Silicium dioxide (Aerosil 200) 2.95 g V Isopropyl alcohol 3970.03 g The pellets are coated in a fluid bed with appropriate process parameters.
The weight of 1 unit dose containing 30 mg desglymidodrine is 263.7 mg.
Example 7 Preparation of a controlled release composition having a zero order release The present example illustrates the preparation of a coated bead composition.
The aim is to prepare beads having a zero order release kinetic.
Coated beads are prepared as follows:
Non dissolvable non-pareil beads of equal size are coated with a suspension of desglymidodrine. A diffusion barrier is coated on top of the desglymidodrine layer, and thereby controlling the release of desglymidodrine.
4000 g non-pareil beads having a uniform particle size in a range between 0.4 mm and 1.0 mm are transferred to a fluid bed coater.
The beads are coated with coating suspension 1 (containing desglymidodrine) I Hydroxypropylmethylcellulose 8.8 g II Magnesium stearate 1.9 g III Talc 16.5 g IV Eudragit NE 30 D 585.1 g V Purified water 742.1 g VI Desglymidodrine 160.7 g The weight of the beads is increased with 9% w/w.
The beads are coated employing appropriate process parameters.
Immediately after coating with suspension 1 a second coating suspension is applied.
The beads are coated with coating suspension 2:
I Hydroxypropylmethylcellulose 11.7 g II Magnesium stearate 2.5 g III Talc 21.7 g IV Eudragit NE 30 D 772.3 g V Purified water 979.6 g The weight of the coated beads is increased with 6% w/w.
The pellets are coated employing appropriate process parameters.
Immediately after coating with suspension 2 a third coating suspension is applied.
The beads are coated with coating suspension 3:
I Hydroxypropylmethylcellulose 23.3 g II Talc 23.3 g III Purified water 536.8 g The weight of the coated beads is increased with1% w/w.
The beads are coated in a fluid bed employing appropriate process parameters.
The weight of 1 unit dose containing 20 mg desglymidodrine is 587.5 mg.
By changing the weight gain of the beads when applying the second coating suspension, the release profile can be shifted up or down.
The release profile may be changed using different mixtures of bead fractions having different amounts of second coating suspension applied. The release profile may also be changed by coating with other acrylic resins such as Eudragit RL 30 D, Eudragit RS 30 D
or combinations thereof, or using other types of film forming agents such as ethylcellulose or silicone polymers.
The above-mentioned filmforming agents can also be combined with pore forming agents such as cellulose ethers, polyoles, PEG's.
Furthermore, the release profile can be changed by applying an enteric coating to a fraction of the coated beads.
Example 8 Preparation of a zero order controlled release composition The present example illustrates the preparation of a coated minitablet composition. The aim is to prepare coated minitablets of equal size in order to obtain a zero order release kinetic.
Formulation of minitablets:
I Desglymidodrine 800.0 g Ii Dicalcium phosphate 2960.0 g III Talc 100.0 g IV Magnesium stearate 40.0 g V Polyvinylpyrrolidone 90 100.0 g VI Purified water 800.0 g V is dissolved in VI.
I + II are transferred to a Fielder intensive mixer and admixed at an appropriate time and mixing intensity.
The mixture is wetted with the solution V + VI.
Granulation is performed at an appropriate time and mixing intensity.
The drying of the wet granulate is carried out in an Aeromatic fluid bed.
The dried granulate is passed through a suitable sieve. IV + V are sieved through a 0.3 mm sieve and admixed to the sieved particulate mixture in a cube mixer for 10 min.
The thus obtained particulate mixture is compressed into tablets weighing 15 mg.
A dose of 30 mg desglymidodrine corresponds to 10 minitablets.
Coating of the minitablets:
The minitablets are coated with inner and outer coatings corresponding to the description of coating suspension 2 and 3 in Example 7.
By changing the weight gain of the minitablets when applying the inner coat, the release 5 profile can be shifted up or down The release profile may be changed using mixtures of mintablet fractions having different amounts of inner coating applied. The release profile may also be changed by coating with other acrylic resin such as Eudragit RL 30 D, Eudragit RS 30 D or combinations 10 thereof, or using other types of film forming agents such as ethylcellulose or silicone polymers.
The above mentioned filmforming agents can also be combined with pore forming agents such as, e.g., cellulose ethers, polyoles, PEG's, etc.
Furthermore, the release profile may be changed applying an enteric coating to a fraction of coated minitablets.
Example 9 Preparation of a controlled release composition having a release kinetic different from that of zero order Matrix minitablets:
I Desglymidodrine 800.0 g II Ethyl cellulose (10 pm) 2960.0 g III Talc 200.0 g IV Magnesium stearate 40.0 g V Purified water 800.0 g I + II are admixed in a Fielder intensive mixer at an appropriate time and mixing intensity.
The mixture is wetted with V while mixing at an appropriate mixing intensity.
The wetted mixture is granulated at an appropriate time and mixing intensity.
The drying of the wet granulate is carried out in an Aeromatic fluid bed.
The dried granulate is passed through a suitable sieve. III + IV are sieved through a 0.3 mm sieve and admixed to the sieved particulate mixture in a cube mixer for 10 min.
The thus obtained particulate mixture is compressed into tablets weighing 15 mg.
A dose of 30 mg desglymidodrine is contained in 10 minitablets.
If suitable, the release profile can be changed by using other cellulose ethers such as HPC, L-HPC, HPMC or combinations of thereof.
The principle of a matrix composition may also be used for a single unit tablet containing the total amount of desglymidodrine in one unit.
In order to further increase the retardation of the dissolution of desglymidodrine the minitablets may be coated with inner and outer coatings corresponding to the description of coating suspension 2 and 3 in Example 7. The amount of coating applied may be varied to shift the dissolution profile up or down.
Example 10 Preparation of a controlled release composition having release kinetic different form zero order Matrix minitablets:
I Desglymidodrine 800.0 g II Ethyl cellulose (10 pm) 2960.0 g III Talc 200.0 g IV Magnesium stearate 40.0 g V Isopropyl alcohol 800.0 g I + II are admixed in a Fielder intensive mixer at an appropriate time and mixing intensity.
The mixture is wetted with V while mixing at an appropriate mixing intensity.
The wetted mixture is granulated for an appropriate time and mixing intensity.
The drying of the wet granulate is carried out in an Aeromatic fluid bed.
The dried granulate is passed through a suitable sieve. III + IV are sieved through a 0.3 mm sieve and admixed to the sieved particulate mixture in a cube mixer for 10 min.
The thus obtained particulate mixture is compressed into tablets weighing 15 mg.
A dose of 30 mg of desglymidodrine is contained in 10 minitablets.
In order to further increase the retardation of the dissolution of desglymidodrine the minitablets may be coated according to Example 7. The amount of coating applied may be varied to shift the dissolution profile up or down.
Example 11 Composition made by employment of double compression A tablet was prepared from the following ingredients:
1St compression layer Desglymidodrine 1.93 g Starch 1500 89.93 g Lactose monohydrate 180.00 g Eudragite RS 30 D 75.0 g Acetyl tributylcitrate 5.64 g 2"d compression layer Desglymidodrine 0.4 g Hydroxypropylmethyl- 49.6 g cellulose E 50 The granulate for 1St compression layer is prepared in the following way:
Desglymidodrine and Starch 1500 was mixed by hand. This mixture and lactose monohydrate is mixed in a Moulinex food processor for 30 sec.
The granulating fluid comprising Eudragit RS 30 D and acetyl tributylcitrate is mixed by stirring for 5 min.
The granulating fluid was applied to the powder mixture while mixing in the Moulinex food processor. The time for applying the granulating fluid is 45 sec.
Wet massing time for the moist powder mixture is 30 sec.
The moist granulate is tray dried and the dried granulate is passed through a 1000 pm screen.
The granulate for 2"d compression layer is prepared in the following way:
Desglymidodrine and hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose E 50 are mixed by hand and passed through a 500 pm screen.
A double compression tablet is prepared in the following way:
A shallow concave round punch of 11 mm in diameter is used to compress the tablet.
250 mg granulate for 1St compression layer is weighed into the die and compressed gently to a loose compact. 200 mg granulate for 2"d compression layer is weighed on top the loose compact. The loose compact and the granulate for 2"d compression layer is compressed with a force of approx. 17 kN to form a coherent tablet.
After compression a release controlling film, a film containing desglymidodrine and a blank film is applied to the tablets.
The following films are applied to each tablet:
Release controlling film: Purified water 42.23 mg Hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose E 5 0.51 mg Talc. pond. + Magnesium stearate 1.04 mg (9+1) Eudragite NE 30 D 33.30 mg Film containing desglymidodrine: Purified water 72.61 mg Hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose E 5 4.06 mg Desglymidodrine 0.81 mg Propylene glycol 0.81 mg Blank film: Purified water 32.67 mg Hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose E 5 1.80 mg Talc. pond 1.27 mg Propylene glycol 0.36 mg Example 12 Preparation of a controlled release composition made in the form of capsules containing multiple units A desglymidodrine controlled release product is prepared by manufacturing one type of pellet, which afterwards is coated with different types of film coatings. The capsule ends up with 3 different types of pellets (one non-coated pellet, one controlled release (CR)-coated pellet and one enteric coated (EC)-pellet).
Pellet preparation The pellet is prepared by the use of an extrusion/spheronization technique.
The ingredients are listed in Scheme 12-1.
Scheme 12-1:
Ingredients Amount (g) pr. Batchsize Microcrystalline 2146.0 cellulose Lactose monohydrate1213.7 Carmellose sodium70.0 Desglymidodrine 70.3 Purified water 2000.
The ingredients are mixed and wetted in a Fielder high shear mixer in which the water is applied by a nozzle.
5 The wetted mass is extruded in a Nica E 140 extruder with a screen size of 600 pm (those pellets which are being used for non coated pellets and for CR-coating) or 800 pm (those pellets used for EC-coating). The extrudate is spheronized in a laboratory unit for 5 min.
The pellets are dried in a laboratory scale fluid bed for approx. 75 min at 50°C.
10 The dried pellets used for non coated pellets and for CR-coating are passed through a screen of 700 pm and the dried pellets used for EC-coating are fractionated with a lower screen of 500 pm and a upper screen of 1000 pm.
Step 1 pellets (non coated pellets) One batch of these pellets is not coated, as it is used as an immediate release unit. The pellets are a part of the content in the capsule.
Step 2 pellets (CR-coated pellets) One batch of these pellets is coated with an inner coat and an outer coat in a fluid bed (GPCG3) with a 0.8 mm spray nozzle and a spray pressure of 2.5 bar. The composition for the coating is shown in Scheme 12-2.
Scheme 12-2:
Ingredients Amount (g) pr.
batchsize Inner coat (batchsize 2000 ) Hypromellose (viscosity13.1 5cps) Purified water 1094.0 Magnesium stearate 2.7 Talc 26.2 Polyacrylate dispersion 864.0 30%
(Eudragit NE30D) Outer coat (batchsize 1000 ) Hypromellose (viscosity 40.0 5cps) Purified water 920.0 I
Talc 40.0 In the coating process the following amount of inner and outer coats are applied. The amount of dry matter applied calculated in percentage of the core weight also appears from below.
Inner coat: 1788.1 g per 3000.0 g pellets (dry matter: 9% of the core weight) Outer coat: 375.0 g per 3000.0 g pellets (dry matter: 1 % of the core weight) Throughout the coating process the bed temperature is maintained substantially in the interval from 20-25°C by adjustment of the liquid flow rate or the inlet temperature. The inlet air temperature is kept at approximately 32°C. After application of the coatings the coated pellets are cured at a bed temperature of approximately 70°C for 30 min. Then the pellets are passed through a screen 1.0 mm. Oversized material is discarded.
Step 3 pellets (EC pellets) One batch of these pellets is coated with an EC-coat in a fluid bed (Wurster technique) with a 0.8 mm spray nozzle and a spray pressure of 2.5 bar. The composition for the coating is shown in Scheme 12-3.
Scheme 12-3:
Ingredients Amount (g) pr. batchsize Isopropyl alcohol 3852.0 Talc 100.0 Acetyltributyl citrate 99.2 Methacrylic acid - methyl methacrylate copolymer (1:2) 3948.8 (Eudragit S12.5) In the coating process the following amount of the coat is applied. The amount of dry matter applied calculated in percentage of the core weight also appears from below.
15,517.2 g per 3000.0 g pellets (dry matter: 45% of the core weight) Throughout the coating process the bed temperature is maintained substantially in the interval from 30-38°C by adjustment of the liquid flow rate or the inlet temperature. The inlet air temperature is kept at approximately 49°C. After the application of the coating the pellets are passed through a screen 1.3 mm. Oversized material is discarded.
Capsule filling The 3 different pellets (steps 1, 2 and 3) are filled into capsules by hand.
The amount of pellets per capsule is shown in Scheme 12-4.
Scheme 72-4:
Unit Amount (mg) per capsule Capsule approx. 76.3 Pellets step 1 Approx. 50.4 corresp. to 1.00 mg desglymidodrine Pellets step 2 Approx. 110.6 corresp. to 2.0 mg desglymidodrine Pellets step 3 Approx. 72.7 corresp. to 1.0 mg desglymidodrine Total weight of Approx. 310 corresp. to 4.0 mg desglymidodrine capsule Example 13 Composition made by employment of mixing a matrix granulate and a slow release granulate The composition of the granulates are equal to the granulates described in Example 11.
250 mg of granulate called 1St compression layer (slow release granulate) is mixed with 200 mg of granulate called 2"d compression layer (matrix granulate).
A shallow concave round punch 11 mm in diameter is used to compress the tablet.
The granulate mixture is placed in the die and the granulate is compressed with a compression force of approx. 17 kN to form a coherent tablet.
After compression a release controlling film, a film containing desglymidodrine and a blank film were applied to the tablets.
The film compositions and the applied amounts are equal to the compositions and amounts applied in Example 11.
Example 14 Preparation of desglymidodrine plain tablets The present example illustrates the preparation of plain tablets containing desglymidodrine as the active drug substance.
Composition:
I Colloidal anhydrous silica 1.6 g II Desglymidodrine hydrochloride 1.6 g III Microcrystalline cellulose 14.3 g IV Maize starch 28.84 g V Granulation liquid 27.5 g VI Talc 2.3 VII Magnesium stearate 1.6 V Granulation liquid:
Maize starch 18.3 g Purified water 122 g II, III and IV were sieved through a 0.3 mm sieve. II was mixed by hand with equal parts of III, I + IV were mixed in the same way.
Hereafter I, II, III and IV were mixed in 5 minutes in a cube mixer. The mixture was wetted with V while mixing at an appropriate mixing intensity.
The moist granulate was passed through a 1000 pm sieve and tray dried at 52 °C for 3 hours.
The dried granulate was passed through a 1000 pm sieve. VI + VII was passed through a 300 pm sieve and mixed by hand with equal parts of the granulate. This mixture was admixed in a cube mixer for 5 min.
The obtained particulate mixture was compressed into tablets weighting 130 mg using a punch of 6 mm in diameter.
The tablets were subject to stability testning. For comparison purposes figures for stability testing of a desglymidodrine solution are included. The following initial results were obtained:
Stability of desglymidodrinein solution Based on comparison of peak areas Media O days (peak area) 7 days (peak area) Water 1582140 1601999 0.1 N HCI 1548689 1516212 Buffer pH 7.4 1341613 1289393 Media 0 days (peak area) Autoclave 120 C
Water 100 100 0.1 N HCI 99 101 Buffer pH 7.4 102 102 Stability of desglymidodrine Based on a calibration curve of desglymidodrine Condition Glass 0 days 14 days 21 days 25C/60%RH 100 103 100 25C/60%RH 1.2mioluxh- 103 -40C175%RH - 102 100 Condition Open petri dish 0 days 14 days 21 days 25C/60%RH 100 102 100 40C/75%RH - 102 97 5 Stability of desglymidodrine plain tablets 4 mg Based on calculated curved of desglymidodrine Condition Glass 0 days 14 days 21 days 25C/60%RH 4.0 4.0 4.0 25CI60%RH 1.2mioluxh- 4.0 40C175%RH - 4.0 3.9 Based on calculated curved of desglymidodrine Condition Open petridish 0 days 14 days 21 days 25C/60%RH 4.0 4.1 4.0 40C/75%RH - 4.0 3.9 The results shown above clearly indicates that desglymidodrine in the specific tablet composition is stable for at least 21 days. The experiments have also be conducted under stressed temperature conditions (40 °C), and it is contemplated that the shelf-live of a composition according to the invention, i.e. the time period from the manufacture of the composition and until the content of desglymidodrine in the composition has changed more than ~10% w/w, at room temperature is at least 6 months such as, e.g. at least 1 year, at least 1.5 years, at least 2 years, at least 2, 5 years, 3 years, 4 years or 5 years.
Example 15 Powder preparation e.g for use in a needle-free device Composition:
I Desglymidodrine 1000.0 g The particle size distributions for the ingredients should be appropriate for deposition of the composition in an appropriate layer of the skin e.g. 0.5 pm to 10 pm.
The powder is filled into a drug casette, each containing 4 mg desglymidodrine.
Suspending agents such as glucose, lactose, celluloses, starches (maize-, rice-, potato-), calcium phosphate or mixtures of these may be used.
Example 16 Liquid composition for use in a needle-free device Composition:
I Desglymidodrine 40.0 g II Sodium edetate 0.5 g Disodium hydrogen phosphate dehydrate2.0 g Sodium dihydrogen phosphate dehydrate2.0 g III Water for injection 900.0 g IV Water for injection ad 1000.0 g I is dissolved in III upon continuous stirring. The remaining solid ingredients (II) are added to the solution one by one during continuous stirring. Following complete dissolution of the solids, purified water is added to a total weight of 1000.0 g.
The formulation is filtrated (0,22 pm) and is filled into glass devices with a piston (e.g.
teflon) and a stopper (e.g. rubber (natural or synthetic substances)).
Tonicity agents may be dextrose, glycerol, sorbitol, mannitol, potassium nitrate and sodium sulphate decahydrate or mixtures thereof.
pH may be adjusted to the appropriate value by use of additional buffer salts such as citric acid, sodium citrate, and potassium dihydrogen phosphate or mixtures of these.
Example 17 Liquid compositions for pulmonal delivery Example 17.1 Pressurised metered-dose preparation for inhalation Composition:
I Desglymidodrine 40.0 g II Norflurane ad 1000.0 ml I is dissolved or suspended in liquid II at low temperature during continuous agitation.
For suspensions, the particle size distribution should be appropriate for deposition of the composition in the lung, e.g. 0.5 pm to 10 pm.
The product is filled into suitable pressurised multi-dose containers delivering e.g.100 p1 pr. dose.
Other propellants such as dichlorodifluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane and trichlorofluoromethane or mixtures of these may be used.
Glidants such as oleic acid and derivatives and isopropyl myristate or mixtures of these may be used to reduce friction during administration.
Example 17.2 Liquid for nebulisation Composition:
I Desglymidodrine 2.0 g II Sodium edetate 0.5 g Disodium hydrogen phosphate dehydrate 2.0 g Sodium dihydrogen phosphate dehydrate 2.0 g 11! Purified water 900.0 g IV Purified water ad 1000.0 g I is dissolved in III upon continuous stirring. The remaining solid ingredients (II) are added to the solution one by one during continuous stirring. Following complete dissolution of the solids, purified water is added to a total weight of 1000.0 g.
The composition is filled into 2 ml ampoules or other suitable unit-dose containers.
Other excipients may also be added such as polyethylene glycol, alcohol, glycofurol, phospholipids, poloxamer, polyoxyethylene castor oil derivatives, polysorbates, propylene glycol and cyclodextrins or combinations of these.
Tonicity agents may be e.g dextrose, glycerol, sorbitol, mannitol, sodium chloride, potassium nitrate and sodium sulphate decahydrate or mixtures thereof.
pH may be adjusted to the appropriate value by use of additional buffer salts such as citric acid, sodium citrate, and potassium dihydrogen phosphate or mixtures of these.
Sufficient microbiological preservation may be achieved by addition of benzalconium chloride or parabenes. Suitable flavours can be added to the composition and use of sweeteners such as saccharin, acesulfame, aspartame, cyclamate salts or mixtures of these can further adjust the taste.
Example 18 Powder composition for pulmonal delivery Composition:
I Desglymidodrine 400.0 g II Glucose 500.0 g The particle size distributions for the ingredients should be appropriate for deposition of the composition in the lung, e.g. 0.5 pm to 10 pm. I and II are carefully mixed and sieved.
The powder is filled into capsules or other suitable unit-dose containers, each containing mg of the composition.
Other suspending agents such as lactose, celluloses, starches (maize-, rice-, potato-) calcium phosphate or mixtures of these may be used.
Example 19 Nasal compositions General description of a nasal composition A nasal composition of desglymidodrine is buffered, and tonicity adjusted and it can be delivered from a device, which may or may not require the presence of antimicrobial agents in the composition. The amount of desglymidodrine reaching the systemic circulation may be increased by addition of absorption enhancer(s) to the composition.
The variability of a nasal composition The total amount of absorption enhancers included in the composition will, typically, vary between 0.01 % and 10%. However, some absorption enhancers may also serve as vehicles and thereby totally replace the content of water in the composition.
One can include one, two or several absorption enhancing agents in the composition.
The final nasal composition may be a homogenous liquid, a suspension, an emulsion, a gel or a powder. The dose administered intranasally may be adjusted by choice of the volume of the formulation, ranging from 10 p1 to 250 p1 per nostril or of the mass of the composition, ranging from 5 mg to 50 mg.
Specific examples of nasal compositions Example 19.1 5 Nasal composition without absorption enhancer Composition: Function of ingr.
I Desglymidodrine 40.0 g Active ingr.
II Sodium edetate 0.5 g Stabiliser 10 Disodium hydrogen phosphate dehydrate2.0 g Buffer component Sodium dihydrogen phosphate dehydrate2.0 g Buffer component III Purified water 900.0 Solvent g IV Purified water ad to 1000.0 Solvent g 15 I is dissolved in III upon continuos stirring. The remaining solid ingredients (II) are added to the solution one by one during continuos stirring. Following complete dissolution of the solids, purified water is added to a total weight of 1000.0 g.
The composition is filled into appropriate nasal spray devices delivering e.g.
100 p1 20 pr.dose.
pH may be adjusted to the appropriate value by use of additional buffer salts such as citric acid, sodium citrate and potassium dihydrogen phosphate or mixtures of these.
Sufficient microbiological preservation may be achieved by addition of benzalconium chloride, 25 sorbic acid or parabenes such as methylparaben, ethylparaben, propylparaben and butylparaben or mixtures of these.
Example 19.2 30 Nasal composition with absorption enhancer Composition: Function of ingr.
I Desglymidodrine 40.0 g Active ingr.
II Sodium glycocholate 5.0 g Abs. enhancer 35 III Sodium edetate 0.5 g Stabiliser Disodium hydrogen phosphate dihydrate 2.0 g Buffer component Sodium dihydrogen phosphate dihydrate 2.0 g Buffer component IV Purified water 900.0 g Solvent V Purified water to 1000.0 g Solvent II is dissolved in IV, and I is added upon continuous stirring. The remaining solid ingredients (III) are added to the solution one by one during continuos stirring. Following complete dissolution of the solids, purified water is added to a total weight of 1000.0 g.
The composition is filled into appropriate nasal spray devices delivering e.g.
100 p1 pr.dose.
One, two or several of the absorption enhancers sodium cholate, sodium deoxycholate, sodium taurocholate, sodium taurodeoxycholate, sodium glycodeoxycholate, a-cyclodextrin, (3-cyclodextrin, y-cyclodextrin, methyl cyclodextrin, hydroxypropyl-j3-cyclodextrin, dimethyl-(3-cyclodextrin, sodium taurodihydrofusidate, phosphatidylcholines, chitin, chitosan, hyaluronic acid, polyetylene glycols, starch microspheres and dextran microspheres may be included in the composition.
pH may be adjusted to the appropriate value by use of additional buffer salts such as citric acid, sodium citrate and potassium dihydrogen phosphate or mixtures of these.
Sufficient microbiological preservation may be achieved by addition of benzalconium chloride, sorbic acid or parabenes such as methylparaben, ethylparaben, propylparaben and butylparaben or mixtures of these.
General description of a composition containing liposomes Liposomes, or lipid vesicles, are spherical self-closed structures composed of concentric bilayers that entrap part of the solvent or active drug substance in the central core or in the bilayer depending on the hydrophilicity of the active drug substance.
Liposomes are predominantly made of natural amphiphilic lipids, e.g. phospolipids. Liposomes are likely to enhance the penetration of the active ingredient into the mucosa such as, e.g. the nasal, buccal, oral, rectal or vaginal mucosa.
Description of the variability of a liposomal composition The liposomes can be based on liposome forming lipids and liposome stabilising or destabilising lipids. The total amount of lipids in the composition can vary between 20-80% w/w. The ratio between liposome forming lipids and stabilising/destabilising lipids can be between 1:1 to 40:1 (on a molar basis) or the composition can contain liposome forming lipids alone. One can include one, two or several liposome forming lipids in the composition.
Example 19.3 Nasal composition with liposomes Composition: Function of ingr.
I Desglymidodrine 40.0 g Active ingr.
Disodium hydrogen phosphate dehydrate2.0 g Buffer component Sodium dihydrogen phosphate dehydrate2.0 g Buffer component II Purified water 900.0 g Solvent III Purified water to 1000.0 Solvent g IV DSPC 300.0 g Liposome forming CH 84.0 g Liposome stabiliser/
destabiliser I is dissolved in II upon continuos stirring. Following complete dissolution of the solids, purified water is added to a total weight of 1000.0 g.
The dry mix of DSPC:CH (7 mol DSPC :2 mol CH) (IV) is dispersed in water, and dehydrated.The liquid composition containing desglymidodrine is poured into the dehydrated DSPC:CH during vigorous stirring to rehydrate the mixture of DSPC:CH.
pH may be adjusted to the appropriate value by use of additional buffer salts such as citric acid, sodium citrate and potassium dihydrogen phosphate or mixtures of these.
Sodium edetate may be added to the composition as stabiliser. Sufficient microbiological preservation may be achieved by addition of sorbic acid or parabenes such as methylparaben, ethylparaben, propylparaben and butylparaben. Propylene glycol (10%) can be added to potentiate the antimicrobial activty of the parabens in the presence of some amphiphilics.
The composition is filled into appropriate nasal spray devices delivering the desired dose.
The volume of the dose can be between 10-250 p1, preferably 100 p1. The dose can also be administrered by application of two puffs, one in each nostril.
Other vesicle forming lipids can also be used instead of DSPC in the lipid bilayer. These amphiphilic lipids may be cationic, anionic or neutral, such as DPPC, DLPC, DOPC, DSEPC, dialkyl (C$-C2o) sulfosuccinate or fatty alcohol ethoxylate (with alkyl chain length of C$-Czo and 4 to 6 ethoxy groups). The molecular amount of lipids compared to active compound can be optimised with different liposome building lipids.
CH can be replaced by cholesterol derivatives or any other stabiliser/destabiliser such as alkyl (Cs-C2o) phosphate, alkyl (C$-C2o) sulfate, alkyl (C$-Czo) ethersulfate, alkyl (Ca-Cao) ether carboxylate. Further stabilisers/destabilisers can be employed such as stearoyl lysophosphatidyl choline, lysophosphatidylcholine, palmitoyl lysophosphatidyl choline and didecanoyl phosphatidyl choline.
Example 20 Buccal compositions General description of a buccal composition A buccal composition of desglymidodrine is buffered and tonicity adjusted. It can be delivered from a device, which may or may not require the presence of antimicrobial agents in the formulation. The amount of desglymidodrine reaching the systemic circulation may be increased by addition of absorption enhancer(s) to the composition.
The variability of the buccal composition The total amount of absorption enhancers included in the composition will, typically, vary between 0.01 % and 10%. However, some absorption enhancers may also serve as vehicles and thereby totally replace the content of water in the formulation.
One can include one, two or several absorption enhancing agents in the formulation.
The final buccal formulation may be a homogenous liquid, a suspension, an emulsion, a gel or a powder. The dose administered buccally may be adjusted by choice of the volume of the formulation, ranging from 10 p1 to 500 p1 or the mass of the composition, ranging from 5 mg to 100 mg.
Example 20.1 Buccal composition with liposomes Composition: Function of ingr.
I Desglymidodrine 40.0 g Active ingr.
Disodium hydrogen phosphate dihydrate2.0 g Buffer component Sodium dihydrogen phosphate dihydrate2.0 g Buffer component II Purified water 900.0 Solvent g III Purified water to 1000.0 Solvent g IV DSPC 300.0 Liposome forming g CH 84.0 g Liposome stabiliser/
destabiliser I is dissolved in II upon continuos stirring. Following complete dissolution of the solids, purified water is added to a total weight of 1000.0 g.
The dry mix of DSPC:CH (7 mol DSPC:2 mol CH) (IV) is dispersed in water, and dehydrated. The liquid composition containing desglymidodrine is poured into the dehydrated DSPC:CH during vigorous stirring to rehydrate the mixture of DSPC:CH.
pH may be adjusted to the appropriate value by use of additional buffer salts such as citric acid, sodium citrate and potassium dihydrogen phosphate or mixtures of these.
Sodium edetate may be added to the composition as stabiliser. Sufficient microbiological preservation may be achieved by addition of sorbic acid or parabenes such as methylparaben, ethylparaben, propylparaben and butylparaben. Propylene glycol (10%) can be added to potentiate the antimicrobial activty of the parabens in the presence of some amphiphilics.
The composition is fiilled into appropriate buccal spray devices delivering the desired dose. The volume ofi the dose can be between 10-500 p1 or the dose can be administrered by application of multiple puffs.
5 Other vesicle forming lipids can also be used instead ofi DSPC in the lipid bilayer. These amphiphilic lipids may be cationic, anionic or neutral, such as DPPC, DLPC, DOPC, DSEPC, dialkyl (C8-C2o) sulfosuccinate or fatty alcohol ethoxylate (with alkyl chain length of C$-C2o and 4 to 6 ethoxy groups). The molecular amount of lipids compared to active compound can be optimised with different liposome building lipids.
CH can be replaced by cholesterol derivatives or another stabiliserldestabiliser such as alkyl (C$-Cao) phosphate, alkyl (C$-Coo) sulfate, alkyl (C$-C2o) ethersulfate, alkyl (C$-C2o) ether carboxylate.
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
CH cholesterol DSPC distearoyl glycero phosphatidyl choline DSEPC distearoyl glysero ethyl phosphatidyl choline DPPC dipalmitoyl phosphatidyl choline DLPC dilauroyl phosphatidyl choline DOPC dioleoyl phosphatidyl choline PC phosphatidyl choline Example 20.2 Buccal composition without absorption enhancer Composition: Function of ingr.
I Desglymidodrine 40.0 g Active ingr.
II Sodium edetate 0.5 g Stabiliser Disodium hydrogen phosphate dihydrate2.0 g Buffer component Sodium dihydrogen phosphate dihydrate2.0 g Buffer component III Purified water 900.0 g Solvent IV Purified water to 1000.0 Solvent g I is dissolved in III upon continuos stirring. The remaining solid ingredients (II) are added to the solution one by one during continuos stirring. Following complete dissolution of the solids, purified water is added to a total weight of 1000.0 g.
The composition is filled into appropriate buccal spray devices delivering e.g. 100 p1 pr.dose.
pH may be adjusted to the appropriate value by use of additional buffer salts such as citric acid, sodium citrate and potassium dihydrogen phosphate or mixtures of these.
Sufficient microbiological preservation may be achieved by addition of benzalconium chloride, sorbic acid or parabenes such as methylparaben, ethylparaben, propylparaben and butylparaben or mixtures of these.
Example 20.3 Buccal composition with absorption enhancer Composition: Function of ingr.
I Desglymidodrine 40.0 g Active ingr.
II Sodium glycocholate 5.0 g Abs. enhancer III Sodium edetate 0.5 g Stabiliser Disodium hydrogen phosphate dihydrate2.0 g Buffer component Sodium dihydrogen phosphate dihydrate2.0 g Buffer component IV Purified water 900.0 g Solvent V Purified water to 1000.0 Solvent g II is dissolved in IV, and I is added upon continuous stirring. The remaining solid ingredients (III) are added to the solution one by one during continuos stirring. Following complete dissolution of the solids, purified water is added to a total weight of 1000.0 g.
The composition is filled into appropriate buccal spray devices delivering e.g. 100 p1 pr.dose.
One, two or several of the absorption enhancers sodium cholate, sodium deoxycholate, sodium taurocholate, sodium taurodeoxycholate, sodium glycodeoxycholate, a-cyclodextrin, ~3-cyclodextrin, y-cyclodextrin, methyl cyclodextrin, hydroxypropyl-~3-cyclodextrin, dimethyl-~3-cyclodextrin, sodium taurodihydrofusidate, phosphatidylcholines, chitin, chitosan, hyaluronic acid, polyetylene glycols, starch microspheres and dextran microspheres may be included in the composition.
pH may be adjusted to the appropriate value by use of additional buffer salts such as citric acid, sodium citrate and potassium dihydrogen phosphate or mixtures of these.
Sufficient microbiological preservation may be achieved by addition of benzalconium chloride, sorbic acid or parabenes such as methylparaben, ethylparaben, propylparaben and butylparaben or mixtures of these.
Example 21 Desglymidodrine sublingual tablets General description Sublingual tablets are designed to give a fast disintegration in the mouth by the amount of salvia normally available in that region. The disintegration time is therefore very short or short and there may be additives, which promote salvia secreting in the composition.
A fast disintegration together with a high solubility of the drug substance give the possibility of a fast absorption through the mucous membrane of the mouth, especially under the tongue where the blood vessels run close to the surface.
Sublingual absorbed drugs avoid more or less the first pass liver metabolism.
Description of variability in sublingual compositions Sublingual tablets may be prepared by mould technique, by direct compression or by conventional wet granulation or dry granulation (e.g. roller compaction) of the ingredients.
As mentioned, taste improving substances may be added to promote salvia secretion.
This may include artificial sweeteners (cyclamate, saccharin sodium, aspartame, etc.), natural sweeteners (saccharose, sorbitol, xylitol, etc.), week organic acids (citric-, acetic-, ascorbic acid, etc.) natural or artificial flavours (strawberry, black currant, pineapple, apple, orange, lemon, etc.) in the below mentioned compositions.
Example 21.1 Composition: Function I Desglymidodrine 2.0 g 4.0 Active g ingr.
II Purified water Solvent Ethanol 96% equal parts q.s. q.s. Moist.
agent III Lactose 53 g 51 g Filler Mannitol 45 g 45 g Filler The amounts of lactose and mannitol may be varied from 25 to about 100 g. Dose 100 mg (50-200 mg) corresponds to 2.0 or 4.0 mg desglymidodrine of the two compositions, respectively.
Disintegration time is extremely short (2-5 sec).
II is prepared, and I is dissolved in II. The solution is incorporated in III
to a homogeneous mixture is achieved. More II may be added.
The moistured mass is spread on a suitable plate equipped with wholes into which the mass is pressed and which have a depth that gives the wanted dose of drug substance.
The wet mass is pressed out of the wholes and allowed to dry before further handling.
(Sublingual tablet preparation by mould-technique).
II may be replaced by mixtures of different volatile organic solvents and may have a water content of 0 - 90%. III may be replaced by different mixtures of soluble pharmaceutically acceptable excipients as sorbitol, mannitol, xylitol, maltodextrin, lycasin, lactitol etc.
Example 21.2 Composition: Function I Desglymidodrine 2.0 g 4.0 g active ingr.
II Tablettose 55.0 g 55.0 g filler III Cellulose, microcryst.10.0 g 10.0 g filler/binder Type 102 IV Agar sieve 180 5.0 g 5.0 g disintegrant V Magnesium stearate 0.5 g 0.5 g glidant/lubricant Talc 4.5 g 4.5 g glidant/lubricant I is mixed with I I and further with III, IV and V and compressed into tablets.
The amount of the filler, tablettose, may vary from 25 to 75 g, the filler/binder (cellulose) may vary from 5 to 25 g, the disintegrant from 1 to 15 g, magnesium stearate from 0.1 to 2.5 g and talc from 1.0 to 10 g.
Mass weight of 77 mg corresponds to a dose of 2.0 mg or mass weight of 79 mg corresponds to a dose of 4.0 mg desglymidodrine in the two compositions, respectively.
Disintegration time is short (30 sec - 4 min).
Tablettose may be replaced by other qualities of lactose with good flowability.
Agar may be replaced by other disintergrants as croscarmellose sodium/calcium or the like, crosspovidone, starch glycolate, alginates or other disintegrants.
Magnesium stearate may be replaced by other glidants as different types of silica colloidal hydrous or anhydrous, Ca-stearate, stearic acid, sodium stearylfumarate, cotton-seed oil, hydrogenated vegetable oils or other suitable lipid substances as e.g.
Myvatex.
Example 21.3 Composition: Function I Desglymidodrine 2.0 g 4.0 g active ingr.
II Maize starch 9.5 g 7.0 g filler Lactose 66 g 66 g filler III Povidone 30 2.5 g 2.5 g binder IV Purified water q.s. q.s. solvent V Mannitol 36 g 36 g filler/taste VI Magnesum stearate 1.5 g 1.5 g lubricant I is mixed with II and granulated with III dissolved in IV. More IV may be added. After drying, V and VI are added and tablets are compressed.
The amount of maize starch may vary from 5 to 15 g, lactose from 30 to 100 g, mannitol 5 from 10 to 80 g, and magnesium stearate from 0.5 to 5 g.
Disintegration time is about 5 min.
Maize starch may be replaced by other suitable starches such as rice- or potato starch.
10 Lactose may be replaced by maltodextrine, dextrin etc.
Povidone 30 may be replaced by povidone VA 64 or 90 or gelatine or pregelatinized starch or different types of cellulose (methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose etc.).
Mannitol may be replaced by sorbitol, xylitol, maltitol, maltodextrin, lactitol, etc.
Magnesum stearate may be replaced by other glidants as different types of colloidal silica 15 hydrous or anhydrous, Ca-stearate, stearic acid, sodium stearylfumarate, cotton-seed oil, hydrogenated vegetable oils or other suitable lipid substances as e.g.
Myvatex.
Example 22 20 Desglymidodrine melt tablets General description of melt tablets Melt-tablets are also referred to as fast/rapidly- disintegrating tablets, dispersing tablets 25 and dissolving tablets. In this example, the term "melt-tablet" is applied.
Melt-tablets are a tablet dosage form for oral administration, one that disintegrates instantaneously and releasing the drug, which dissolves or disperse rapidly in saliva and afterwards swallowed without the need for water. The drug substance is absorbed via the 30 gastrointestinal tract.
Less frequently melt-tablets are designed in a way so the drug substance are to be absorbed through the buccal mucosa. In that case the bioavailability of the drug from the melt-tablet may be even greater than observed for standard dosage forms.
Further more 35 side-efFects may be reduced if they are caused by first-pass metabolites.
A description of the variability of the melt-tablets Techniques currently applied for formulate melt-tablets are namely freeze-drying (lyophilisation), spray drying, tablet moulding and direct compression. In this example only melt-tablets prepared by lyophilisation are described.
To ensure melt-tablets fast- disintegrating and dissolving attribute water must quickly progress into the tablet matrix to cause rapid disintegration and instantaneous dissolution of the tablet. Maximising the porous structure of the tablet matrix and incorporating appropriate disintegrating agent and/or highly water-soluble excipients in the tablet formulation are the basic approaches applied in the current melt-tablet technologies.
In the formulation the total amount of disintegrating agents and/or highly water-soluble excipients can vary between 5-80% (w/v) and the total amount of binding agents can vary between 0.05-5% (w/v). Water is used to ensure the porous structure.
Sufficient microbiological preservatives (benzoic acid, methylparaben etc.) may be added to prevent microbiological growth of the aqueous solution during production. When the product has been dried, the preservative has no further function.
Taste improving agents may be added to promote salvia secretion. This may include artificial sweeteners (aspartame, cyclamate, saccharin etc.), natural sweeteners (sucrose, sorbitol, xylitol etc.) week organic acids (citric-, ascorbic acid etc.), natural or artificial flavours (strawberry, black currant, pineapple, apple, orange, lemon etc.).
Colouring agents may also be added to give the melt-tablets elegance and identity.
Permeation enhancers (sodium lauryl sulphate etc.) may be added to optimise the transmucosal absorption and pH-adjusting excipients (hydrochloride, sodium hydroxide etc.) may be used to optimise the chemical stability of the drug. Collapse protecting agents (glycine etc.) to prevent the shrinkage of the tablet during lyophilisation process or during long-term storage.
Melt-tablet prepared by lyophilisation Composition: Function of ingredient I Desglymidodrine 4.0 g Active II Maltodextrin 200 g Water-soluble III Xanthan gum 20 g Binding agent IV Purified water 776 g Solvent II and III are dissolved in IV upon continuos stirring and I is added to the solution during stirring. Purified water is added to a total weight of 1000.0 gram.
The solution is filled in PVC blister with a diameter of 15 mm and a depth of 6 mm, so the resulting dose of Desglymidodrine is 4.0 mg pr. tablet.
The blisters are placed on the shelves of the freeze-dryer. Samples are frozen to -45°C at a rate of 0.5°C/min and kept at this temperature for 1.5 hour.
Primarily, drying is performed by keeping the blisters for 8 hour at a pressure of 1 mbar, a shelf temperature of -10°C, and a condensor temperature of -60°C.
Reducing the pressure to 0.1 mbar, carrying out secondary drying and increasing the shelf temperature to 25°C. Secondary drying time is 6 hour.
Lyophilisation is terminated by venting the drying chamber with air.
II may be replaced by lactose, mannitol, dextrose, xylitol, fructose, sucrose, maltose, sorbitol etc. or mixtures of these. As disintegrating agent croscarmellose, crospovidone etc. may be added. Other excipients may also be used instead of III. These excipients may be gelatine, tragacanth gum, agar, acacia, alginate, dextran, povidone, hydroxyethylcellulose etc. or mixtures of these.
Example 23 Desglymidodrine rectal compositions General description Rectal solution is a way of drug administration, which can be used independently of the condition of the patient. Furthermore a quite quick onset of effect is seen for some compositions. A major part of the absorbed drug dose does not undergo first pass metabolism, which in some cases may be an advantage.
Description of variability in composition The amount of rectal solution to give one dose is kept on the small amount of 1-4 ml such as, e.g., 2.0 ml. This is to avoid any emptying reflex from the rectum mucosa after applying the solution in the rectum. The solution will be dispensed in a suitable container as a single-dose syringe or sealed plastic tube. Both equipped with a suitable tip.
The following examples have been chosen to illustrate formulation of a rectal solution.
24.1: A solution with high content of pharmaceutical acceptable organic solvent to promote absorption, 24.2: A simple aqueous isotonic solution, 24.3: A simple slightly viscous aqueous isotonic, and finally 24.4: An aqueous pH-adjusted isotonic solution.
Example 23.1 Composition: Function of ingredient Desglymidodrine 1.00 g 2.00 g Active ingr.
Glycerol 85% 500 g 500 g Solvent/abs. Enhancer Purifed water 1000 ml 1000 ml Solvent One dose of 2.0 ml = 2.0 mg desglymidodrine or 2.0 ml = 4.0 mg desglymidodrine.
Glycerol may be exchanged with glycofurol, polythylene glycols 200 to 600, propylene glycol or similar non-irritant suitable solvent. The amount of glycerol may vary from about 200 to 800 g.
Example 23.2 Composition: Function of ingredient Desglymidodrine 1.00 g 2.00 g Active ingr.
Sodium chloride 9.0 g 9.0 g Isotonic agent Propylis paraoxibenzoate0.2 g 0.2 g Preservative Methylis paraoxibenzoate 0.8 g 0.8 g Preservative Purifed water up to 1000 ml 1000 ml Solvent The mixture of paraoxibenzoates may be exchanged with other suitable preservatives.
Dose 2.0 ml = 2.0 mg desglymidodrine or 2.0 ml = 4.0 mg desglymidodrine Example 23.3 Composition: Function of ingredient Desglymidodrine 1.00 g 2.00 Active ingr.
g Sodium carboxymethylcellulose6.0 g 6.0 Viscosity incr.
g agent Propylis paraoxibenzoate0.2 g 0.2 Preservative g Methylis paraoxibenzoate0.8 g 0.8 Preservative g Purifed water up to 1000 ml 1000 Solvent ml The mixture of paraoxibenzoates may be exchanged with other suitable preservatives.
Dose 2.0 ml = 2.0 mg desglymidodrine or 2.0 ml = 4.0 mg desglymidodrine. The amount of viscosity increasing agent may vary from about 2 to about 8 g.
Example 23.4 Composition: Function of ingredient Desglymidodrine 1.00 g 2.00 Active ingr.
g Sodium acetate 1.0 g 1.0 Buffer agent g Sodium chloride 8.5 g 8.5 Isotonic agent g Propylis paraoxibenzoate0.2 g 0.2 Preservative g Methylis paraoxibenzoate0.8 g 0.8 Preservative g Purifed water up to 1000 ml 1000 Solvent ml The mixture of parabenzoates may be exchanged by other suitable preservative.
Sodium acetate may be exchanged by other suitable pH regulating substance or a buffer mixture with pH in the interval of 7.0 - 8Ø The amount of buffer agent may vary from about 0.5 to about 3.0 g.
Dose 2.0 ml = 2.5 mg desglymidodrine or 2.0 ml = 4.0 mg desglymidodrine.
Example 24 10 Desglymidodrine oral drops General description of oral drops Oral drops are a dosage form for peroral administration. The formulation allows the 15 patient to use a dose of 5 -15 drops of the product and, optinally, dilute this dose in water or other better tasting liquids (e.g. orange juice) before ingestion.
Description of variability in composition 20 The amount of oral drops containing one drug dose is kept at the small amount of 5 -15 drops. The standard volume of drops is normally 10 - 25 ml in a bottle equipped with a suitable tip. This tip is constructed to deliver the drops with a speed suitable for counting the drops as they leave the tip, when the bottle is turned around with the button up.
This aggregate has to confirm with Ph. Eur demands.
Example 24.1 Composition: Function of ingredient Desglymidodrine 10.0 g Active ingr.
Ethanol 96% 120 g Solvenfi/preservative Purified water up to 1000 ml Solvent One dose of 2.0 mg is equivalent to approximately 6 drops (have to be measured exactly), normally ingested in 20 - 200 ml water or other drinkable fluid.
Example 24.2 Composition: Function of ingredient Desglymidodrine 10.0 g Active ingr.
Propyl paraoxibenzoate 0.2 g Preservative Methyl paraoxibenzoate 0.8 g Preservative Purified water up to 1000 ml Solvent The mixture of paraoxibenzoates may be exchanged with other suitable preservatives.
One dose of 2.0 mg is equivalent to approximately 4 drops (have to be measured exactly), this does is normally ingested in 20 - 200 ml water or other drinkable fluid.
Example 25 Desglymidodrine oral solution General description of oral solution Oral solution is for peroral administration. The oral solution is in the form of a solution of the drug substance in a suitable and well tasting vehicle.
Description of variability in composition Oral solution is normally given in a volume of 2.0 -15 ml measured with a suitable device, which is able to give the desired volume with the specified (Ph.Eur.) precision. Oral solution may be taste masked and may be formulated with or without sugar, furthermore viscosity-increasing substance may be added to make to make the handling and administration of the solution easier.
Example 25.1 Composition: Function of ingredient Desglymidodrine 0,400 g 0.800 g Active ingr.
Sucrose 760 g 760 g Sweetener Purified water up to 1000 ml 1000 ml Solvent 5.0 ml equivalent to 2.0 mg or 4.0 mg Preservative may be added.
0.1 N HCI may be added to adjust pH in the interval 2.5 - 3.5.
Example 25.2 Composition: Function of ingredient Desglymidodrine 0.800 g Active ingr.
Black currant juice 240 g Taste masking Sorbitiol 400 g Sweetener Potassium sorbate 0.14 g Preservative Levomenthol 0.044 g Taste masking Ethanol96% ~ 0.176 Solvent Purified water up to 1000 ml Solvent 0.1 N HCI may be added to adjust pH in the interval 2.5 - 3.5.
The concentration of the active ingredient may be changed in the interval of 0.1 to 10 g if needed.
Potassium sorbate may be exchanged with other suitable preservatives.
Black currant juice may be exchanged with other fruit juices or mixtures of these.
Sorbitol may be exchanged with other sweetener as mannitol, xylitol, maltodextrin, lycasin, lactitol etc. or mixtures of these.
Levomenthol may be exchanged with other taste masking ingredients: natural or artificial flavours (strawberry, black currant, pineapple, apple, orange, lemon etc. or mixtures of these).
Artificial sweeteners (aspartame, cyclamate, saccharin etc) and/or week organic acids (citric-, ascorbic acid etc.) may also be added.
Colours may also be added to improve the organoleptic properties.
Example 25.3 Composition: Function of ingredient Desglymidodrine 0.800 g Active ingr.
Poloxamer 8000 6.00 g Solubilizer Methyl parahydroxybenzoate1.10 g Preservative Anis oil 0.13 g Taste masking Eucalyptol 0.17 g Taste masking Ethanol96% 0.176 Solvent Hydrogenated glucose syrup385 g Sweetener Purified water up to 1000 ml Solvent 0.1 N HCI may be added to adjust pH in the interval 2.5 - 3.5.
Poloxamer 8000 may be exchanged with other GRAS accepted surFactants.
The composition of this example has a high content of taste masking ingredients, which explains the need for a surfactant.
Dose 5.0 ml equivalents 4.0 mg desglymidodrine.
Example 26 Desglymidodrine solution for infusion or injection General description of solutions for infusion or injection Solution for infusion is a ready for use solution aimed for infusion in one of the major veins. Solutions for injection may be injected i.v., s.c., i.m. or by any other suitable route.
The solution is formulated as simple as possible. For stability reasons the pH
may be adjusted in acidic direction and this cause the infusion time have to run over a couple of minutes. In some cases this is done by injection of a desglymidodrine solution for infusion into an already established infusion of glucose or sodium chloride.
Example 26.1 Composition: Function of ingredient Desglymidodrine 0.400 g 0.800 g Active ingr.
Sodium chloride 9.0 g 9.0 g Isotonic agent Purified water up 1000 ml 1000 ml Solvent to 0.1 N HCI at pH 2.5 - 3.5 may be added.
Dose: 2.0 mg in 5 ml or 4.0 mg in 5 ml.
The solution may also be presented in vials or the form of a unit dose e.g. in ampoules.
Example 27 General description of transdermal drug delivery systems Transdermal drug delivery systems are designed to deliver a drug substance through the skin for systemic circulation and effect. A transdermal drug delivery system can be designed to deliver a drug substancento the skin at a given rate.
Drugs reaching the systemic circulation through the skin more or less surpass the first-pass metabolism in the liver.
Description of variability in the transdermal drug delivery system Transdermal drug delivery systems can be prepared in different ways; Drug substance in an adhesive type of delivery system, a drug substance in a matrix type of delivery system or in a reservoir type of delivery system, or by a combining the different types of preparation techniques. The three types of delivery systems offer different ways in controlling the release of drug from the delivery system into the skin.
The formulation principle of the three different systems are described in the following:
Drug substance in an adhesive type of delivery system 5 Backing: The backing is a filmforming polymer e.g. containing ethylcellulose, plastic and/or alufoil or other impermeable material.
Adhesive layer: The adhesive layer may contain an adhesive, pressure sensitive polymer layer, e.g. polyacrylate, ethylcellulose or silicone.
10 An enhancer like; e.g. lauric acid, dioctylcyclohexane, glycerin, n-dodecanol, Eutanol G, isopropylmyristat, PEG 400, propandiol and/or Tween 80 may be added.
Drug: The drug substance can be dissolved or dispersed in the adhesive layer 15 e.g. by a solvent casting or hot melt process. The drug substance can be incorporated in the adhesive layer as microreservoirs.
Liner: A protective liner, to be removed before use, is attached to the adhesive side.
Drug substance in a matrix type delivery system Backing: The backing is a filmforming polymer e.g. containing ethylcellulose, plastic and/or alufoil or other impermeable material.
Matrix: The matrix may contain a hydrophilic or lipophilic polymer matrix comprising e.g. polyisobutylene.
An enhancer like; lauric acid, dioctylcyclohexane, glycerin, n-dodecanol, Eutanol G, isopropylmeristat, PEG 400, propandiol or Tween 80 may be added.
Drug: The drug substance is dispersed in the matrix layer or it may be incorporated in the matrix by a moulding process or be incorporated in the layer as microreservoirs.
Membrane: A rate controlling membrane e.g. of polymeric material might be used to control the diffusion of the drug into the skin. An adhesive layer might be applied on the membrane. The membrane might be omitted.
Adhesive layer: The adhesive layer may contain an adhesive, pressure sensitive polymer layer, e.g. polyacrylate, ethylcellulose or silicone. The adhesive is applied on the rim of the patch, surrounding the matrix-containing drug.
Liner: A protective liner, to be removed before use, is attached to the adhesive side.
Reservoir type delivery system Backing: The backing is a filmforming polymer e.g. containing ethylcellulose, plastic andlor alufoil or other impermeable material.
Reservoir: The reservoir may contain e.g. an unleachable, viscous liquid medium (e.g. silicone fluid) or a releasable solvent (e.g. alkyl alcohol or glycerol) An enhancer like; lauric acid, dioctylcyclohexane, glycerin, n-dodecanol, Eutanol G, isopropylmeristat, PEG 400, propandiol or Tween 80 may be added.
Membrane: A rate controlling membrane e.g. of polymeric material is used to control the diffusion of the drug into the skin. The membrane can be either a microporous or a nonporous membrane e.g. ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, with a specific drug permeability. On the external surFace of the polymeric membrane a thin layer of drug compatible, pressure-sensitive adhesive copolymer, e.g. silicone adhesive may be applied to ensure the contact to the skin.
Adhesive layer: The adhesive layer may comprise an adhesive, pressure sensitive polymer layer, e.g. polyacrylate, ethylcellulose or silicone . The adhesive is applied on the rim of the patch, surrounding the reservoir-containing drug.
Drug: The drug substance can be dissolved or dispersed in the reservoir layer.
Liner: A protective liner, to be removed before use, is attached to the adhesive side.
Example 27.1 The following example illustrates a composition of a drug substance (desglymidodrine) in an adhesive transdermal delivery system. A direct contact between the hydrogel and the skin is expected to be essential, to ensure a sufficient flux through stratum corneum.
Backing: The backing is a filmforming polymer e.g. constaining ethylcellulose, plastic and/or alufoil or other impermeable material.
Adhesive layer: The adhesive layer consists of an adhesive, pressure sensitive polyacrylate. The size of the adhesive layer is about 16-20 cm2, forming a rim around the active layer. The layer contains 0.3-1.0 % of desglymidodrine base, to prevent a flux of desglymidodrine base from the active layer to the adhesive layer.
Active layer: The drug substance, desglymidodrine, is dispersed in a hydrogel comprising polyvinylpyrrolidone or partly hydrolised polyvinylic alcohol with a resulting concentration of 15-25% w/w desglymidodrine base. The size of the layer is about 10 cm2.
A stabiliser like ~i-cyclodextrin might be added.
Liner: A protective liner, to be removed before use, is attached to the adhesive side.
After removal of the liner the drug delivery system is placed on the skin and the desglymidodrine is delivered for systemic circulation through the skin.
Example 28 Pilot bioavailability study of two prototypes of midodrine controlled release formulations compared to standard formulation (tablet) in healthy volunteers Introduction Systolic blood pressure is transiently and minimally decreased in normal individuals when rising to upright position. Normal physiologic feedback mechanisms work through neurally mediated pathways to maintain the standing blood pressure and thus support adequate cerebral perfusion. These compensatory mechanisms that regulate blood pressure when standing are deficient in patients with orthostatic hypotension, a condition that may lead to inadequate cerebral perfusion with accompanying symptoms of syncope, dizziness/light-headedness and blurred vision, among others.
Midodrine is a prodrug labeled for treatment of orthostatic hypotension. After absorption it is readily metabolized to desglymidodrine that acts as an agonist at the peripheral a-1 receptors in the smooth muscles of arteries and veins, but has no direct central nervous or cardiac effects. Its main effect is to increase the vascular tone thus increasing the total peripheral resistance and rising blood pressure. The pressor effect of midodrine is manifest within 20 to 90 minutes after oral administration of a single dose.
This pressor effect usually persists for 3 to 6 hours. Doses used in clinical practise (10 mg t.i.d.) significantly increase standing blood pressure, thus alleviating symptoms of orthostatic hypotension.
Controlled release formulation The rationale of the development of a controlled release formulation is to reduce the number of dosings during the day and to avoid major changes in plasma concentration of desglymidodrine. This will increase compliance and reduces changes in severity of symptoms of orthostatic hypotension and thus possibly increase quality of life.
Two prototypes have been developed according to the present invention. One prototype "Micap" is a multiple unit formulation (see Example 12 of PCT application No.
PCT/DK01/00214), each unit releasing its amount of midodrine dependent on the acidity of the environment. As the acidity is different in different parts of the gut the result is a continuous release during the passage. The other prototype "Mitab" is composed of three layers releasing midodrine differently creating a time-dependent release (see Example 2 of PCT application No. PCT/DK01/00214). The strength of the controlled release formulations has been chosen to 5 mg to allow for individual titration of the total daily dose. The study is a pilot trial of the bioavailability of the two prototypes compared to a standard tablet.
Objective To determine the bioavailability of two novel prototypes of controlled release formulations of midodrine hydrochloride compared to standard tablets.
Trial design Open-labeled randomized 3 way cross-over trial. All subjects were administered 10 mg midodrine hydrochloride either as a standard tablet or as one of two novel controlled release formulations at three occasions distributed 3 days apart.
Trial population Eight healty volunteers, both genders, 18-55 years of age, normal weight, informed consent, not pregnant or lactating, not trying to become pregnant, no liver, renal or gastrointestinal disease that may influence pharmacokinetics or the health of the volunteers, no history of alcohol and drug abuse, non-smokers.
Assessments AUCt (area under the plasma concentration curve to time t), Cmax(peak (or shoulder or plateau) plasma concentration), tmaX (time to peak (or shoulder or plateau) plasma concentration), MRT (mean residence time), t>~5~,o cm~ (W~5 - duration of plasma concentration above 75% Of CmaX), HVD (W5o - half value duration) and time to a possible second peak (or shoulder or plateau) were calculated for midodrine and its biologically active metabolite, desglymidodrine. AUC;~fni~ (area under the plasma concentration curve extrapolated to infinity) and t,,2 (plasma concentration half life) are calculated, whenever relevant.
Whenever, the concentration went under the detection limit, the values were set to'/ x detection limit, i.e. for midodrine'h x 1 ng/ml and for desglymidodrine'h x 0.5 ng/ml.
Because of such a contribution to the AUC, AUC24 was often larger than AUC~nfinity~
Trial products Midodrine tablets 5 mg, Gutron from Nycomed, Denmark, midodrine controlled release formulation (pH dependent release) prepared as described in Example 12 of PCT
application No. PCT/DK01/00214, 5 mg, and midodrine controlled release formulation (time dependent release) prepared as described in Example 2 of PCT application No.
PCT/DK01 /00214, 5 mg.
Food and liquid The subjects were fasting from 8 hours before dosing until 3 hours post dosing. Water was allowed until 1 hour before dosing. No alcoholic beverages or beverages containing caffeine (coffee, tea or cola) are allowed from 8 hours before dosing until last blood sample has been drawn (24 hours).
Study drug was administered to the subjects with 150 ml of water. Additional 150 ml of water was administered to the subjects 1 and 2 hours after dosing.
Meals were standardized throughout all 3 study visits and served according to the following schedule:
4 hours after dosing: lunch 7 hours after dosing: snack 10 hours after dosing: dinner 14 hours after dosing: snack Study drug Two tablets or capsules of study drug (midodrine tablets, Mitab or Micap) (total dose 10 mg) were administered between 7.30 and 8.30 am. Administration of study drug is followed by at least three days washout.
Blood samples Seven ml of venous blood were withdrawn immediately before dosing, and at 15 and 30 minutes, 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 20 and 24 hours after dosing. The blood samples were placed on ice immediately after drawing and centrifuged and frozen within 20 minutes. Analysis for midodrine and desglymidodrine was performed by HPLC
with fluorescence detection. The analyses were performed by Quintiles AB, Uppsala, Sweden.
Results The mean plasma concentration curves for midodrine and desglymidodrine, respectively, are shown in Figs. 3 and 4. The measured and calculated parameters for each composition (n= 7 for Micap and Mitab, n= 8 for standard tablets) are given in the following.
AUC and MRT have been calculated using the trapezoidal rule and the AUMC
method (Yamaoka K., Nakagawa T., Uno T.: Statistical moments in pharmacokinetics, J.
Pharmacokin. Biopharm. 1978:6:547-58).
For extrapolation to infinity (the tail) the following formulas have been used:
Cp/ke (for AUC) and nC~/(ke~ ) (for AUMC) Where Cp = the last measured plasma concentration ke = the elimination rate constant N = the time for last data point with measurable concentrations.
Midodrine ng/ml, mean values (standard deviation):
Micap Mitab Standard tablets AUC24 32.8 (6.7) 32.7 (12.1) 51.7 (13.5) Cmax 10.0 (2.6) 12.8 (6.5) 41.4 (12.6) tmax 0.7 (0.4) 0.9 (0.5) 0.5 (0.2) MRT 3.0 (0.4) 2.3 (0.3) 1.0 (0.2) HVD 2.6 (1.1 ) 1.5 (0.8) 0.9 (0.3) t>~s~~o cmax 1.0 (1.0) 0.8 (0.6) 0.5 (0.1 ) AUC;nfnity 24.1 (6.7) 21.8 (13.1) 41.3 (14.0) Desglymidodrine ng/ml, mean values (standard deviation):
Micap Mitab Standard tablets AUCz4 106.0 (29.1 ) 92.7 (36.4) 114.4 (31.9) Cmax 11.4 (3.2) 8.7 (5.0) 21.7 (5.1 ) tmax 5.0 (0.0) 2.9 (1.1) 1.4 (0.4) M RT 9.5 (1.0) 11.8 (4.1) 4.7 (0.5) HVD 7.7 (0.4) 9.9 (4.1) 4.1 (0.4) t>~s~~o cmax3.4 (0.3) 4.4 (0.5) 2.1 (0.4) AUC;nfnity111.5 (33.9) 104.1 (36.9) 112.9 (32.5) Sum of midodrine and desglymidodrine nmol/I, mean values (standard deviation):
Micap Mitab Standard tablets AUC24 566.1 (145.6) 509.1 (195.2) 667.3 (176.4) Cmax 60.5 (14.5) 66.0 (29.7) 195.1 (51.9) tmax 3.0 (1.7) 1.3 (0.9) 0.6 (0.2) M RT 9.7 (1.0) 1 2.4 (4.5) 4.6 (0.6) HVD 7.7 (0.8) 5.0 (2.5) 1.9 (0.8) t>75o~o 4.4 (1.2) 1.$ (1.3) 0.9 (0.4) cmax AUCintinity 608.7 (172.8) 588.2 (190.1) 661.1 (183.3) Midodrine nmol/I, mean values (standard deviation) Micap Mitab Standard tablets AUC24 112.7 (23.2) 112.5 (41.6) 178.0 (46.4) Cmax 34.3 (9.1 ) 43.9 (22.4) 142.3 (43.5) tmax 0.7 (0.4) 0.9 (0.5) 0.5 (0.2) MRT 3.0 (0.4) 2.3 (0.3) 1.0 (0.2) HVD 2.6 (1.1) 1.5 (0.8) 0.9 (0.3) t>~s~~ocmax 1.0 (1.0) 0.8 (0.6) 0.5 (0.1) AUC;ntinity 83.0 (23.1 ) 74.9 (45.0) 142.1 (48.2) Desglymidodrine nmol/I, mean values (standard deviation):
Micap Mitab Standard tablets AUC24 453.4 (124.7) 396.6 (156.0) 489.4 (136.5) Cmax 48.6 (13.5) 37.4 (21.5) 92.9 (22.0) tmax 5.0 (0.0) 2.9 (1.1) 1.4 (0.4) M RT 9.5 (1.0) 11.8 (4.1) 4.7 (0.5) HVD 7.7 (0.4) 9.9 (4.1) 4.1 (0.4) t»s~~o cmax 3.4 (0.3) 4.4 (0.5) 2.1 (0.4) AUC;nfnity 477.2 (144.9) 445.4 (157.7) 483.3 (138.9) Furthermore, the time interval in which the concentration of midodrine, desglymidodrine or the sum of midodrine and desglymidodrine is at a constant value ~ 40% has been determined. The time interval is found by looking at all possible time intervals (using the time points from the blood sampling) of all possible lengths. For each time interval the mean is calculated and it is checked whether all plasma concentration points in that time interval is lying within ~ 40% of the mean value. The time interval in question is the longest time interval for which all concentration points in the interval lie within the mean of the time interval ~ 40%. In order to get a relevant interval the constant value minus 40%
has to be higher than the detection limit. The interval is calculated for each patient and the mean value of the length of time interval is given.
For example, for patient 1 the MICAP capsules gave a mean plasma concentration of desglymidodrine at 8.5 ng/ml in the time interval from 2 hours to 9 hours (i.e. a 7 hours interval). In this period the maximum plasma concentration of desglymidodrine was measured as 11.8 ng/ml and the minimum plasma concentration as 5.5 ng/mi.
Since 8.5 ng/ml + 40% is 11.9 ng/ml and 8.5 ng/ml - 40% is 5.1 ng/ml all measured plasma concentration points in that particular interval lie within the mean value ~
If the controlled release composition of a kit according to the invention contains midodrine or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and desglymidodrine or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, then the release pattern of the sum of midodrine and desglymidodrine is calculated on a molar basis follows the patterns given above for midodrine.
As discussed earlier the release rate of desglymidodrine is important in order to achieve a suitable release pattern. Thus, a controlled release composition according to the present invention normally has a release rate of desglymidodrine (or whenever relevant midodrine) - when tested in vitro employing any of Dissolution Method I, II, III or IV - that corresponds to a curve that has a shape corresponding to i) a relatively fast first initial release followed by ii) a steady release or a slower release than in step i) above, which is followed by iii) a second rise in release rate and, finally, iv) a decline in release rate.
In general, the second rise in release rate takes place 5-10 hours such as, e.g., about 5-9 hours, about 6-8 hours after start of the dissolution test, or 6.5-9 hours after start of the dissolution test simulating the time it takes to reach the colon after oral administration.
With respect to the steady release period, it normally starts about 1-3 hours after the start of the dissolution test, and the steady release is maintained for at least 2 hours such as, e.g. at least 3 hours, at least 4 hours, at least 5 hours, at least 6 hours, at least 7 hours, at least 8 hours such as about 6-8 hours.
More specifically, the release rate of desglymidodrine (or midodrine or the sum of midodrine and desglymidodrine on a molar basis) from a controlled release composition of a kit according to the invention - when tested in vitro employing dissolution apparatus 2 (paddle) according to USP and Ph. Eur, 100 rpm, 0.1 N hydrochloric acid as dissolution medium or any of Dissolution Method I, II, III or IV as described herein and a temperature of 37 °C - in %/hour is as follows (~10-40%such as, e.g. ~10-30% or ~
10%, ~ 15% or ~
20% of the values stated below):
about 35 %/hour about 30 min after start of the test (range e.g. 15-40 %/hour), about 12 %lhour about 1 hour after start of the test (range e.g 4-15 %/hour), about 6 %/hour about 2 hours after start of the test (range e.g. 2-10 %/hour), about 7 %/hour about 3 hours after start of the test (range e.g. 2-10 %/hour), about 6.5 %/hour about 4 hours after start of the test (range e.g. 2-15 %/hour), about 7.5 %/hour about 6 hours after start of the test (range e.g. 2-30% such as, e.g., 2-10 %/hour), about 10 %/hour about 8 hours after start of the test (range e.g. 2-15 %/hour), about 2 %/hour about 10 hours after start of the test (range e.g. 0-10 %/hour), about 1 %/hour about 12 hours after start of the test (range e.g. 0-10 %/hour).
A controlled release composition according to the invention is normally suitable for administration once or twice daily, and it differs from a plain tablet composition, e.g.
Gutron~ tablets, in many ways. In the following is given pharmacolcinetic values of importance for achievement of a prolonged therapeutic effect of a composition according to the invention. Further details concerning the definition of the parameters and the method of obtaining relevant values are given in Example 28 herein.
When tested as described in Example 28 herein, W5o of desglymidodrine (defined as corresponding to the time the plasma concentration curve is or is above 50% of the CmaX
value) is from about 5 to about 12 hours such as, e.g. from about 6 to about 11 hours such as, e.g. at least about 7 hours.
Furthermore, TmaX is increased with a factor of at least 2 when compared with a plain GutronO tablet administered in the same dose. Tmax is determined from a plasma concentration versus time curve and the plasma concentration reflects the sum concentration in nmol/I of midodrine and desglymidodrine.
MRT (mean residence time) is increased with a factor of at least 1.5 such as, e.g., at least 2, at least 2.5 or at least 3 when compared with a plain Gutron~ tablet administered in the same dose. MRT is determined from a plasma concentration versus time curve and the plasma concentration reflects the sum concentration in nmol/I of midodrine and desglymidodrine.
MRT for midodrine is at least about 1.5 hours such as, e.g., at least about 2 hours, at 5 least about 2.5 hours or at least about 3 hours, and/or MRT for desglymidodrine is at least about 6 hours such as, e.g., at least about 7 hours, at least about 7.5 hours, at least about 8 hours, at least about 8.5 hours, at least about 9 hours, or at least about 9.5 hours.
The invention is further illustrated in the drawing, wherein fig. 1 shows the estimated plasma concentration of desglymidodrine, fig. 2 shows the estimated in vitro target for dissolution of desglymidodrine and the estimated release rate,and figs. 3-4 illustrate the results of Example 28.
The following examples are intended to illustrate specific embodiments of the present invention but are not intended in any way to limit the invention. Some of the examples are included in order to illustrate that the release rate and dissolution characteristics of a composition can be changed by varying a number of formulation parameters.
METHODS
DISSOLUTION METHOD I
Apparatus Ph.Eur /USP dissolution apparatus + Perkin Elmer fully automatic dissolution system +
Disslab PC-programme Glass fibre filter 0.7 pm Dissolution medium 600 ml 0.1 N HCI
Rotation speed 100 rpm Stirrer Basket Sampling times As appear from tables Detection wavelength 290 nm Measuring equipment UV-spectrophotometer, 10 mm quartz cuvette Temperature of dissolution medium 37°C ~ 0.5°C
Reagents:
0.1 N HCI is prepared by dilution of concentrated HCI (37%) with purified water.
Standards:
Two solutions are prepared with a concentration of 10 pg/ml midodrine hydrochloride in 0.1 N HCI. 0.1 N HCI is used as blind. The absorbances of the solutions are measured on the spectrophotometer.
E~a~oi~m is calculated.
E~oa,~m = A x 1000, where 1000 is due to the fact, that the solution is only 0.001 %.
The mean value of the to measurements is inserted in the software programme in accordance with the manual for the automated dissolution system.
Performance:
600 ml 0.1 N HCI is filled in each of the six vessels in the dissolution equipment. The media is heated to a temperature of 37°C ~ 0.5°C. One weighed tablet is placed in each of the six baskets. The stirring is started as soon as the baskets are lowered into the vessels. The sample is filtered through a 0.7 ~tm filter. The absorbances of the filtered samples are measured directly at 290 nm.
DISSOLUTION METHOD II. HPLC-detection.
The dissolution parameters are described in Method I. The measurement is performed by HPLC.
Column Spherisorb ODS-1; 5 Nm; 25 cm; ID 4.6 pm Injection volume 20 p1 Flowrate 1.0 ml/min Mobile phase Phosphate buffer pH 3: methanol 77:23 (v/v) Detection 290 nm Runtime 30 min Reagents for dissolution are described in Method I.
Buffer solution pH 3 is prepared by dissolving 23.6 g potassium dihydrogen phosphate in 900 ml purified water. o-Phosphoric acid 85% is used to adjust pH. The flask is filled to 1 I.
Standards:
Two stock solutions with a concentration of midodrine hydrochloride 120 pg/ml in 0.01 N
HCI are prepared. The solutions are stored in refrigerator.
Prepare from each stock solution two standard solutions with a concentration of midodrine hydrochloride approximately 1.5 pg/ml and 15 pg/ml respectively, diluted with 0.01 N HCI.
Desglymidodrine hydrochloride is quantified against the standard curve of midodrine hydrochloride. The relative response factor is 1.25 for Desglymidodrine hydrochloride to midodrine hydrochloride.
Performance:
The dissolution is performed as described in Method I. The sample is withdrawn with a pipette and transferred to a syringe. The sample is filtered through a 0.7 pm filter. The first ml is returned to the vessel in order to reduce deviation from the desired volume. A
sample of approximately 1.5 - 2 ml is transferred to the vial, the rest is returned to the vessel. The absorbances of the filtered samples are measured as described.
Calculations:
A standard curve is calculated by linear regression, using the standard solutions. The peak area of the sample is the sum of the peak area of Midodrine Hydrochloride and the peak area of Desglymidodrine hydrochloride, where the latter is divided by the relative response factor 1.25.
The results are calculated as % released at any time and presented as a mean value of the six samples together with min and max.
dissolved A yol 100 b x Where A sum of peak area of midodrine hydrochloride and Desglymidodrine hydrochloride (corn) Vol 600 ml for tablets (MITAB) b slope of the calibration curve (A/mg/ml) x declared amount (mg) DISSOLUTION METHOD III
Apparatus Ph.Eur/USP dissolution apparatus + Perkin Eimer fully automatic dissolution system + Disslab PC-programme Glass fibre filter 0.7 pm Dissolution medium at the 600 ml 0.1 N HCI
beginning Dissolution media at changeAddition of 130 ml 0.23 M Na3P04solution to pH 6.0 Dissolution media at changeAddition of further 70 ml 0.23 to pH 7.5 M Na3P04 solution Time for change to pH 6.0 2 hours (120 min) Time for change to pH 7.5 7.5 hours (450 min) Rotation speed 100 rpm Stirrer Basket Sampling times As appear from tables Detection wavelength 290 nm Measuring equipment UV-spectrophotometer, 10 mm quartz cuvette Temperature of dissolution37C 0.5C
medium Reference (vessel no 7) An empty capsule dissolved in 600 ml 0.1 N HCI
Vessel no 7 is added Na3P04 solution in parallel with the six sample vessels Reagents:
0.1 N HCI is prepared by dilution of concentrated HCI (37%) with purified water.
0.23 M Na3P04 solution: Dissolve an amount of Na3P04~12H~0 in a bit of 1 M HCI-R and add water to a concentration of 0.23 M. (Strong alkaline).
Buffer solution pH 6.0: 600 ml 0.1 N HCI is added 130 ml 0.23 M Na3PO
solution.
Buffer solution pH 7.5: Buffer solution pH 6.0 is added further 70 ml 0.23 M
Na3P0 solution.
Standards:
Two solutions are prepared with a concentration of 10 pg/ml midodrine hydrochloride in 0.1 N HCI. 0.1 N HCI is used as blind. The absorbances of the solutions are measured on the spectrophotometer.
E~o~o~cm is calculated. It has previously been determined, that the E~o~o,cm is the same for the three media, so it is only necessary to perform the test in 0.1 N HCI.
E~o~o~cm= A x 1000, where 1000 is due to the fact, that the solution is only 0.001 %.
The mean value of the to measurements is inserted in the software programme in accordance with the manual for the automated dissolution system.
Performance:
600 ml 0.1 N HCI is filled in each of the seven vessels in the dissolution equipment. The media is heated to a temperature of 37°C ~ 0.5°C. One weighed capsule is placed in each of the six baskets. In the seventh basket an empty capsule is placed. This is measured as a blank reference. The stirring is started as soon as the baskets are lowered into the vessels. The measured amounts of buffer solution, needed for the changes of pH
in the vessels, are preheated to 37°C, before addition to the vessels. When the buffer is to be added, the baskets are elevated from the vessels, the buffer is added, the solution in the vessel is stirred to homogenise the solution and the baskets are lowered into the vessels again. The sample is filtered through a 0.7 pm filter. The absorbances of the filtered samples are measured directly at 290 nm.
DISSOLUTION METHOD IV, HPLC-detection.
The dissolution parameters are described in Method III. The measurement is performed by HPLC.
Column Spherisorb ODS-1; 5 Vim; 25 cm; ID 4.6 ~m Injection volume 20 ~I
Flowrate 1.0 ml/min Mobile phase Phosphate buffer pH 3: methanol 77:23 (v/v) Detection 290 nm Runtime 30 min Reagents for dissolution are described in Method III.
Buffer solution pH 3 is prepared by dissolving 23.6 g potassium dihydrogen phosphate in 900 ml purified water. o-Phosphoric acid 85% is used to adjust pH. The flask is filled to 1 I.
Standards:
Two stock solutions with a concentration of midodrine hydrochloride 120 pg/ml in 0.01 N
HCI are prepared. The solutions should be stored in refrigerator.
Prepare from each stock solution two standard solutions with a concentration of midodrine hydrochloride approximately 1.5 pg/ml and 15 Ng/ml respectively, diluted with 0.01 N HCI.
Desglymidodrine hydrochloride is quantified against the standard curve of midodrine hydrochloride. The relative response factor is 1.25 for desglymidodrine hydrochloride to midodrine hydrochloride.
5 Performance:
The dissolution is performed as described in Method III. The sample is withdrawn with a pipette, transferred to a syringe. The sample is filtered through a 0.7 qm filter. The first ml is returned to the vessel in order to reduce deviation from the desired volume. A sample of approximately 1.5 - 2 ml is transferred to the vial, the rest is returned to the vessel. The 10 absorbances of the filtered samples are measured as described.
Calculations:
A standard curve is calculated by linear regression, using the standard solutions. The peak area of the sample is the sum of the peak area of midodrine hydrochloride and the 15 peak area of desglymidodrine hydrochloride, where the latter is divided by the relative response factor 1.25.
The results are calculated as % released at any time and presented as a mean value of the six samples together with min and max.
dissolved A vol 100 b x Where A sum of peak area of midodrine hydrochloride and desglymidodrine hydrochloride (corn) Vol 600 ml for up to 2 hours 730 ml for up to 7.5 hours and 800 ml for up to 12 hours for capsules (MICAP) b slope of the calibration curve (A/mg/ml) x declared amount (mg) DISSOLUTION METHOD V (Melt Tablets) Dissolution apparatus 2 according to USP and Ph. Eur.
Paddle method Rotations: 50 rpm Temperature: 37°C
Dissolution medium: isotonic buffer pH 6.8 or purified water Volumen: 600 ml Sample time: 5 min RP-HPLC: Phosphate buffer pH 3 : methanol 77:23 (v/v) Detection at 290 nm.
DISSOLUTION METOD VI CSublinaual Tablets) Dissolution apparatus 2 according to USP and Ph. Eur.
Paddle method Rotations: 50 rpm Temperature: 37°C
Dissolution medium: isotonic buffer pH 6.8 or purified water Volume: 600 ml Sampling time: 5 min RP-HPLC: Phosphate buffer pH 3 : methanol 77:23 (v/v) Detection at 290 nm.
EXAMPLES
In the following examples desglymidodrine refers to desglymidodrine-HCI, if nothing else is mentioned.
Example 1 Preparation of a desglymidodrine composition by employment of triple compression The following example illustrates a composition made by employment of triple compression Composition:
Core:
Desglymidodrine 4.0 mg Klucel MF 2.0 mg Methocel E 50 94.0 mg 1St compression layer:
Desglymidodrine - 1.2 mg Klucel MF 6.6 mg Methocel E 15 157.2 mg 2"d compression layer:
Desglymidodrine 2.3 mg Methocel E 50 247.7 mg Using the core composition a core weighing 100 mg is compressed using a punch 6 mm in diameter. The core is compression coated using 165 mg of the 1St compression layer composition and a punch of 9 mm in diameter. The thus compression coated core is compression coated again using 250 mg of the 2"d compression layer composition and a punch of 11 mm in diameter.
A composition comprising desglymidodrine 0.96 mg, Methocel E5 9.7 mg and talc 8.7 mg is applied to the tablet by spray coating.
Example 2 Preparation of a desglymidodrine composition by employment of triple compression The following example illustrates a composition made by employment of triple compression Composition:
Core: Desglymidodrine 1.33 mg Hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose E 50 48.67 mg Croscarmellose sodium 10.00 mg 60.00 mg 1St compression layer Desglymidodrine 0.50 mg Hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose E 15 126.50 mg Hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose K 100 LV 8.00 mg 135.00 mg 2"d compression layer Desglymidodrine 1.60 mg Hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose E 50 143.40 mg 145.00 mg Using the core composition a core weighing 60 mg is compressed using a punch of 6 mm in diameter. The core is compression coated using 135 mg of the 1St compression layer composition and a punch of 9 mm in diameter. The thus compression coated core is compression coated again using 145 mg of the 2"d compression layer composition and a punch of 11 mm in diameter.
A composition comprising desglymidodrine 0.59 mg, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose E 5 3.58 mg, talc 2.65 mg and propylene glycol 0.71 mg is applied to the tablet by spray coating.
Finally a top coat comprising hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose E 5 1.79 mg, talc 1.25 mg and propylene glycol 0.36 mg is applied to the tablet by spray coating.
Example 3 Desglymidodrine composition made as a coated matrix The following compositions are prepared:
Composition 1: Core:
Desglymidodrine 8.0 mg Klucel LF 342.0 mg Insoluble inner coat Methocel E 5 0.2 mg Magnesium stearate 0.1 mg Talc Ponderax 0.4 mg Anti foam 4.8 pg Eudragit NE 30 D 4.5 mg Soluble outer coat Methocel E 5 1.8 mg Talc Ponderax 1.8 mg Composition 2: Core:
Desglymidodrine 8.0 mg Klucel MF 342.0 mg Insoluble inner coat Methocel E 5 0.2 mg Magnesium stearate 0.1 mg Talc Ponderax 0.4 mg Anti foam 4.8 pg Eudragit NE 30 D 4.5 mg Soluble outer coat Methocel E 5 1.8 mg Talc ponderax 1.8 mg Cores of both composition 1 and composition 2 are compressed using a punch 10 mm in diameter. Core weighing 350 mg.
Both types of cores are coated with an insoluble inner coat and a soluble outercoat. The release profile can be shifted up or down by changing the amount of weight increase of cores when applying the inner coat.
If suitable, the release profile can be changed by coating with other acrylic resins such as Eudragit RL 30 D, Eudragit RS 30 D or combinations thereof, or using other types of film forming agents such as ethylcellulose or silicone polymers. Furthermore, the release profile can be changed by using other types of matrix former such as acrylic resins, other 5 types of cellulose ethers such as L-HPC (low-substituted hydroxypropylcellulose), HPC
(hydroxypropylcellulose), HPMC (hydroxypropylmethylcellulose), HEC
(hydroxyethylcellulose), MC (methylcellulose), HEMC
(hydroxyethylmethylcellulose), EC
(ethylcellulose) or other viscosity grades of HPC (hydroxypropylcellulose).
10 Example 4 Multilayer coating compositions Composition:
Composition 1: Core (Non pareil) 200 mg 1. coat Desglymidodrine 3.2 mg Methocel E 5 M 0.3 mg Magnesium Stearate 60.0 pg Talc ponderax 0.5 mg Anti foam 4.0 pg Eudragit NE 30 D 5.2 mg 2. coat Desglymidodrine 2.4 mg Methocel E 5 M 0.3 mg Magnesium Stearate 60.0 pg Talc ponderax 0.5 mg Anti foam 4.0 pg Eudragit NE 30 D 6.1 mg 3. coat Desglymidodrine 1.6 mg Methocel E 5 M 0.3 mg Magnesium Stearate 80.0 pg Talc ponderax 0.6 mg Anti foam 6.0 pg Eudragit NE 30 D 7.1 mg 4. coat Desglymidodrine 0.8 mg Methocel E 5 M 0.4 mg Magnesium Stearate 80.0 pg Talc ponderax 0.7 mg Anti foam 6.0 pg Eudragit NE 30 D 7.8 mg Outer coat Methocel E 5 1.0 mg Talc ponderax 1.0 mg Non-pareil beads are coated in four steps with four different films in a fluid bed coater.
1. film comprising 1. coat 2. film comprising 2. coat 3. film comprising 3. coat 4. film comprising 4. coat.
A final layer of coating comprising the outer coat is applied and the films are cured at 70°C
Composition 2: Core (Non pareil) 200 mg Non-pareil beads are coated in seven steps with four different films alternating with a blank film in a fluid bed coater.
The four different film formulations are similar to the four different film formulations in composition 1, the alternating coats are as follows:
Alternating coat Methocel E 5 M 0.2 mg Magnesium stearate 40.0 pg Talc ponderax 0.3 mg Anti foam 2.0 pg Eudragit NE 30 D 3.5 mg 1. film comprising 1. coat 2, film comprising Alternating coat 3. film comprising 2. coat 4. film comprising Alternating coat 5. film comprising 3. coat 6. film comprising Alternating coat 7. film comprising 4. coat A final layer of coating comprising outer coat in composition 1 is applied and the films are cured at 70°C.
Composition 3: Core (Non pareil) 200 mg 1. coat Desglymidodrine 3.2 mg Paraffin, solid 0.3 mg Acetyltributyl citrate 0.1 mg Ethylcellulose 1.9 mg Aerosi1200 28.0 pg 2. coat Desglymidodrine 2.4 mg Paraffin, solid 0,3 mg Acetyltributyl citrate 0.1 mg Ethylcellulose 2.2 mg Aerosi1200 32.0 pg 3. coat Desglymidodrine 1.6 mg Paraffin, solid 0.4 mg Acetyltributyl citrate 0.1 mg Ethylcellulose 2.5 mg Aerosi1200 40.0 pg 4. coat Desglymidodrine 0.8 mg Paraffin, solid 0.4 mg Acetyltributyl citrate 0.2 mg Ethylcellulose 2.8 mg Aerosi1200 40.0 pg Outer coat Paraffin, solid 0.5 mg Acetyltributyl citrate 0.2 mg Ethylcellulose 3.3 mg Aerosi1200 50.0 pg Non-pareil beads are coated in four steps with four different films in a fluid bed coater:
1. film comprising 1. coat 2. film comprising 2. coat 3. film comprising 3. coat 4. film comprising 4. coat.
A final layer of coating comprising outer coat is applied.
If suitable, the release profile can be changed by coating with other acrylic resins such as Eudragit RL 30 D, Eudragit RS 30 D or combinations thereof, or using other types of film forming agents such as ethylcellulose or silicone polymers, or incorporating lipophilic compounds such as, e.g., stearic acid, capric acid or hydrogenated castor oil in the film.
Example 5 Preparation of a controlled release composition using commercially available filmforming agents The present example illustrates the preparation of a coated pellet composition. The aim is to prepare pellets having a release kinetic different from zero order release.
Pellets are prepared from the following ingredients:
I Desglymidodrine 482.3 g I I Microcrystalline cellulose (Type PH 101 ) 778.0 g III Lactose monohydrate 2700.0 g IV Sodium carboxymethylcellulose 40.0 g V Purified water 1120.0 g I + II + III + IV are admixed in a Fielder intensive mixer at an appropriate time and mixing intensity.
V is applied to the mixture (I-IV) while mixing. When V is applied the mixing is continued at an appropriate time with an appropriate mixing intensity.
The wetted mass is extruded through a screen with apertures between 0.4 -1.0 mm.
The extrudate is spheronised until the surface of the resulting pellets is smooth.
An inner and an outer coating are applied:
Inner coat 5 The weight of the pellets is increased with 8.5% w/w.
I Hydroxypropylmethylcellulose 13.5 g II Magnesium stearate 2.9 g II Talc 25.2 g 10 IV Eudragit NE 30 D 895.1 g V Purified water 1135.4 g The pellets are coated in a fluid bed with appropriate process parameters.
15 Immediately after the inner coat has been applied an outer coat is applied.
Outer coat The weight of the pellets is increased with 1 % w/w.
I Hydroxypropylmethylcellulose 20.0 g II Talc 20.0 g III Purified water 460.0 g The pellets are coated in a fluid bed with appropriate process parameters.
The weight of 1 unit dose containing 30 mg desglymidodrine is 272.7 mg.
The release profile can be shifted up or down by changing the amount of weight increase of pellets when applying the inner coat.
The release profile may be changed using different mixtures of pellet fractions having different amounts of inner coating applied. The release profile may also be changed by coating with other acrylic resins such as Eudragit RL 30 D, Eudragit RS 30 D
or combinations thereof, or using other types of film forming agents such as ethylcellulose or silicone polymers.
Furthermore, the release profile can be changed by applying a fraction of non-coated pellets or by applying an enteric coating to a fraction of pellets.
Example 6 Preparation of a controlled release composition using a film containing paraffin The present example illustrates the preparation of a coated pellet composition. The aim is to prepare pellets having a release kinetic different from zero order release.
Coated pellets are prepared from the following ingredients:
The composition and manufacturing process of pellets are similar to Example 5.
A paraffin-containing coating are applied; the weight of the pellets is increased with 6%
w/w.
I Paraffin, solid 29.89 g II Acetyltributyl citrate 10.53 g III Ethyl cellulose 196.61 g IV Silicium dioxide (Aerosil 200) 2.95 g V Isopropyl alcohol 3970.03 g The pellets are coated in a fluid bed with appropriate process parameters.
The weight of 1 unit dose containing 30 mg desglymidodrine is 263.7 mg.
Example 7 Preparation of a controlled release composition having a zero order release The present example illustrates the preparation of a coated bead composition.
The aim is to prepare beads having a zero order release kinetic.
Coated beads are prepared as follows:
Non dissolvable non-pareil beads of equal size are coated with a suspension of desglymidodrine. A diffusion barrier is coated on top of the desglymidodrine layer, and thereby controlling the release of desglymidodrine.
4000 g non-pareil beads having a uniform particle size in a range between 0.4 mm and 1.0 mm are transferred to a fluid bed coater.
The beads are coated with coating suspension 1 (containing desglymidodrine) I Hydroxypropylmethylcellulose 8.8 g II Magnesium stearate 1.9 g III Talc 16.5 g IV Eudragit NE 30 D 585.1 g V Purified water 742.1 g VI Desglymidodrine 160.7 g The weight of the beads is increased with 9% w/w.
The beads are coated employing appropriate process parameters.
Immediately after coating with suspension 1 a second coating suspension is applied.
The beads are coated with coating suspension 2:
I Hydroxypropylmethylcellulose 11.7 g II Magnesium stearate 2.5 g III Talc 21.7 g IV Eudragit NE 30 D 772.3 g V Purified water 979.6 g The weight of the coated beads is increased with 6% w/w.
The pellets are coated employing appropriate process parameters.
Immediately after coating with suspension 2 a third coating suspension is applied.
The beads are coated with coating suspension 3:
I Hydroxypropylmethylcellulose 23.3 g II Talc 23.3 g III Purified water 536.8 g The weight of the coated beads is increased with1% w/w.
The beads are coated in a fluid bed employing appropriate process parameters.
The weight of 1 unit dose containing 20 mg desglymidodrine is 587.5 mg.
By changing the weight gain of the beads when applying the second coating suspension, the release profile can be shifted up or down.
The release profile may be changed using different mixtures of bead fractions having different amounts of second coating suspension applied. The release profile may also be changed by coating with other acrylic resins such as Eudragit RL 30 D, Eudragit RS 30 D
or combinations thereof, or using other types of film forming agents such as ethylcellulose or silicone polymers.
The above-mentioned filmforming agents can also be combined with pore forming agents such as cellulose ethers, polyoles, PEG's.
Furthermore, the release profile can be changed by applying an enteric coating to a fraction of the coated beads.
Example 8 Preparation of a zero order controlled release composition The present example illustrates the preparation of a coated minitablet composition. The aim is to prepare coated minitablets of equal size in order to obtain a zero order release kinetic.
Formulation of minitablets:
I Desglymidodrine 800.0 g Ii Dicalcium phosphate 2960.0 g III Talc 100.0 g IV Magnesium stearate 40.0 g V Polyvinylpyrrolidone 90 100.0 g VI Purified water 800.0 g V is dissolved in VI.
I + II are transferred to a Fielder intensive mixer and admixed at an appropriate time and mixing intensity.
The mixture is wetted with the solution V + VI.
Granulation is performed at an appropriate time and mixing intensity.
The drying of the wet granulate is carried out in an Aeromatic fluid bed.
The dried granulate is passed through a suitable sieve. IV + V are sieved through a 0.3 mm sieve and admixed to the sieved particulate mixture in a cube mixer for 10 min.
The thus obtained particulate mixture is compressed into tablets weighing 15 mg.
A dose of 30 mg desglymidodrine corresponds to 10 minitablets.
Coating of the minitablets:
The minitablets are coated with inner and outer coatings corresponding to the description of coating suspension 2 and 3 in Example 7.
By changing the weight gain of the minitablets when applying the inner coat, the release 5 profile can be shifted up or down The release profile may be changed using mixtures of mintablet fractions having different amounts of inner coating applied. The release profile may also be changed by coating with other acrylic resin such as Eudragit RL 30 D, Eudragit RS 30 D or combinations 10 thereof, or using other types of film forming agents such as ethylcellulose or silicone polymers.
The above mentioned filmforming agents can also be combined with pore forming agents such as, e.g., cellulose ethers, polyoles, PEG's, etc.
Furthermore, the release profile may be changed applying an enteric coating to a fraction of coated minitablets.
Example 9 Preparation of a controlled release composition having a release kinetic different from that of zero order Matrix minitablets:
I Desglymidodrine 800.0 g II Ethyl cellulose (10 pm) 2960.0 g III Talc 200.0 g IV Magnesium stearate 40.0 g V Purified water 800.0 g I + II are admixed in a Fielder intensive mixer at an appropriate time and mixing intensity.
The mixture is wetted with V while mixing at an appropriate mixing intensity.
The wetted mixture is granulated at an appropriate time and mixing intensity.
The drying of the wet granulate is carried out in an Aeromatic fluid bed.
The dried granulate is passed through a suitable sieve. III + IV are sieved through a 0.3 mm sieve and admixed to the sieved particulate mixture in a cube mixer for 10 min.
The thus obtained particulate mixture is compressed into tablets weighing 15 mg.
A dose of 30 mg desglymidodrine is contained in 10 minitablets.
If suitable, the release profile can be changed by using other cellulose ethers such as HPC, L-HPC, HPMC or combinations of thereof.
The principle of a matrix composition may also be used for a single unit tablet containing the total amount of desglymidodrine in one unit.
In order to further increase the retardation of the dissolution of desglymidodrine the minitablets may be coated with inner and outer coatings corresponding to the description of coating suspension 2 and 3 in Example 7. The amount of coating applied may be varied to shift the dissolution profile up or down.
Example 10 Preparation of a controlled release composition having release kinetic different form zero order Matrix minitablets:
I Desglymidodrine 800.0 g II Ethyl cellulose (10 pm) 2960.0 g III Talc 200.0 g IV Magnesium stearate 40.0 g V Isopropyl alcohol 800.0 g I + II are admixed in a Fielder intensive mixer at an appropriate time and mixing intensity.
The mixture is wetted with V while mixing at an appropriate mixing intensity.
The wetted mixture is granulated for an appropriate time and mixing intensity.
The drying of the wet granulate is carried out in an Aeromatic fluid bed.
The dried granulate is passed through a suitable sieve. III + IV are sieved through a 0.3 mm sieve and admixed to the sieved particulate mixture in a cube mixer for 10 min.
The thus obtained particulate mixture is compressed into tablets weighing 15 mg.
A dose of 30 mg of desglymidodrine is contained in 10 minitablets.
In order to further increase the retardation of the dissolution of desglymidodrine the minitablets may be coated according to Example 7. The amount of coating applied may be varied to shift the dissolution profile up or down.
Example 11 Composition made by employment of double compression A tablet was prepared from the following ingredients:
1St compression layer Desglymidodrine 1.93 g Starch 1500 89.93 g Lactose monohydrate 180.00 g Eudragite RS 30 D 75.0 g Acetyl tributylcitrate 5.64 g 2"d compression layer Desglymidodrine 0.4 g Hydroxypropylmethyl- 49.6 g cellulose E 50 The granulate for 1St compression layer is prepared in the following way:
Desglymidodrine and Starch 1500 was mixed by hand. This mixture and lactose monohydrate is mixed in a Moulinex food processor for 30 sec.
The granulating fluid comprising Eudragit RS 30 D and acetyl tributylcitrate is mixed by stirring for 5 min.
The granulating fluid was applied to the powder mixture while mixing in the Moulinex food processor. The time for applying the granulating fluid is 45 sec.
Wet massing time for the moist powder mixture is 30 sec.
The moist granulate is tray dried and the dried granulate is passed through a 1000 pm screen.
The granulate for 2"d compression layer is prepared in the following way:
Desglymidodrine and hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose E 50 are mixed by hand and passed through a 500 pm screen.
A double compression tablet is prepared in the following way:
A shallow concave round punch of 11 mm in diameter is used to compress the tablet.
250 mg granulate for 1St compression layer is weighed into the die and compressed gently to a loose compact. 200 mg granulate for 2"d compression layer is weighed on top the loose compact. The loose compact and the granulate for 2"d compression layer is compressed with a force of approx. 17 kN to form a coherent tablet.
After compression a release controlling film, a film containing desglymidodrine and a blank film is applied to the tablets.
The following films are applied to each tablet:
Release controlling film: Purified water 42.23 mg Hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose E 5 0.51 mg Talc. pond. + Magnesium stearate 1.04 mg (9+1) Eudragite NE 30 D 33.30 mg Film containing desglymidodrine: Purified water 72.61 mg Hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose E 5 4.06 mg Desglymidodrine 0.81 mg Propylene glycol 0.81 mg Blank film: Purified water 32.67 mg Hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose E 5 1.80 mg Talc. pond 1.27 mg Propylene glycol 0.36 mg Example 12 Preparation of a controlled release composition made in the form of capsules containing multiple units A desglymidodrine controlled release product is prepared by manufacturing one type of pellet, which afterwards is coated with different types of film coatings. The capsule ends up with 3 different types of pellets (one non-coated pellet, one controlled release (CR)-coated pellet and one enteric coated (EC)-pellet).
Pellet preparation The pellet is prepared by the use of an extrusion/spheronization technique.
The ingredients are listed in Scheme 12-1.
Scheme 12-1:
Ingredients Amount (g) pr. Batchsize Microcrystalline 2146.0 cellulose Lactose monohydrate1213.7 Carmellose sodium70.0 Desglymidodrine 70.3 Purified water 2000.
The ingredients are mixed and wetted in a Fielder high shear mixer in which the water is applied by a nozzle.
5 The wetted mass is extruded in a Nica E 140 extruder with a screen size of 600 pm (those pellets which are being used for non coated pellets and for CR-coating) or 800 pm (those pellets used for EC-coating). The extrudate is spheronized in a laboratory unit for 5 min.
The pellets are dried in a laboratory scale fluid bed for approx. 75 min at 50°C.
10 The dried pellets used for non coated pellets and for CR-coating are passed through a screen of 700 pm and the dried pellets used for EC-coating are fractionated with a lower screen of 500 pm and a upper screen of 1000 pm.
Step 1 pellets (non coated pellets) One batch of these pellets is not coated, as it is used as an immediate release unit. The pellets are a part of the content in the capsule.
Step 2 pellets (CR-coated pellets) One batch of these pellets is coated with an inner coat and an outer coat in a fluid bed (GPCG3) with a 0.8 mm spray nozzle and a spray pressure of 2.5 bar. The composition for the coating is shown in Scheme 12-2.
Scheme 12-2:
Ingredients Amount (g) pr.
batchsize Inner coat (batchsize 2000 ) Hypromellose (viscosity13.1 5cps) Purified water 1094.0 Magnesium stearate 2.7 Talc 26.2 Polyacrylate dispersion 864.0 30%
(Eudragit NE30D) Outer coat (batchsize 1000 ) Hypromellose (viscosity 40.0 5cps) Purified water 920.0 I
Talc 40.0 In the coating process the following amount of inner and outer coats are applied. The amount of dry matter applied calculated in percentage of the core weight also appears from below.
Inner coat: 1788.1 g per 3000.0 g pellets (dry matter: 9% of the core weight) Outer coat: 375.0 g per 3000.0 g pellets (dry matter: 1 % of the core weight) Throughout the coating process the bed temperature is maintained substantially in the interval from 20-25°C by adjustment of the liquid flow rate or the inlet temperature. The inlet air temperature is kept at approximately 32°C. After application of the coatings the coated pellets are cured at a bed temperature of approximately 70°C for 30 min. Then the pellets are passed through a screen 1.0 mm. Oversized material is discarded.
Step 3 pellets (EC pellets) One batch of these pellets is coated with an EC-coat in a fluid bed (Wurster technique) with a 0.8 mm spray nozzle and a spray pressure of 2.5 bar. The composition for the coating is shown in Scheme 12-3.
Scheme 12-3:
Ingredients Amount (g) pr. batchsize Isopropyl alcohol 3852.0 Talc 100.0 Acetyltributyl citrate 99.2 Methacrylic acid - methyl methacrylate copolymer (1:2) 3948.8 (Eudragit S12.5) In the coating process the following amount of the coat is applied. The amount of dry matter applied calculated in percentage of the core weight also appears from below.
15,517.2 g per 3000.0 g pellets (dry matter: 45% of the core weight) Throughout the coating process the bed temperature is maintained substantially in the interval from 30-38°C by adjustment of the liquid flow rate or the inlet temperature. The inlet air temperature is kept at approximately 49°C. After the application of the coating the pellets are passed through a screen 1.3 mm. Oversized material is discarded.
Capsule filling The 3 different pellets (steps 1, 2 and 3) are filled into capsules by hand.
The amount of pellets per capsule is shown in Scheme 12-4.
Scheme 72-4:
Unit Amount (mg) per capsule Capsule approx. 76.3 Pellets step 1 Approx. 50.4 corresp. to 1.00 mg desglymidodrine Pellets step 2 Approx. 110.6 corresp. to 2.0 mg desglymidodrine Pellets step 3 Approx. 72.7 corresp. to 1.0 mg desglymidodrine Total weight of Approx. 310 corresp. to 4.0 mg desglymidodrine capsule Example 13 Composition made by employment of mixing a matrix granulate and a slow release granulate The composition of the granulates are equal to the granulates described in Example 11.
250 mg of granulate called 1St compression layer (slow release granulate) is mixed with 200 mg of granulate called 2"d compression layer (matrix granulate).
A shallow concave round punch 11 mm in diameter is used to compress the tablet.
The granulate mixture is placed in the die and the granulate is compressed with a compression force of approx. 17 kN to form a coherent tablet.
After compression a release controlling film, a film containing desglymidodrine and a blank film were applied to the tablets.
The film compositions and the applied amounts are equal to the compositions and amounts applied in Example 11.
Example 14 Preparation of desglymidodrine plain tablets The present example illustrates the preparation of plain tablets containing desglymidodrine as the active drug substance.
Composition:
I Colloidal anhydrous silica 1.6 g II Desglymidodrine hydrochloride 1.6 g III Microcrystalline cellulose 14.3 g IV Maize starch 28.84 g V Granulation liquid 27.5 g VI Talc 2.3 VII Magnesium stearate 1.6 V Granulation liquid:
Maize starch 18.3 g Purified water 122 g II, III and IV were sieved through a 0.3 mm sieve. II was mixed by hand with equal parts of III, I + IV were mixed in the same way.
Hereafter I, II, III and IV were mixed in 5 minutes in a cube mixer. The mixture was wetted with V while mixing at an appropriate mixing intensity.
The moist granulate was passed through a 1000 pm sieve and tray dried at 52 °C for 3 hours.
The dried granulate was passed through a 1000 pm sieve. VI + VII was passed through a 300 pm sieve and mixed by hand with equal parts of the granulate. This mixture was admixed in a cube mixer for 5 min.
The obtained particulate mixture was compressed into tablets weighting 130 mg using a punch of 6 mm in diameter.
The tablets were subject to stability testning. For comparison purposes figures for stability testing of a desglymidodrine solution are included. The following initial results were obtained:
Stability of desglymidodrinein solution Based on comparison of peak areas Media O days (peak area) 7 days (peak area) Water 1582140 1601999 0.1 N HCI 1548689 1516212 Buffer pH 7.4 1341613 1289393 Media 0 days (peak area) Autoclave 120 C
Water 100 100 0.1 N HCI 99 101 Buffer pH 7.4 102 102 Stability of desglymidodrine Based on a calibration curve of desglymidodrine Condition Glass 0 days 14 days 21 days 25C/60%RH 100 103 100 25C/60%RH 1.2mioluxh- 103 -40C175%RH - 102 100 Condition Open petri dish 0 days 14 days 21 days 25C/60%RH 100 102 100 40C/75%RH - 102 97 5 Stability of desglymidodrine plain tablets 4 mg Based on calculated curved of desglymidodrine Condition Glass 0 days 14 days 21 days 25C/60%RH 4.0 4.0 4.0 25CI60%RH 1.2mioluxh- 4.0 40C175%RH - 4.0 3.9 Based on calculated curved of desglymidodrine Condition Open petridish 0 days 14 days 21 days 25C/60%RH 4.0 4.1 4.0 40C/75%RH - 4.0 3.9 The results shown above clearly indicates that desglymidodrine in the specific tablet composition is stable for at least 21 days. The experiments have also be conducted under stressed temperature conditions (40 °C), and it is contemplated that the shelf-live of a composition according to the invention, i.e. the time period from the manufacture of the composition and until the content of desglymidodrine in the composition has changed more than ~10% w/w, at room temperature is at least 6 months such as, e.g. at least 1 year, at least 1.5 years, at least 2 years, at least 2, 5 years, 3 years, 4 years or 5 years.
Example 15 Powder preparation e.g for use in a needle-free device Composition:
I Desglymidodrine 1000.0 g The particle size distributions for the ingredients should be appropriate for deposition of the composition in an appropriate layer of the skin e.g. 0.5 pm to 10 pm.
The powder is filled into a drug casette, each containing 4 mg desglymidodrine.
Suspending agents such as glucose, lactose, celluloses, starches (maize-, rice-, potato-), calcium phosphate or mixtures of these may be used.
Example 16 Liquid composition for use in a needle-free device Composition:
I Desglymidodrine 40.0 g II Sodium edetate 0.5 g Disodium hydrogen phosphate dehydrate2.0 g Sodium dihydrogen phosphate dehydrate2.0 g III Water for injection 900.0 g IV Water for injection ad 1000.0 g I is dissolved in III upon continuous stirring. The remaining solid ingredients (II) are added to the solution one by one during continuous stirring. Following complete dissolution of the solids, purified water is added to a total weight of 1000.0 g.
The formulation is filtrated (0,22 pm) and is filled into glass devices with a piston (e.g.
teflon) and a stopper (e.g. rubber (natural or synthetic substances)).
Tonicity agents may be dextrose, glycerol, sorbitol, mannitol, potassium nitrate and sodium sulphate decahydrate or mixtures thereof.
pH may be adjusted to the appropriate value by use of additional buffer salts such as citric acid, sodium citrate, and potassium dihydrogen phosphate or mixtures of these.
Example 17 Liquid compositions for pulmonal delivery Example 17.1 Pressurised metered-dose preparation for inhalation Composition:
I Desglymidodrine 40.0 g II Norflurane ad 1000.0 ml I is dissolved or suspended in liquid II at low temperature during continuous agitation.
For suspensions, the particle size distribution should be appropriate for deposition of the composition in the lung, e.g. 0.5 pm to 10 pm.
The product is filled into suitable pressurised multi-dose containers delivering e.g.100 p1 pr. dose.
Other propellants such as dichlorodifluoromethane, dichlorotetrafluoroethane and trichlorofluoromethane or mixtures of these may be used.
Glidants such as oleic acid and derivatives and isopropyl myristate or mixtures of these may be used to reduce friction during administration.
Example 17.2 Liquid for nebulisation Composition:
I Desglymidodrine 2.0 g II Sodium edetate 0.5 g Disodium hydrogen phosphate dehydrate 2.0 g Sodium dihydrogen phosphate dehydrate 2.0 g 11! Purified water 900.0 g IV Purified water ad 1000.0 g I is dissolved in III upon continuous stirring. The remaining solid ingredients (II) are added to the solution one by one during continuous stirring. Following complete dissolution of the solids, purified water is added to a total weight of 1000.0 g.
The composition is filled into 2 ml ampoules or other suitable unit-dose containers.
Other excipients may also be added such as polyethylene glycol, alcohol, glycofurol, phospholipids, poloxamer, polyoxyethylene castor oil derivatives, polysorbates, propylene glycol and cyclodextrins or combinations of these.
Tonicity agents may be e.g dextrose, glycerol, sorbitol, mannitol, sodium chloride, potassium nitrate and sodium sulphate decahydrate or mixtures thereof.
pH may be adjusted to the appropriate value by use of additional buffer salts such as citric acid, sodium citrate, and potassium dihydrogen phosphate or mixtures of these.
Sufficient microbiological preservation may be achieved by addition of benzalconium chloride or parabenes. Suitable flavours can be added to the composition and use of sweeteners such as saccharin, acesulfame, aspartame, cyclamate salts or mixtures of these can further adjust the taste.
Example 18 Powder composition for pulmonal delivery Composition:
I Desglymidodrine 400.0 g II Glucose 500.0 g The particle size distributions for the ingredients should be appropriate for deposition of the composition in the lung, e.g. 0.5 pm to 10 pm. I and II are carefully mixed and sieved.
The powder is filled into capsules or other suitable unit-dose containers, each containing mg of the composition.
Other suspending agents such as lactose, celluloses, starches (maize-, rice-, potato-) calcium phosphate or mixtures of these may be used.
Example 19 Nasal compositions General description of a nasal composition A nasal composition of desglymidodrine is buffered, and tonicity adjusted and it can be delivered from a device, which may or may not require the presence of antimicrobial agents in the composition. The amount of desglymidodrine reaching the systemic circulation may be increased by addition of absorption enhancer(s) to the composition.
The variability of a nasal composition The total amount of absorption enhancers included in the composition will, typically, vary between 0.01 % and 10%. However, some absorption enhancers may also serve as vehicles and thereby totally replace the content of water in the composition.
One can include one, two or several absorption enhancing agents in the composition.
The final nasal composition may be a homogenous liquid, a suspension, an emulsion, a gel or a powder. The dose administered intranasally may be adjusted by choice of the volume of the formulation, ranging from 10 p1 to 250 p1 per nostril or of the mass of the composition, ranging from 5 mg to 50 mg.
Specific examples of nasal compositions Example 19.1 5 Nasal composition without absorption enhancer Composition: Function of ingr.
I Desglymidodrine 40.0 g Active ingr.
II Sodium edetate 0.5 g Stabiliser 10 Disodium hydrogen phosphate dehydrate2.0 g Buffer component Sodium dihydrogen phosphate dehydrate2.0 g Buffer component III Purified water 900.0 Solvent g IV Purified water ad to 1000.0 Solvent g 15 I is dissolved in III upon continuos stirring. The remaining solid ingredients (II) are added to the solution one by one during continuos stirring. Following complete dissolution of the solids, purified water is added to a total weight of 1000.0 g.
The composition is filled into appropriate nasal spray devices delivering e.g.
100 p1 20 pr.dose.
pH may be adjusted to the appropriate value by use of additional buffer salts such as citric acid, sodium citrate and potassium dihydrogen phosphate or mixtures of these.
Sufficient microbiological preservation may be achieved by addition of benzalconium chloride, 25 sorbic acid or parabenes such as methylparaben, ethylparaben, propylparaben and butylparaben or mixtures of these.
Example 19.2 30 Nasal composition with absorption enhancer Composition: Function of ingr.
I Desglymidodrine 40.0 g Active ingr.
II Sodium glycocholate 5.0 g Abs. enhancer 35 III Sodium edetate 0.5 g Stabiliser Disodium hydrogen phosphate dihydrate 2.0 g Buffer component Sodium dihydrogen phosphate dihydrate 2.0 g Buffer component IV Purified water 900.0 g Solvent V Purified water to 1000.0 g Solvent II is dissolved in IV, and I is added upon continuous stirring. The remaining solid ingredients (III) are added to the solution one by one during continuos stirring. Following complete dissolution of the solids, purified water is added to a total weight of 1000.0 g.
The composition is filled into appropriate nasal spray devices delivering e.g.
100 p1 pr.dose.
One, two or several of the absorption enhancers sodium cholate, sodium deoxycholate, sodium taurocholate, sodium taurodeoxycholate, sodium glycodeoxycholate, a-cyclodextrin, (3-cyclodextrin, y-cyclodextrin, methyl cyclodextrin, hydroxypropyl-j3-cyclodextrin, dimethyl-(3-cyclodextrin, sodium taurodihydrofusidate, phosphatidylcholines, chitin, chitosan, hyaluronic acid, polyetylene glycols, starch microspheres and dextran microspheres may be included in the composition.
pH may be adjusted to the appropriate value by use of additional buffer salts such as citric acid, sodium citrate and potassium dihydrogen phosphate or mixtures of these.
Sufficient microbiological preservation may be achieved by addition of benzalconium chloride, sorbic acid or parabenes such as methylparaben, ethylparaben, propylparaben and butylparaben or mixtures of these.
General description of a composition containing liposomes Liposomes, or lipid vesicles, are spherical self-closed structures composed of concentric bilayers that entrap part of the solvent or active drug substance in the central core or in the bilayer depending on the hydrophilicity of the active drug substance.
Liposomes are predominantly made of natural amphiphilic lipids, e.g. phospolipids. Liposomes are likely to enhance the penetration of the active ingredient into the mucosa such as, e.g. the nasal, buccal, oral, rectal or vaginal mucosa.
Description of the variability of a liposomal composition The liposomes can be based on liposome forming lipids and liposome stabilising or destabilising lipids. The total amount of lipids in the composition can vary between 20-80% w/w. The ratio between liposome forming lipids and stabilising/destabilising lipids can be between 1:1 to 40:1 (on a molar basis) or the composition can contain liposome forming lipids alone. One can include one, two or several liposome forming lipids in the composition.
Example 19.3 Nasal composition with liposomes Composition: Function of ingr.
I Desglymidodrine 40.0 g Active ingr.
Disodium hydrogen phosphate dehydrate2.0 g Buffer component Sodium dihydrogen phosphate dehydrate2.0 g Buffer component II Purified water 900.0 g Solvent III Purified water to 1000.0 Solvent g IV DSPC 300.0 g Liposome forming CH 84.0 g Liposome stabiliser/
destabiliser I is dissolved in II upon continuos stirring. Following complete dissolution of the solids, purified water is added to a total weight of 1000.0 g.
The dry mix of DSPC:CH (7 mol DSPC :2 mol CH) (IV) is dispersed in water, and dehydrated.The liquid composition containing desglymidodrine is poured into the dehydrated DSPC:CH during vigorous stirring to rehydrate the mixture of DSPC:CH.
pH may be adjusted to the appropriate value by use of additional buffer salts such as citric acid, sodium citrate and potassium dihydrogen phosphate or mixtures of these.
Sodium edetate may be added to the composition as stabiliser. Sufficient microbiological preservation may be achieved by addition of sorbic acid or parabenes such as methylparaben, ethylparaben, propylparaben and butylparaben. Propylene glycol (10%) can be added to potentiate the antimicrobial activty of the parabens in the presence of some amphiphilics.
The composition is filled into appropriate nasal spray devices delivering the desired dose.
The volume of the dose can be between 10-250 p1, preferably 100 p1. The dose can also be administrered by application of two puffs, one in each nostril.
Other vesicle forming lipids can also be used instead of DSPC in the lipid bilayer. These amphiphilic lipids may be cationic, anionic or neutral, such as DPPC, DLPC, DOPC, DSEPC, dialkyl (C$-C2o) sulfosuccinate or fatty alcohol ethoxylate (with alkyl chain length of C$-Czo and 4 to 6 ethoxy groups). The molecular amount of lipids compared to active compound can be optimised with different liposome building lipids.
CH can be replaced by cholesterol derivatives or any other stabiliser/destabiliser such as alkyl (Cs-C2o) phosphate, alkyl (C$-C2o) sulfate, alkyl (C$-Czo) ethersulfate, alkyl (Ca-Cao) ether carboxylate. Further stabilisers/destabilisers can be employed such as stearoyl lysophosphatidyl choline, lysophosphatidylcholine, palmitoyl lysophosphatidyl choline and didecanoyl phosphatidyl choline.
Example 20 Buccal compositions General description of a buccal composition A buccal composition of desglymidodrine is buffered and tonicity adjusted. It can be delivered from a device, which may or may not require the presence of antimicrobial agents in the formulation. The amount of desglymidodrine reaching the systemic circulation may be increased by addition of absorption enhancer(s) to the composition.
The variability of the buccal composition The total amount of absorption enhancers included in the composition will, typically, vary between 0.01 % and 10%. However, some absorption enhancers may also serve as vehicles and thereby totally replace the content of water in the formulation.
One can include one, two or several absorption enhancing agents in the formulation.
The final buccal formulation may be a homogenous liquid, a suspension, an emulsion, a gel or a powder. The dose administered buccally may be adjusted by choice of the volume of the formulation, ranging from 10 p1 to 500 p1 or the mass of the composition, ranging from 5 mg to 100 mg.
Example 20.1 Buccal composition with liposomes Composition: Function of ingr.
I Desglymidodrine 40.0 g Active ingr.
Disodium hydrogen phosphate dihydrate2.0 g Buffer component Sodium dihydrogen phosphate dihydrate2.0 g Buffer component II Purified water 900.0 Solvent g III Purified water to 1000.0 Solvent g IV DSPC 300.0 Liposome forming g CH 84.0 g Liposome stabiliser/
destabiliser I is dissolved in II upon continuos stirring. Following complete dissolution of the solids, purified water is added to a total weight of 1000.0 g.
The dry mix of DSPC:CH (7 mol DSPC:2 mol CH) (IV) is dispersed in water, and dehydrated. The liquid composition containing desglymidodrine is poured into the dehydrated DSPC:CH during vigorous stirring to rehydrate the mixture of DSPC:CH.
pH may be adjusted to the appropriate value by use of additional buffer salts such as citric acid, sodium citrate and potassium dihydrogen phosphate or mixtures of these.
Sodium edetate may be added to the composition as stabiliser. Sufficient microbiological preservation may be achieved by addition of sorbic acid or parabenes such as methylparaben, ethylparaben, propylparaben and butylparaben. Propylene glycol (10%) can be added to potentiate the antimicrobial activty of the parabens in the presence of some amphiphilics.
The composition is fiilled into appropriate buccal spray devices delivering the desired dose. The volume ofi the dose can be between 10-500 p1 or the dose can be administrered by application of multiple puffs.
5 Other vesicle forming lipids can also be used instead ofi DSPC in the lipid bilayer. These amphiphilic lipids may be cationic, anionic or neutral, such as DPPC, DLPC, DOPC, DSEPC, dialkyl (C8-C2o) sulfosuccinate or fatty alcohol ethoxylate (with alkyl chain length of C$-C2o and 4 to 6 ethoxy groups). The molecular amount of lipids compared to active compound can be optimised with different liposome building lipids.
CH can be replaced by cholesterol derivatives or another stabiliserldestabiliser such as alkyl (C$-Cao) phosphate, alkyl (C$-Coo) sulfate, alkyl (C$-C2o) ethersulfate, alkyl (C$-C2o) ether carboxylate.
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
CH cholesterol DSPC distearoyl glycero phosphatidyl choline DSEPC distearoyl glysero ethyl phosphatidyl choline DPPC dipalmitoyl phosphatidyl choline DLPC dilauroyl phosphatidyl choline DOPC dioleoyl phosphatidyl choline PC phosphatidyl choline Example 20.2 Buccal composition without absorption enhancer Composition: Function of ingr.
I Desglymidodrine 40.0 g Active ingr.
II Sodium edetate 0.5 g Stabiliser Disodium hydrogen phosphate dihydrate2.0 g Buffer component Sodium dihydrogen phosphate dihydrate2.0 g Buffer component III Purified water 900.0 g Solvent IV Purified water to 1000.0 Solvent g I is dissolved in III upon continuos stirring. The remaining solid ingredients (II) are added to the solution one by one during continuos stirring. Following complete dissolution of the solids, purified water is added to a total weight of 1000.0 g.
The composition is filled into appropriate buccal spray devices delivering e.g. 100 p1 pr.dose.
pH may be adjusted to the appropriate value by use of additional buffer salts such as citric acid, sodium citrate and potassium dihydrogen phosphate or mixtures of these.
Sufficient microbiological preservation may be achieved by addition of benzalconium chloride, sorbic acid or parabenes such as methylparaben, ethylparaben, propylparaben and butylparaben or mixtures of these.
Example 20.3 Buccal composition with absorption enhancer Composition: Function of ingr.
I Desglymidodrine 40.0 g Active ingr.
II Sodium glycocholate 5.0 g Abs. enhancer III Sodium edetate 0.5 g Stabiliser Disodium hydrogen phosphate dihydrate2.0 g Buffer component Sodium dihydrogen phosphate dihydrate2.0 g Buffer component IV Purified water 900.0 g Solvent V Purified water to 1000.0 Solvent g II is dissolved in IV, and I is added upon continuous stirring. The remaining solid ingredients (III) are added to the solution one by one during continuos stirring. Following complete dissolution of the solids, purified water is added to a total weight of 1000.0 g.
The composition is filled into appropriate buccal spray devices delivering e.g. 100 p1 pr.dose.
One, two or several of the absorption enhancers sodium cholate, sodium deoxycholate, sodium taurocholate, sodium taurodeoxycholate, sodium glycodeoxycholate, a-cyclodextrin, ~3-cyclodextrin, y-cyclodextrin, methyl cyclodextrin, hydroxypropyl-~3-cyclodextrin, dimethyl-~3-cyclodextrin, sodium taurodihydrofusidate, phosphatidylcholines, chitin, chitosan, hyaluronic acid, polyetylene glycols, starch microspheres and dextran microspheres may be included in the composition.
pH may be adjusted to the appropriate value by use of additional buffer salts such as citric acid, sodium citrate and potassium dihydrogen phosphate or mixtures of these.
Sufficient microbiological preservation may be achieved by addition of benzalconium chloride, sorbic acid or parabenes such as methylparaben, ethylparaben, propylparaben and butylparaben or mixtures of these.
Example 21 Desglymidodrine sublingual tablets General description Sublingual tablets are designed to give a fast disintegration in the mouth by the amount of salvia normally available in that region. The disintegration time is therefore very short or short and there may be additives, which promote salvia secreting in the composition.
A fast disintegration together with a high solubility of the drug substance give the possibility of a fast absorption through the mucous membrane of the mouth, especially under the tongue where the blood vessels run close to the surface.
Sublingual absorbed drugs avoid more or less the first pass liver metabolism.
Description of variability in sublingual compositions Sublingual tablets may be prepared by mould technique, by direct compression or by conventional wet granulation or dry granulation (e.g. roller compaction) of the ingredients.
As mentioned, taste improving substances may be added to promote salvia secretion.
This may include artificial sweeteners (cyclamate, saccharin sodium, aspartame, etc.), natural sweeteners (saccharose, sorbitol, xylitol, etc.), week organic acids (citric-, acetic-, ascorbic acid, etc.) natural or artificial flavours (strawberry, black currant, pineapple, apple, orange, lemon, etc.) in the below mentioned compositions.
Example 21.1 Composition: Function I Desglymidodrine 2.0 g 4.0 Active g ingr.
II Purified water Solvent Ethanol 96% equal parts q.s. q.s. Moist.
agent III Lactose 53 g 51 g Filler Mannitol 45 g 45 g Filler The amounts of lactose and mannitol may be varied from 25 to about 100 g. Dose 100 mg (50-200 mg) corresponds to 2.0 or 4.0 mg desglymidodrine of the two compositions, respectively.
Disintegration time is extremely short (2-5 sec).
II is prepared, and I is dissolved in II. The solution is incorporated in III
to a homogeneous mixture is achieved. More II may be added.
The moistured mass is spread on a suitable plate equipped with wholes into which the mass is pressed and which have a depth that gives the wanted dose of drug substance.
The wet mass is pressed out of the wholes and allowed to dry before further handling.
(Sublingual tablet preparation by mould-technique).
II may be replaced by mixtures of different volatile organic solvents and may have a water content of 0 - 90%. III may be replaced by different mixtures of soluble pharmaceutically acceptable excipients as sorbitol, mannitol, xylitol, maltodextrin, lycasin, lactitol etc.
Example 21.2 Composition: Function I Desglymidodrine 2.0 g 4.0 g active ingr.
II Tablettose 55.0 g 55.0 g filler III Cellulose, microcryst.10.0 g 10.0 g filler/binder Type 102 IV Agar sieve 180 5.0 g 5.0 g disintegrant V Magnesium stearate 0.5 g 0.5 g glidant/lubricant Talc 4.5 g 4.5 g glidant/lubricant I is mixed with I I and further with III, IV and V and compressed into tablets.
The amount of the filler, tablettose, may vary from 25 to 75 g, the filler/binder (cellulose) may vary from 5 to 25 g, the disintegrant from 1 to 15 g, magnesium stearate from 0.1 to 2.5 g and talc from 1.0 to 10 g.
Mass weight of 77 mg corresponds to a dose of 2.0 mg or mass weight of 79 mg corresponds to a dose of 4.0 mg desglymidodrine in the two compositions, respectively.
Disintegration time is short (30 sec - 4 min).
Tablettose may be replaced by other qualities of lactose with good flowability.
Agar may be replaced by other disintergrants as croscarmellose sodium/calcium or the like, crosspovidone, starch glycolate, alginates or other disintegrants.
Magnesium stearate may be replaced by other glidants as different types of silica colloidal hydrous or anhydrous, Ca-stearate, stearic acid, sodium stearylfumarate, cotton-seed oil, hydrogenated vegetable oils or other suitable lipid substances as e.g.
Myvatex.
Example 21.3 Composition: Function I Desglymidodrine 2.0 g 4.0 g active ingr.
II Maize starch 9.5 g 7.0 g filler Lactose 66 g 66 g filler III Povidone 30 2.5 g 2.5 g binder IV Purified water q.s. q.s. solvent V Mannitol 36 g 36 g filler/taste VI Magnesum stearate 1.5 g 1.5 g lubricant I is mixed with II and granulated with III dissolved in IV. More IV may be added. After drying, V and VI are added and tablets are compressed.
The amount of maize starch may vary from 5 to 15 g, lactose from 30 to 100 g, mannitol 5 from 10 to 80 g, and magnesium stearate from 0.5 to 5 g.
Disintegration time is about 5 min.
Maize starch may be replaced by other suitable starches such as rice- or potato starch.
10 Lactose may be replaced by maltodextrine, dextrin etc.
Povidone 30 may be replaced by povidone VA 64 or 90 or gelatine or pregelatinized starch or different types of cellulose (methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose etc.).
Mannitol may be replaced by sorbitol, xylitol, maltitol, maltodextrin, lactitol, etc.
Magnesum stearate may be replaced by other glidants as different types of colloidal silica 15 hydrous or anhydrous, Ca-stearate, stearic acid, sodium stearylfumarate, cotton-seed oil, hydrogenated vegetable oils or other suitable lipid substances as e.g.
Myvatex.
Example 22 20 Desglymidodrine melt tablets General description of melt tablets Melt-tablets are also referred to as fast/rapidly- disintegrating tablets, dispersing tablets 25 and dissolving tablets. In this example, the term "melt-tablet" is applied.
Melt-tablets are a tablet dosage form for oral administration, one that disintegrates instantaneously and releasing the drug, which dissolves or disperse rapidly in saliva and afterwards swallowed without the need for water. The drug substance is absorbed via the 30 gastrointestinal tract.
Less frequently melt-tablets are designed in a way so the drug substance are to be absorbed through the buccal mucosa. In that case the bioavailability of the drug from the melt-tablet may be even greater than observed for standard dosage forms.
Further more 35 side-efFects may be reduced if they are caused by first-pass metabolites.
A description of the variability of the melt-tablets Techniques currently applied for formulate melt-tablets are namely freeze-drying (lyophilisation), spray drying, tablet moulding and direct compression. In this example only melt-tablets prepared by lyophilisation are described.
To ensure melt-tablets fast- disintegrating and dissolving attribute water must quickly progress into the tablet matrix to cause rapid disintegration and instantaneous dissolution of the tablet. Maximising the porous structure of the tablet matrix and incorporating appropriate disintegrating agent and/or highly water-soluble excipients in the tablet formulation are the basic approaches applied in the current melt-tablet technologies.
In the formulation the total amount of disintegrating agents and/or highly water-soluble excipients can vary between 5-80% (w/v) and the total amount of binding agents can vary between 0.05-5% (w/v). Water is used to ensure the porous structure.
Sufficient microbiological preservatives (benzoic acid, methylparaben etc.) may be added to prevent microbiological growth of the aqueous solution during production. When the product has been dried, the preservative has no further function.
Taste improving agents may be added to promote salvia secretion. This may include artificial sweeteners (aspartame, cyclamate, saccharin etc.), natural sweeteners (sucrose, sorbitol, xylitol etc.) week organic acids (citric-, ascorbic acid etc.), natural or artificial flavours (strawberry, black currant, pineapple, apple, orange, lemon etc.).
Colouring agents may also be added to give the melt-tablets elegance and identity.
Permeation enhancers (sodium lauryl sulphate etc.) may be added to optimise the transmucosal absorption and pH-adjusting excipients (hydrochloride, sodium hydroxide etc.) may be used to optimise the chemical stability of the drug. Collapse protecting agents (glycine etc.) to prevent the shrinkage of the tablet during lyophilisation process or during long-term storage.
Melt-tablet prepared by lyophilisation Composition: Function of ingredient I Desglymidodrine 4.0 g Active II Maltodextrin 200 g Water-soluble III Xanthan gum 20 g Binding agent IV Purified water 776 g Solvent II and III are dissolved in IV upon continuos stirring and I is added to the solution during stirring. Purified water is added to a total weight of 1000.0 gram.
The solution is filled in PVC blister with a diameter of 15 mm and a depth of 6 mm, so the resulting dose of Desglymidodrine is 4.0 mg pr. tablet.
The blisters are placed on the shelves of the freeze-dryer. Samples are frozen to -45°C at a rate of 0.5°C/min and kept at this temperature for 1.5 hour.
Primarily, drying is performed by keeping the blisters for 8 hour at a pressure of 1 mbar, a shelf temperature of -10°C, and a condensor temperature of -60°C.
Reducing the pressure to 0.1 mbar, carrying out secondary drying and increasing the shelf temperature to 25°C. Secondary drying time is 6 hour.
Lyophilisation is terminated by venting the drying chamber with air.
II may be replaced by lactose, mannitol, dextrose, xylitol, fructose, sucrose, maltose, sorbitol etc. or mixtures of these. As disintegrating agent croscarmellose, crospovidone etc. may be added. Other excipients may also be used instead of III. These excipients may be gelatine, tragacanth gum, agar, acacia, alginate, dextran, povidone, hydroxyethylcellulose etc. or mixtures of these.
Example 23 Desglymidodrine rectal compositions General description Rectal solution is a way of drug administration, which can be used independently of the condition of the patient. Furthermore a quite quick onset of effect is seen for some compositions. A major part of the absorbed drug dose does not undergo first pass metabolism, which in some cases may be an advantage.
Description of variability in composition The amount of rectal solution to give one dose is kept on the small amount of 1-4 ml such as, e.g., 2.0 ml. This is to avoid any emptying reflex from the rectum mucosa after applying the solution in the rectum. The solution will be dispensed in a suitable container as a single-dose syringe or sealed plastic tube. Both equipped with a suitable tip.
The following examples have been chosen to illustrate formulation of a rectal solution.
24.1: A solution with high content of pharmaceutical acceptable organic solvent to promote absorption, 24.2: A simple aqueous isotonic solution, 24.3: A simple slightly viscous aqueous isotonic, and finally 24.4: An aqueous pH-adjusted isotonic solution.
Example 23.1 Composition: Function of ingredient Desglymidodrine 1.00 g 2.00 g Active ingr.
Glycerol 85% 500 g 500 g Solvent/abs. Enhancer Purifed water 1000 ml 1000 ml Solvent One dose of 2.0 ml = 2.0 mg desglymidodrine or 2.0 ml = 4.0 mg desglymidodrine.
Glycerol may be exchanged with glycofurol, polythylene glycols 200 to 600, propylene glycol or similar non-irritant suitable solvent. The amount of glycerol may vary from about 200 to 800 g.
Example 23.2 Composition: Function of ingredient Desglymidodrine 1.00 g 2.00 g Active ingr.
Sodium chloride 9.0 g 9.0 g Isotonic agent Propylis paraoxibenzoate0.2 g 0.2 g Preservative Methylis paraoxibenzoate 0.8 g 0.8 g Preservative Purifed water up to 1000 ml 1000 ml Solvent The mixture of paraoxibenzoates may be exchanged with other suitable preservatives.
Dose 2.0 ml = 2.0 mg desglymidodrine or 2.0 ml = 4.0 mg desglymidodrine Example 23.3 Composition: Function of ingredient Desglymidodrine 1.00 g 2.00 Active ingr.
g Sodium carboxymethylcellulose6.0 g 6.0 Viscosity incr.
g agent Propylis paraoxibenzoate0.2 g 0.2 Preservative g Methylis paraoxibenzoate0.8 g 0.8 Preservative g Purifed water up to 1000 ml 1000 Solvent ml The mixture of paraoxibenzoates may be exchanged with other suitable preservatives.
Dose 2.0 ml = 2.0 mg desglymidodrine or 2.0 ml = 4.0 mg desglymidodrine. The amount of viscosity increasing agent may vary from about 2 to about 8 g.
Example 23.4 Composition: Function of ingredient Desglymidodrine 1.00 g 2.00 Active ingr.
g Sodium acetate 1.0 g 1.0 Buffer agent g Sodium chloride 8.5 g 8.5 Isotonic agent g Propylis paraoxibenzoate0.2 g 0.2 Preservative g Methylis paraoxibenzoate0.8 g 0.8 Preservative g Purifed water up to 1000 ml 1000 Solvent ml The mixture of parabenzoates may be exchanged by other suitable preservative.
Sodium acetate may be exchanged by other suitable pH regulating substance or a buffer mixture with pH in the interval of 7.0 - 8Ø The amount of buffer agent may vary from about 0.5 to about 3.0 g.
Dose 2.0 ml = 2.5 mg desglymidodrine or 2.0 ml = 4.0 mg desglymidodrine.
Example 24 10 Desglymidodrine oral drops General description of oral drops Oral drops are a dosage form for peroral administration. The formulation allows the 15 patient to use a dose of 5 -15 drops of the product and, optinally, dilute this dose in water or other better tasting liquids (e.g. orange juice) before ingestion.
Description of variability in composition 20 The amount of oral drops containing one drug dose is kept at the small amount of 5 -15 drops. The standard volume of drops is normally 10 - 25 ml in a bottle equipped with a suitable tip. This tip is constructed to deliver the drops with a speed suitable for counting the drops as they leave the tip, when the bottle is turned around with the button up.
This aggregate has to confirm with Ph. Eur demands.
Example 24.1 Composition: Function of ingredient Desglymidodrine 10.0 g Active ingr.
Ethanol 96% 120 g Solvenfi/preservative Purified water up to 1000 ml Solvent One dose of 2.0 mg is equivalent to approximately 6 drops (have to be measured exactly), normally ingested in 20 - 200 ml water or other drinkable fluid.
Example 24.2 Composition: Function of ingredient Desglymidodrine 10.0 g Active ingr.
Propyl paraoxibenzoate 0.2 g Preservative Methyl paraoxibenzoate 0.8 g Preservative Purified water up to 1000 ml Solvent The mixture of paraoxibenzoates may be exchanged with other suitable preservatives.
One dose of 2.0 mg is equivalent to approximately 4 drops (have to be measured exactly), this does is normally ingested in 20 - 200 ml water or other drinkable fluid.
Example 25 Desglymidodrine oral solution General description of oral solution Oral solution is for peroral administration. The oral solution is in the form of a solution of the drug substance in a suitable and well tasting vehicle.
Description of variability in composition Oral solution is normally given in a volume of 2.0 -15 ml measured with a suitable device, which is able to give the desired volume with the specified (Ph.Eur.) precision. Oral solution may be taste masked and may be formulated with or without sugar, furthermore viscosity-increasing substance may be added to make to make the handling and administration of the solution easier.
Example 25.1 Composition: Function of ingredient Desglymidodrine 0,400 g 0.800 g Active ingr.
Sucrose 760 g 760 g Sweetener Purified water up to 1000 ml 1000 ml Solvent 5.0 ml equivalent to 2.0 mg or 4.0 mg Preservative may be added.
0.1 N HCI may be added to adjust pH in the interval 2.5 - 3.5.
Example 25.2 Composition: Function of ingredient Desglymidodrine 0.800 g Active ingr.
Black currant juice 240 g Taste masking Sorbitiol 400 g Sweetener Potassium sorbate 0.14 g Preservative Levomenthol 0.044 g Taste masking Ethanol96% ~ 0.176 Solvent Purified water up to 1000 ml Solvent 0.1 N HCI may be added to adjust pH in the interval 2.5 - 3.5.
The concentration of the active ingredient may be changed in the interval of 0.1 to 10 g if needed.
Potassium sorbate may be exchanged with other suitable preservatives.
Black currant juice may be exchanged with other fruit juices or mixtures of these.
Sorbitol may be exchanged with other sweetener as mannitol, xylitol, maltodextrin, lycasin, lactitol etc. or mixtures of these.
Levomenthol may be exchanged with other taste masking ingredients: natural or artificial flavours (strawberry, black currant, pineapple, apple, orange, lemon etc. or mixtures of these).
Artificial sweeteners (aspartame, cyclamate, saccharin etc) and/or week organic acids (citric-, ascorbic acid etc.) may also be added.
Colours may also be added to improve the organoleptic properties.
Example 25.3 Composition: Function of ingredient Desglymidodrine 0.800 g Active ingr.
Poloxamer 8000 6.00 g Solubilizer Methyl parahydroxybenzoate1.10 g Preservative Anis oil 0.13 g Taste masking Eucalyptol 0.17 g Taste masking Ethanol96% 0.176 Solvent Hydrogenated glucose syrup385 g Sweetener Purified water up to 1000 ml Solvent 0.1 N HCI may be added to adjust pH in the interval 2.5 - 3.5.
Poloxamer 8000 may be exchanged with other GRAS accepted surFactants.
The composition of this example has a high content of taste masking ingredients, which explains the need for a surfactant.
Dose 5.0 ml equivalents 4.0 mg desglymidodrine.
Example 26 Desglymidodrine solution for infusion or injection General description of solutions for infusion or injection Solution for infusion is a ready for use solution aimed for infusion in one of the major veins. Solutions for injection may be injected i.v., s.c., i.m. or by any other suitable route.
The solution is formulated as simple as possible. For stability reasons the pH
may be adjusted in acidic direction and this cause the infusion time have to run over a couple of minutes. In some cases this is done by injection of a desglymidodrine solution for infusion into an already established infusion of glucose or sodium chloride.
Example 26.1 Composition: Function of ingredient Desglymidodrine 0.400 g 0.800 g Active ingr.
Sodium chloride 9.0 g 9.0 g Isotonic agent Purified water up 1000 ml 1000 ml Solvent to 0.1 N HCI at pH 2.5 - 3.5 may be added.
Dose: 2.0 mg in 5 ml or 4.0 mg in 5 ml.
The solution may also be presented in vials or the form of a unit dose e.g. in ampoules.
Example 27 General description of transdermal drug delivery systems Transdermal drug delivery systems are designed to deliver a drug substance through the skin for systemic circulation and effect. A transdermal drug delivery system can be designed to deliver a drug substancento the skin at a given rate.
Drugs reaching the systemic circulation through the skin more or less surpass the first-pass metabolism in the liver.
Description of variability in the transdermal drug delivery system Transdermal drug delivery systems can be prepared in different ways; Drug substance in an adhesive type of delivery system, a drug substance in a matrix type of delivery system or in a reservoir type of delivery system, or by a combining the different types of preparation techniques. The three types of delivery systems offer different ways in controlling the release of drug from the delivery system into the skin.
The formulation principle of the three different systems are described in the following:
Drug substance in an adhesive type of delivery system 5 Backing: The backing is a filmforming polymer e.g. containing ethylcellulose, plastic and/or alufoil or other impermeable material.
Adhesive layer: The adhesive layer may contain an adhesive, pressure sensitive polymer layer, e.g. polyacrylate, ethylcellulose or silicone.
10 An enhancer like; e.g. lauric acid, dioctylcyclohexane, glycerin, n-dodecanol, Eutanol G, isopropylmyristat, PEG 400, propandiol and/or Tween 80 may be added.
Drug: The drug substance can be dissolved or dispersed in the adhesive layer 15 e.g. by a solvent casting or hot melt process. The drug substance can be incorporated in the adhesive layer as microreservoirs.
Liner: A protective liner, to be removed before use, is attached to the adhesive side.
Drug substance in a matrix type delivery system Backing: The backing is a filmforming polymer e.g. containing ethylcellulose, plastic and/or alufoil or other impermeable material.
Matrix: The matrix may contain a hydrophilic or lipophilic polymer matrix comprising e.g. polyisobutylene.
An enhancer like; lauric acid, dioctylcyclohexane, glycerin, n-dodecanol, Eutanol G, isopropylmeristat, PEG 400, propandiol or Tween 80 may be added.
Drug: The drug substance is dispersed in the matrix layer or it may be incorporated in the matrix by a moulding process or be incorporated in the layer as microreservoirs.
Membrane: A rate controlling membrane e.g. of polymeric material might be used to control the diffusion of the drug into the skin. An adhesive layer might be applied on the membrane. The membrane might be omitted.
Adhesive layer: The adhesive layer may contain an adhesive, pressure sensitive polymer layer, e.g. polyacrylate, ethylcellulose or silicone. The adhesive is applied on the rim of the patch, surrounding the matrix-containing drug.
Liner: A protective liner, to be removed before use, is attached to the adhesive side.
Reservoir type delivery system Backing: The backing is a filmforming polymer e.g. containing ethylcellulose, plastic andlor alufoil or other impermeable material.
Reservoir: The reservoir may contain e.g. an unleachable, viscous liquid medium (e.g. silicone fluid) or a releasable solvent (e.g. alkyl alcohol or glycerol) An enhancer like; lauric acid, dioctylcyclohexane, glycerin, n-dodecanol, Eutanol G, isopropylmeristat, PEG 400, propandiol or Tween 80 may be added.
Membrane: A rate controlling membrane e.g. of polymeric material is used to control the diffusion of the drug into the skin. The membrane can be either a microporous or a nonporous membrane e.g. ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, with a specific drug permeability. On the external surFace of the polymeric membrane a thin layer of drug compatible, pressure-sensitive adhesive copolymer, e.g. silicone adhesive may be applied to ensure the contact to the skin.
Adhesive layer: The adhesive layer may comprise an adhesive, pressure sensitive polymer layer, e.g. polyacrylate, ethylcellulose or silicone . The adhesive is applied on the rim of the patch, surrounding the reservoir-containing drug.
Drug: The drug substance can be dissolved or dispersed in the reservoir layer.
Liner: A protective liner, to be removed before use, is attached to the adhesive side.
Example 27.1 The following example illustrates a composition of a drug substance (desglymidodrine) in an adhesive transdermal delivery system. A direct contact between the hydrogel and the skin is expected to be essential, to ensure a sufficient flux through stratum corneum.
Backing: The backing is a filmforming polymer e.g. constaining ethylcellulose, plastic and/or alufoil or other impermeable material.
Adhesive layer: The adhesive layer consists of an adhesive, pressure sensitive polyacrylate. The size of the adhesive layer is about 16-20 cm2, forming a rim around the active layer. The layer contains 0.3-1.0 % of desglymidodrine base, to prevent a flux of desglymidodrine base from the active layer to the adhesive layer.
Active layer: The drug substance, desglymidodrine, is dispersed in a hydrogel comprising polyvinylpyrrolidone or partly hydrolised polyvinylic alcohol with a resulting concentration of 15-25% w/w desglymidodrine base. The size of the layer is about 10 cm2.
A stabiliser like ~i-cyclodextrin might be added.
Liner: A protective liner, to be removed before use, is attached to the adhesive side.
After removal of the liner the drug delivery system is placed on the skin and the desglymidodrine is delivered for systemic circulation through the skin.
Example 28 Pilot bioavailability study of two prototypes of midodrine controlled release formulations compared to standard formulation (tablet) in healthy volunteers Introduction Systolic blood pressure is transiently and minimally decreased in normal individuals when rising to upright position. Normal physiologic feedback mechanisms work through neurally mediated pathways to maintain the standing blood pressure and thus support adequate cerebral perfusion. These compensatory mechanisms that regulate blood pressure when standing are deficient in patients with orthostatic hypotension, a condition that may lead to inadequate cerebral perfusion with accompanying symptoms of syncope, dizziness/light-headedness and blurred vision, among others.
Midodrine is a prodrug labeled for treatment of orthostatic hypotension. After absorption it is readily metabolized to desglymidodrine that acts as an agonist at the peripheral a-1 receptors in the smooth muscles of arteries and veins, but has no direct central nervous or cardiac effects. Its main effect is to increase the vascular tone thus increasing the total peripheral resistance and rising blood pressure. The pressor effect of midodrine is manifest within 20 to 90 minutes after oral administration of a single dose.
This pressor effect usually persists for 3 to 6 hours. Doses used in clinical practise (10 mg t.i.d.) significantly increase standing blood pressure, thus alleviating symptoms of orthostatic hypotension.
Controlled release formulation The rationale of the development of a controlled release formulation is to reduce the number of dosings during the day and to avoid major changes in plasma concentration of desglymidodrine. This will increase compliance and reduces changes in severity of symptoms of orthostatic hypotension and thus possibly increase quality of life.
Two prototypes have been developed according to the present invention. One prototype "Micap" is a multiple unit formulation (see Example 12 of PCT application No.
PCT/DK01/00214), each unit releasing its amount of midodrine dependent on the acidity of the environment. As the acidity is different in different parts of the gut the result is a continuous release during the passage. The other prototype "Mitab" is composed of three layers releasing midodrine differently creating a time-dependent release (see Example 2 of PCT application No. PCT/DK01/00214). The strength of the controlled release formulations has been chosen to 5 mg to allow for individual titration of the total daily dose. The study is a pilot trial of the bioavailability of the two prototypes compared to a standard tablet.
Objective To determine the bioavailability of two novel prototypes of controlled release formulations of midodrine hydrochloride compared to standard tablets.
Trial design Open-labeled randomized 3 way cross-over trial. All subjects were administered 10 mg midodrine hydrochloride either as a standard tablet or as one of two novel controlled release formulations at three occasions distributed 3 days apart.
Trial population Eight healty volunteers, both genders, 18-55 years of age, normal weight, informed consent, not pregnant or lactating, not trying to become pregnant, no liver, renal or gastrointestinal disease that may influence pharmacokinetics or the health of the volunteers, no history of alcohol and drug abuse, non-smokers.
Assessments AUCt (area under the plasma concentration curve to time t), Cmax(peak (or shoulder or plateau) plasma concentration), tmaX (time to peak (or shoulder or plateau) plasma concentration), MRT (mean residence time), t>~5~,o cm~ (W~5 - duration of plasma concentration above 75% Of CmaX), HVD (W5o - half value duration) and time to a possible second peak (or shoulder or plateau) were calculated for midodrine and its biologically active metabolite, desglymidodrine. AUC;~fni~ (area under the plasma concentration curve extrapolated to infinity) and t,,2 (plasma concentration half life) are calculated, whenever relevant.
Whenever, the concentration went under the detection limit, the values were set to'/ x detection limit, i.e. for midodrine'h x 1 ng/ml and for desglymidodrine'h x 0.5 ng/ml.
Because of such a contribution to the AUC, AUC24 was often larger than AUC~nfinity~
Trial products Midodrine tablets 5 mg, Gutron from Nycomed, Denmark, midodrine controlled release formulation (pH dependent release) prepared as described in Example 12 of PCT
application No. PCT/DK01/00214, 5 mg, and midodrine controlled release formulation (time dependent release) prepared as described in Example 2 of PCT application No.
PCT/DK01 /00214, 5 mg.
Food and liquid The subjects were fasting from 8 hours before dosing until 3 hours post dosing. Water was allowed until 1 hour before dosing. No alcoholic beverages or beverages containing caffeine (coffee, tea or cola) are allowed from 8 hours before dosing until last blood sample has been drawn (24 hours).
Study drug was administered to the subjects with 150 ml of water. Additional 150 ml of water was administered to the subjects 1 and 2 hours after dosing.
Meals were standardized throughout all 3 study visits and served according to the following schedule:
4 hours after dosing: lunch 7 hours after dosing: snack 10 hours after dosing: dinner 14 hours after dosing: snack Study drug Two tablets or capsules of study drug (midodrine tablets, Mitab or Micap) (total dose 10 mg) were administered between 7.30 and 8.30 am. Administration of study drug is followed by at least three days washout.
Blood samples Seven ml of venous blood were withdrawn immediately before dosing, and at 15 and 30 minutes, 1, 1.5, 2, 3, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 20 and 24 hours after dosing. The blood samples were placed on ice immediately after drawing and centrifuged and frozen within 20 minutes. Analysis for midodrine and desglymidodrine was performed by HPLC
with fluorescence detection. The analyses were performed by Quintiles AB, Uppsala, Sweden.
Results The mean plasma concentration curves for midodrine and desglymidodrine, respectively, are shown in Figs. 3 and 4. The measured and calculated parameters for each composition (n= 7 for Micap and Mitab, n= 8 for standard tablets) are given in the following.
AUC and MRT have been calculated using the trapezoidal rule and the AUMC
method (Yamaoka K., Nakagawa T., Uno T.: Statistical moments in pharmacokinetics, J.
Pharmacokin. Biopharm. 1978:6:547-58).
For extrapolation to infinity (the tail) the following formulas have been used:
Cp/ke (for AUC) and nC~/(ke~ ) (for AUMC) Where Cp = the last measured plasma concentration ke = the elimination rate constant N = the time for last data point with measurable concentrations.
Midodrine ng/ml, mean values (standard deviation):
Micap Mitab Standard tablets AUC24 32.8 (6.7) 32.7 (12.1) 51.7 (13.5) Cmax 10.0 (2.6) 12.8 (6.5) 41.4 (12.6) tmax 0.7 (0.4) 0.9 (0.5) 0.5 (0.2) MRT 3.0 (0.4) 2.3 (0.3) 1.0 (0.2) HVD 2.6 (1.1 ) 1.5 (0.8) 0.9 (0.3) t>~s~~o cmax 1.0 (1.0) 0.8 (0.6) 0.5 (0.1 ) AUC;nfnity 24.1 (6.7) 21.8 (13.1) 41.3 (14.0) Desglymidodrine ng/ml, mean values (standard deviation):
Micap Mitab Standard tablets AUCz4 106.0 (29.1 ) 92.7 (36.4) 114.4 (31.9) Cmax 11.4 (3.2) 8.7 (5.0) 21.7 (5.1 ) tmax 5.0 (0.0) 2.9 (1.1) 1.4 (0.4) M RT 9.5 (1.0) 11.8 (4.1) 4.7 (0.5) HVD 7.7 (0.4) 9.9 (4.1) 4.1 (0.4) t>~s~~o cmax3.4 (0.3) 4.4 (0.5) 2.1 (0.4) AUC;nfnity111.5 (33.9) 104.1 (36.9) 112.9 (32.5) Sum of midodrine and desglymidodrine nmol/I, mean values (standard deviation):
Micap Mitab Standard tablets AUC24 566.1 (145.6) 509.1 (195.2) 667.3 (176.4) Cmax 60.5 (14.5) 66.0 (29.7) 195.1 (51.9) tmax 3.0 (1.7) 1.3 (0.9) 0.6 (0.2) M RT 9.7 (1.0) 1 2.4 (4.5) 4.6 (0.6) HVD 7.7 (0.8) 5.0 (2.5) 1.9 (0.8) t>75o~o 4.4 (1.2) 1.$ (1.3) 0.9 (0.4) cmax AUCintinity 608.7 (172.8) 588.2 (190.1) 661.1 (183.3) Midodrine nmol/I, mean values (standard deviation) Micap Mitab Standard tablets AUC24 112.7 (23.2) 112.5 (41.6) 178.0 (46.4) Cmax 34.3 (9.1 ) 43.9 (22.4) 142.3 (43.5) tmax 0.7 (0.4) 0.9 (0.5) 0.5 (0.2) MRT 3.0 (0.4) 2.3 (0.3) 1.0 (0.2) HVD 2.6 (1.1) 1.5 (0.8) 0.9 (0.3) t>~s~~ocmax 1.0 (1.0) 0.8 (0.6) 0.5 (0.1) AUC;ntinity 83.0 (23.1 ) 74.9 (45.0) 142.1 (48.2) Desglymidodrine nmol/I, mean values (standard deviation):
Micap Mitab Standard tablets AUC24 453.4 (124.7) 396.6 (156.0) 489.4 (136.5) Cmax 48.6 (13.5) 37.4 (21.5) 92.9 (22.0) tmax 5.0 (0.0) 2.9 (1.1) 1.4 (0.4) M RT 9.5 (1.0) 11.8 (4.1) 4.7 (0.5) HVD 7.7 (0.4) 9.9 (4.1) 4.1 (0.4) t»s~~o cmax 3.4 (0.3) 4.4 (0.5) 2.1 (0.4) AUC;nfnity 477.2 (144.9) 445.4 (157.7) 483.3 (138.9) Furthermore, the time interval in which the concentration of midodrine, desglymidodrine or the sum of midodrine and desglymidodrine is at a constant value ~ 40% has been determined. The time interval is found by looking at all possible time intervals (using the time points from the blood sampling) of all possible lengths. For each time interval the mean is calculated and it is checked whether all plasma concentration points in that time interval is lying within ~ 40% of the mean value. The time interval in question is the longest time interval for which all concentration points in the interval lie within the mean of the time interval ~ 40%. In order to get a relevant interval the constant value minus 40%
has to be higher than the detection limit. The interval is calculated for each patient and the mean value of the length of time interval is given.
For example, for patient 1 the MICAP capsules gave a mean plasma concentration of desglymidodrine at 8.5 ng/ml in the time interval from 2 hours to 9 hours (i.e. a 7 hours interval). In this period the maximum plasma concentration of desglymidodrine was measured as 11.8 ng/ml and the minimum plasma concentration as 5.5 ng/mi.
Since 8.5 ng/ml + 40% is 11.9 ng/ml and 8.5 ng/ml - 40% is 5.1 ng/ml all measured plasma concentration points in that particular interval lie within the mean value ~
40%. Since this was the longest time interval where all concentration points lie within the mean ~ 40% the resulting time interval for the MICAP capsules for patient 1 was 7 hours.
The following results were obtained:
Time interval (hours) where the concentration of midodrine lies at a constant value ~ 40%:
Micap (n=7) 1.7 Mitab (n=7) 1.4 Standard tablets (n=8) 0.63 Time interval (hours) where the concentration of desglymidodrine lies at a constant value ~ 40%:
Micap (n=7) 6.3 Mitab (n=7) 11,5 Standard tablets (n=8) 3.7 Time interval (hours) where the sum of the concentration of midodrine and desglymidodrine lies at a constant value ~ 40%:
Micap (n=7) 7.5 Mitab (n=7) 11.9 Standard tablets (n=8) 3.5 The aim of the pilot study was to test the bioavailability of the two novel compositions and a standard Gutron tablet and to estimate whether the compositions are bioequivalent.
Furthermore, the controlled release properties of the novel compositions as compared to the standard composition (Gutron tablet) can be depicted from the data generated.
The values of Cma~ and AUCo_2a IAUC~nfn~tY of the standard tablet are greater than the same values of each of the two prototypes considering the plasma values of midodrine, desglymidodrine and the sum of the two. It is expected that CmaX is lower in controlled release compositions than in plain release compositions as this reflects a lesser degree of fluctuation of plasma values. This is one of the purposes of a controlled release composition. It is further supported by the prolongation of the time interval in which the plasma values of midodrine, desglymidodrine and the sum of the concentrations of the two lie at a constant value.
The sum of the plasma concentrations of midodrine and the active metabolite desglymidodrine reflects the total amount of drug absorbed into the blood stream. The values of TmaX, Wso and T>~5ao cmax (W~s~io) and MRT for this sum concentration are more than 2 times greater of the novel controlled release compositions than the values of the standard tablet. The prolongation of the above mentioned values means that the active drug substance resides in the plasma for a longer time period reducing the numbers of daily dosing needed. Thus, another purpose of a controlled release composition is fulfilled.
Conclusion Based on the AUC values, the bioavailabilities of the novel controlled release compositions are lesser than the bioavailability of the standard tablet indicating that the content of active drug substance in the controlled release compositions should be increased to establish bioequivalence.
The novel compositions possess controlled release properties as compared to the standard tablet for reasons discussed above.
The following results were obtained:
Time interval (hours) where the concentration of midodrine lies at a constant value ~ 40%:
Micap (n=7) 1.7 Mitab (n=7) 1.4 Standard tablets (n=8) 0.63 Time interval (hours) where the concentration of desglymidodrine lies at a constant value ~ 40%:
Micap (n=7) 6.3 Mitab (n=7) 11,5 Standard tablets (n=8) 3.7 Time interval (hours) where the sum of the concentration of midodrine and desglymidodrine lies at a constant value ~ 40%:
Micap (n=7) 7.5 Mitab (n=7) 11.9 Standard tablets (n=8) 3.5 The aim of the pilot study was to test the bioavailability of the two novel compositions and a standard Gutron tablet and to estimate whether the compositions are bioequivalent.
Furthermore, the controlled release properties of the novel compositions as compared to the standard composition (Gutron tablet) can be depicted from the data generated.
The values of Cma~ and AUCo_2a IAUC~nfn~tY of the standard tablet are greater than the same values of each of the two prototypes considering the plasma values of midodrine, desglymidodrine and the sum of the two. It is expected that CmaX is lower in controlled release compositions than in plain release compositions as this reflects a lesser degree of fluctuation of plasma values. This is one of the purposes of a controlled release composition. It is further supported by the prolongation of the time interval in which the plasma values of midodrine, desglymidodrine and the sum of the concentrations of the two lie at a constant value.
The sum of the plasma concentrations of midodrine and the active metabolite desglymidodrine reflects the total amount of drug absorbed into the blood stream. The values of TmaX, Wso and T>~5ao cmax (W~s~io) and MRT for this sum concentration are more than 2 times greater of the novel controlled release compositions than the values of the standard tablet. The prolongation of the above mentioned values means that the active drug substance resides in the plasma for a longer time period reducing the numbers of daily dosing needed. Thus, another purpose of a controlled release composition is fulfilled.
Conclusion Based on the AUC values, the bioavailabilities of the novel controlled release compositions are lesser than the bioavailability of the standard tablet indicating that the content of active drug substance in the controlled release compositions should be increased to establish bioequivalence.
The novel compositions possess controlled release properties as compared to the standard tablet for reasons discussed above.
Claims (75)
1. A pharmaceutical composition comprising desglymidodrine or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof together with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
2. A composition according to claim 1, wherein desglymidodrine is selected from the group consisting of (~)-.alpha.-(aminomethyl)-2,5-dimethoxy-benzenemethanol (~
ST 1059), (+)-.alpha.-(aminomethyl)-2,5-dimethoxy-benzenemethanol (+ ST 1059), (-)-.alpha.-(aminomethyl)-2,5-dimethoxy-benzenemethanol (- ST 1059), or mixtures thereof.
ST 1059), (+)-.alpha.-(aminomethyl)-2,5-dimethoxy-benzenemethanol (+ ST 1059), (-)-.alpha.-(aminomethyl)-2,5-dimethoxy-benzenemethanol (- ST 1059), or mixtures thereof.
3. A composition according to claim 1, wherein desglymidodrine is present in the racemic form (RS), in the enantiomeric form (R), in the enantiomeric form (S) or in mixtures thereof.
4. A composition according to claim 3, wherein the therapeutically active enantiomeric form of desglymidodrine is (-)-.alpha.-(aminomethyl)-2,5-dimethoxy-benzenemethanol (- ST
1059) or the (R) form of desglymidodrine ((R) ST 1059).
1059) or the (R) form of desglymidodrine ((R) ST 1059).
5. A composition according to any of the preceding claims, wherein at least 90% w/w such as, e.g., at least 95% w/w, at least 97% w/w, at least 98% w/w, at least 99%
w/w of desglymidodrine is present in the therapeutically active enantiomeric form.
w/w of desglymidodrine is present in the therapeutically active enantiomeric form.
6. A composition according to any of the preceding claims, wherein desglymidodrine is present in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt such as a salt formed between desglymidodrine and an inorganic acid such as e.g., a hydrochloride, a hydrobromide, a hydroiodide, a nitrate, a nitrite, a H3PO3 salt, a H3PO4 salt, a H2SO3 salt, a sulfate, a H2SO5 salt, or a salt formed between desglymidodrine and an organic acid such as organic acids like e.g. H2CO3, acetic acid, C2H5COOH, C3H7COOH, C4H9COOH, (COOH)2, CH2(COOH)2, C2H5(COOH)2, C3H6(COOH)2, C4H8(COOH)2, C6H10(COOH)2, fumaric acid, maleic acid, lactic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid, ascorbic acid, benzoic acid, salicylic acid and phthalic acid.
7. A composition according to any of the preceding claims for oral, buccal, rectal, nasal, topical, vaginal, ocular or parenteral use.
8. A composition according to any of the preceding claims in the form of a solid, semi-solid or fluid composition.
9. A composition according to claim 8 in solid form, wherein the composition is in the form of tablets such as, e.g. conventional tablets, effervescent tablets, coated tablets, melt tablets or sublingual tablets, pellets, powders, granules, or particulate material.
10. A composition according to claim 8 in semi-solid form, wherein the composition is in the form of a chewing gum, an ointment, a cream, a liniment, a paste, a gel or a hydrogel.
11. A composition according to claim 8 in fluid form, wherein the composition is in the form of a solution, an emulsion, a suspension, a dispersion, a liposomal composition, a spray, a mixture, or a syrup.
12. A composition according to any of claims 1-7 in the form of a delivery device such as, e.g. a lens, a plaster, an implant or a bioadhesive device.
13. A composition according to any of claims 1-11 in unit dosage form such as, e.g., a multiple unit dosage form or a single unit dosage form.
14. A composition according to claim 13, wherein the unit dosage form comprises a daily dose or a part of a daily dose of desglymidodrine.
15. A composition according to any of the preceding claims comprising one or more further active drug substances and/or one or more enhancers.
16. A composition according to claim 15, wherein the further active drug substance is midodrine or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
17. A composition according to claim 15, wherein midodrine is present in the form of (~)-2-amino-N-(.beta.-hydroxy-2,5-dimethoxyphenethyl)acetamide, (+)-2-amino-N-(.beta.-hydroxy-2,5-dimethoxyphenethyl)acetamide, (-)-2-amino-N-(.beta.-hydroxy-2,5-dimethoxyphenethyl)acetamide or mixtures thereof.
18. A composition according to claim 15, wherein midodrine is present in the racemic form (RS), in the enantiomeric form (R), in the enantiomeric form (S) or in mixtures thereof.
19. A composition according to claim 18, wherein the therapeutically active enantiomeric form of midodrine is (-)-2-amino-N-(.beta.-hydroxy-2,5-dimethoxyphenethyl)acetamide or the (R) form of midodrine.
20. A composition according to claim 18 or 19, wherein at least 90% w/w such as, e.g., at least 95% w/w, at least 97% w/w, at least 98% w/w, at least 99% w/w of midodrine is present in the therapeutically active enantiomeric form.
21. A composition according to claim 9, wherein the composition is in the form of tablets having a disintegration time of at the most about 2.5 min such as, e.g at the most about 30 sec, at the most about 45 sec, at the most about 1 min, at the most about 1.5 min or at the most about 2 min.
22. A composition according to any of the preceding claims, wherein the composition has a shelf-life at room temperature of at least 6 months such as, e.g. at least 1 year, at least 1.5 years, at least 2 years, at least 2, 5 years, 3 years, 4 years or 5 years.
23. A composition according to any of the preceding claims, wherein the release kinetics of desglymidodrine from the composition corresponds to that of a plain release tablet.
24. A composition according to any of the preceding claims, wherein the release kinetic of desglymidodrine from the composition corresponding to a zero or a first order release, a mixture of zero and first order release, or any other order of release such as, e.g. 1 1/2, second, third or fourth order release.
25. A composition according to any of the preceding claims, wherein the composition is adapted to release desglymidodrine in such a manner that a relatively fast therapeutic effective concentration of desglymidodrine is obtained after administration of the composition.
26. A composition according to claim 25, wherein the composition is adapted to release desglymidodrine relatively fast in order to obtain an onset of action at the most 15 min after administration such as, e.g. at the most about 1 min, at the most about 2 min, at the most about 3 min, at the most about 4 min, at the most about 5 min, at the most about 7.5 min, at the most about 10 min or at the most about 12.5 min after administration.
27. A composition according to claim 25, wherein the therapeutically effective concentration is obtained within 90 min such as, e.g. within 60 min, within 45 min, within 30 min, within 20 min, within 15 min, within 10 min, within 5 min from administration of the composition.
28. A composition according to claim 25, wherein a relatively fast peak plasma concentration of desglymidodrine is obtained about 1 min - 6 hours such as, e.g. about 5 min - 6 hours, about 10 min - 5 hours, about 15 min - 5 hours, about 0.5-6 hours, about 1-6 hours, about 2-5.5 hours, or about 2.5-5.2 hours after administration.
29. A composition according to any of claims 1-24, wherein the composition is a controlled release composition.
30. A composition according to claim 29, wherein the composition is adapted to provide desglymidodrine in such a manner that a therapeutically effective concentration of desglymidodrine is maintained for at least about 2 hours after administration such as, e.g.
at least about 3 hours, at least about 4 hours, at least about 5 hours, at least about 6 hours, at least about 7 hours, at least about 8 hours or at least about 9 hours after administration.
at least about 3 hours, at least about 4 hours, at least about 5 hours, at least about 6 hours, at least about 7 hours, at least about 8 hours or at least about 9 hours after administration.
31. A composition according to claim 29, wherein the composition is adapted to release desglymidodrine in such a manner that a therapeutically effective plasma concentration of desglymidodrine is maintained for about 4.5-14 hours such as, e.g. about 6-14 hours, about 7-14 hours, about 8-13 hours, about 9-13 hours, about 10-14 hours, about hours, or for at least about 4.5 hours, at least about 5 hours, at least about 6 hours, at least about 7 hours, at least about 8 hours, at least about 9 hours, at least about 10 hours, at least about 11 hours, at least about 12 hours, at least about 13 hours or at least about 14 hours.
32. A composition according to claim 31, wherein the plasma concentration of desglymidodrine from the controlled release composition is maintained at a relatively constant level for about 4.5-16 hours such as, e.g., 6-14 hours or such as, e.g. for at least about 5 hours, at least about 6 hours, at least about 7 hours, at least about 8 hours, at least about 9 hours, at least about 10 hours, or at least about 11 hours.
33. A composition according to claim 32, wherein the relatively constant level n is ~ 60%, such as, e.g., n ~ 50%, n ~ 40%, and wherein n is the plasma concentration in ng/ml and monitored in healthy persons.
34. A composition according to any of claims 29-33, wherein the release pattern of desglymidodrine from the controlled release composition - when tested in vitro using Dissolution Method I, II, III, IV, V or VI described herein - is:
1-15% w/w is released from the composition within the first 30 min after start of the test, 10-35% (25%) w/w is released about 30 min after start of the test, 15-40% (35%) w/w is released about 1 hour after start of the test 20-50% (39%) w/w is released about 2 hours after start of the test, 20-55% (47%) w/w is released about 3 hours after start of the test, 25-75% such as, e.g., 25-65% (53%) w/w is released about 4 hours after start of the test, 30-74% (66%) w/w is released about 6 hours after start of the test, 40-95% w/w such as, e.g., 45-85% (80%) w/w is released about 8 hours after start of the test, 65-100% (93%) w/w is released about 10 hours after start of the test, 75-110% (100%) w/w such as, e.g. 90-110% w/w is released about 12 hours after start of the test.
1-15% w/w is released from the composition within the first 30 min after start of the test, 10-35% (25%) w/w is released about 30 min after start of the test, 15-40% (35%) w/w is released about 1 hour after start of the test 20-50% (39%) w/w is released about 2 hours after start of the test, 20-55% (47%) w/w is released about 3 hours after start of the test, 25-75% such as, e.g., 25-65% (53%) w/w is released about 4 hours after start of the test, 30-74% (66%) w/w is released about 6 hours after start of the test, 40-95% w/w such as, e.g., 45-85% (80%) w/w is released about 8 hours after start of the test, 65-100% (93%) w/w is released about 10 hours after start of the test, 75-110% (100%) w/w such as, e.g. 90-110% w/w is released about 12 hours after start of the test.
35. A composition according to any of claims 29-34, wherein the composition contains midodrine or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and wherein the release rate of midodrine from the controlled release composition follows the patterns claimed for desglymidodrine in claim 34.
36. A composition according to claim 29, wherein the composition contains midodrine or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof and wherein the release rate from the controlled release composition of the sum of midodrine and desglymidodrine calculated on a molar basis follows the patterns claimed for midodrine in claim 34.
37. A composition according to claim 29, wherein the controlled release composition comprises at least two parts such as at least a first and a second part, each part contains desglymidodrine and the first part being adapted to release desglymidodrine in a controlled manner during the first 0-14 such as, e.g. 0-11 hours or 0-8 hours after oral intake and the second part being adapted to release desglymidodrine, starting at least 6 hours after oral intake.
38. A composition according to claim 37, wherein at least one of the at least two parts is present in the composition in the form of a multiplicity of individual units such as, e.g.
pellets or minitablets.
pellets or minitablets.
39. A composition according to claim 37, wherein the two parts of the at least two parts are present in the composition in the form of a multiplicity of individual units such as, e.g.
pellets or minitablets, and the two parts are in admixture.
pellets or minitablets, and the two parts are in admixture.
40. A composition according to claim 37, wherein at least one of the at least two parts comprising at least two different types of pellets, the first type of pellets corresponding to a first fraction and the second type of pellets corresponding to a second fraction.
41. A composition according to claim 37, wherein the at least two parts of the composition comprise at least two different types of pellets, the first type of pellets corresponding to the first part and the second type of pellets corresponding to the second part.
42. A composition according to claim 37 in the form of a multiple unit dosage form comprising at least two different types of minitablets, the first type of minitablets corresponding to the first part and the second type of minitablets corresponding to the second part.
43. A composition according to claim 37 further comprising a third part adapted to release desglymidodrine relatively fast from the composition.
44. A composition according to claim 37 further comprising a fourth part adapted to release desglymidodrine from the composition 6-10 hours after administration.
45. A composition according to claim 37 further comprising a fourth part adapted to release desglymidodrine from the composition in the colon after oral intake.
46. A pharmaceutical kit comprising a composition according to any of claims 25-28 and a controlled release composition according to any of claims 29-45.
47. A pharmaceutical kit according to claim 46, comprising iii) a relatively fast onset pharmaceutical composition according to any of claims 25-28, wherein the composition is adapted to provide desglymidodrine in such a manner that a relatively fast therapeutically effective concentration of desglymidodrine is obtained after administration, and iv) a controlled release pharmaceutical composition according to any of claims 29-45, wherein the composition is adapted to release desglymidodrine in such a manner that a therapeutically effective plasma concentration of desglymidodrine is maintained for at least about 2 hours, such as, e.g. at least about 3 hours, at least about 4 hours, at least about 5 hours, at least about hours, at least about 7 hours, at feast about 8 hours or at least about 9 hours.
48. A pharmaceutical kit according to claims 45 or 46, wherein the relatively fast onset pharmaceutical composition is selected from the group consisting of: oral solid dosage forms, nasal compositions, parenteral compositions, liquid compositions and the like, and the controlled release pharmaceutical composition is selected from the group consisting of oral solid dosage form, transdermal compositions, parenteral composition, vaginal compositions, ocular compositions and the like.
49. A kit according to any of claims 46-48, wherein the relatively fast onset composition or part of the kit results in a peak or shoulder plasma concentration within 90 minutes such as, e.g., within 60 minutes, within 45 minutes, within 30 minutes, or within 20 minutes upon administration of the relatively fast onset composition.
50. A kit according to any of claims 46-49, wherein the relatively fast onset composition is a nasal composition.
51. A kit according to claim 50, wherein the nasal composition comprises polyethyleneglycol and/or glycofurol as a nasal vehicle.
52. A kit according to claim 51, wherein the polyethyleneglycol is PEG 200 and/or PEG
300.
300.
53. A kit according to any claims 46-52, wherein the relatively fast onset composition is in the form of a liposomal composition.
54. A kit according to any of claims 46-49, wherein the relatively fast onset composition is in the form of tablets such as, e.g., melt tablets or sublingual tablets.
55. A kit according to any of claims 46-49, wherein the relatively fast onset composition is a buccal, oral, or rectal composition.
56. A kit according to any of claims 46-55, wherein desglymidodrine in relatively fast onset composition is present in an amount of from 0.2 mg to 10 mg, preferably from 0.5 mg to 7.5 mg such as in an amount of 0.75 mg, 1 mg, 1.25 mg, 1.5 mg, 2 mg, 2.5 mg, 3 mg, 4 mg or 5 mg.
57. A pharmaceutical kit comprising iii) a relatively fast onset pharmaceutical composition comprising midodrine, wherein the composition is adapted to provide midodrine in such a manner that a relatively fast therapeutically effective concentration of midodrine is obtained after administration, and iv) a controlled release pharmaceutical composition according to any of claims 29-45, wherein the composition is adapted to release desglymidodrine in such a manner that a therapeutically effective plasma concentration of desglymidodrine is maintained for at least about 2 hours, such as, e.g. at least about 3 hours, at least about 4 hours, at least about 5 hours, at least about hours, at least about 7 hours, at least about 8 hours or at least about 9 hours.
58. A pharmaceutical kit comprising iii) a relatively fast onset pharmaceutical composition according to any of claims 25-28, wherein the composition is adapted to provide desglymidodrine in such a manner that a relatively fast therapeutically effective concentration of desglymidodrine is obtained after administration, and iv) a controlled release pharmaceutical composition comprising midodrine, wherein the composition is adapted to release midodrine in such a manner that a therapeutically effective plasma concentration of midodrine is maintained for at least about 2 hours, such as, e.g. at least about 3 hours, at least about 4 hours, at least about 5 hours, at least about 6 hours, at least about 7 hours, at least about 8 hours or at least about 9 hours.
59. A method for treating a patient suffering from orthostatic hypotension and/or urinary incontinence such as urinary stress incontinence, the method comprising administering an effective amount of desglymidodrine in the form of pharmaceutical composition according to any of claims 1-58 to a patient in need thereof.
60. A method according to claim 59, wherein an administration of the composition takes place at wake-up time.
61. A method according to claim 59, wherein an administration of the composition takes place in the morning.
62. A method according to claim 59, wherein an administration of the composition takes place at in the middle of the day and in the form of 1-2 tablets.
63. A method according to any of claims 59-62, wherein the administration takes place 1-3 times daily.
64. A method according to any of claims 59-62, wherein the administration takes place 1 or 2 times daily.
65. A method according to any of claims 59-62, wherein the administration takes place once daily.
66. A method according to any of claims 59-62, wherein the administration of the relatively fast onset composition takes place 1- 6 times daily.
67. A method for treating a patient suffering from septic shock, the method comprising administering an effective amount of desglymidodrine in the form of pharmaceutical composition according to any of claims 1-58 to a patient in need thereof.
68. A method according to claim 67, wherein the composition is adapted for parenteral administration.
69. A method according to claims 67 and 68 further comprising a supplemental administration of a composition according to any of claims 1-59.
70. Use of desglymidodrine or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of septic shock.
71. A method for treating a patient suffering from a condition responsive to .alpha.1 receptor stimulation, the method comprising administering an effective amount of desglymidodrine in the form of pharmaceutical composition according to any of claims 1-58 to a patient in need thereof.
72. Use of desglymidodrine or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of a condition responsive to .alpha.1 receptor stimulation.
73. A method for treating a patient suffering from syncope, the method comprising administering an effective amount of desglymidodrine in the form of pharmaceutical composition according to any of claims 1-58 to a patient in need thereof.
74. Use of desglymidodrine or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of syncope.
75. Use of desglymidodrine or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of urinary incontinence such as urinary stress incontinence
Applications Claiming Priority (7)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
DKPA200000841 | 2000-05-26 | ||
DKPA200000841 | 2000-05-26 | ||
DKPCT/DK01/00214 | 2001-03-29 | ||
US09/823,093 | 2001-03-29 | ||
US09/823,093 US6761904B2 (en) | 2000-03-31 | 2001-03-29 | Pharmaceutical kit comprising midodrine as active drug substance |
PCT/DK2001/000214 WO2001074335A1 (en) | 2000-03-31 | 2001-03-29 | Pharmaceutical kit comprising midodrine as an active drug substance |
PCT/DK2001/000362 WO2001089473A1 (en) | 2000-05-26 | 2001-05-23 | Pharmaceutical compositions comprising desglymidodrine as an active drug substance |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2409950A1 true CA2409950A1 (en) | 2001-11-29 |
Family
ID=27222187
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002409950A Abandoned CA2409950A1 (en) | 2000-05-26 | 2001-05-23 | Pharmaceutical compositions comprising desglymidodrine as an active drug substance |
Country Status (4)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP1289493A1 (en) |
AU (1) | AU2001260089A1 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2409950A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2001089473A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (7)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
IT1318674B1 (en) * | 2000-08-08 | 2003-08-27 | Nicox Sa | DO IT FOR INCONTINENCE. |
JP2003300873A (en) * | 2002-04-12 | 2003-10-21 | Nitto Denko Corp | Patch and method for producing the same |
US8157788B2 (en) | 2003-11-06 | 2012-04-17 | Paolo L. Manfredi | Multi-site drug delivery platform |
CA2936748C (en) | 2014-10-31 | 2017-08-08 | Purdue Pharma | Methods and compositions particularly for treatment of attention deficit disorder |
EP3727347A4 (en) * | 2017-12-22 | 2021-10-20 | Xenamed Corp. | EXTENDED RELEASE MIDODRIN HYDROCHLORIDE COMPOSITIONS AND METHOD OF USE |
US10722473B2 (en) | 2018-11-19 | 2020-07-28 | Purdue Pharma L.P. | Methods and compositions particularly for treatment of attention deficit disorder |
WO2021198995A1 (en) * | 2020-04-02 | 2021-10-07 | Cadila Healthcare Limited | Stable aqueous parenteral solutions of desglymidodrine |
Family Cites Families (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5610174A (en) * | 1995-06-02 | 1997-03-11 | Synaptic Pharmaceutical Corporation | Use of α1A -selective adrenoceptor agonists for the treatment of urinary incontinence |
DE60107399D1 (en) * | 2000-03-31 | 2004-12-30 | Nycomed Austria Gmbh Linz | PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION WITH CONTROLLED RELEASE CONTAINING MIDODRIN AND / OR DESGLYMIDODRIN |
-
2001
- 2001-05-23 AU AU2001260089A patent/AU2001260089A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2001-05-23 WO PCT/DK2001/000362 patent/WO2001089473A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2001-05-23 EP EP01933651A patent/EP1289493A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2001-05-23 CA CA002409950A patent/CA2409950A1/en not_active Abandoned
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
WO2001089473A1 (en) | 2001-11-29 |
EP1289493A1 (en) | 2003-03-12 |
AU2001260089A1 (en) | 2001-12-03 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20020147232A1 (en) | Pharmaceutical compositions comprising desglymidodrine as an active drug substance | |
EP0954337B1 (en) | Intestinal absorption of nicotine to treat nicotine responsive conditions | |
KR100341829B1 (en) | Modified release multiple-units dosage composition | |
JP4758064B2 (en) | 3- (3-Dimethylamino-1-ethyl-2-methyl-propyl) phenol-containing medicine for sustained release of active substance | |
EP1558220B1 (en) | Oral compositions for treatment of diabetes | |
AU2002303897B2 (en) | System for osmotic delivery of pharmaceutically active agents | |
US6761904B2 (en) | Pharmaceutical kit comprising midodrine as active drug substance | |
US7070803B2 (en) | Controlled release pharmaceutical composition for oral use containing midodrine and/or active metabolite, desglymidodrine | |
EP2387994A1 (en) | Drug delivery systems comprising weakly basic drugs and organic acids | |
PL195780B1 (en) | New controlled release bead, a method of producing the same and multiple unit formulation comprising it | |
JP2016014048A (en) | Drug delivery system containing weakly basic selective serotonin 5-ht3 blocking agent and organic acid | |
CZ245198A3 (en) | Use of nicotine, complex of nicotine and polyacrylate, process of its preparation and pharmaceutical composition containing thereof | |
LT3664B (en) | Sustained release drug formation containing a tramadol salt | |
JP2003513918A (en) | Tolterodine-containing pharmaceutical composition and use thereof | |
JP2003300907A (en) | Antifungal preparation and the method for producing the same and use thereof | |
EP1267841B1 (en) | Controlled release pharmaceutical composition containing midodrine and/or desglymidodrine | |
CA2409950A1 (en) | Pharmaceutical compositions comprising desglymidodrine as an active drug substance | |
HRP20031057A2 (en) | Tablet comprising cetirizine and pseudoephedrine | |
Datir | Recent advances in mucoadhesive buccal drug delivery system and its marketed scope and opportunities | |
PL191868B1 (en) | Levosimedane preparations for administration through mucous membranes | |
EP1465607B1 (en) | Pharmaceutical formulations with modified release | |
JP4945043B2 (en) | A novel herbal preparation for oral administration with extended release time of molsidomine | |
CA2403958A1 (en) | Pharmaceutical kit comprising midodrine as an active drug substance | |
JP2023523738A (en) | Treatment of hypothalamic obesity | |
US20070148241A1 (en) | Use of an intermediate for controlling the release profile of an oral formulation of a medicament |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
FZDE | Dead |